Sample records for transfer function technique

  1. Graphic design of pinhole cameras

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Edwards, H. B.; Chu, W. P.

    1979-01-01

    The paper describes a graphic technique for the analysis and optimization of pinhole size and focal length. The technique is based on the use of the transfer function of optical elements described by Scott (1959) to construct the transfer function of a circular pinhole camera. This transfer function is the response of a component or system to a pattern of lines having a sinusoidally varying radiance at varying spatial frequencies. Some specific examples of graphic design are presented.

  2. Automatic transfer function generation for volume rendering of high-resolution x-ray 3D digital mammography images

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Alyassin, Abdal M.

    2002-05-01

    3D Digital mammography (3DDM) is a new technology that provides high resolution X-ray breast tomographic data. Like any other tomographic medical imaging modalities, viewing a stack of tomographic images may require time especially if the images are of large matrix size. In addition, it may cause difficulty to conceptually construct 3D breast structures. Therefore, there is a need to readily visualize the data in 3D. However, one of the issues that hinder the usage of volume rendering (VR) is finding an automatic way to generate transfer functions that efficiently map the important diagnostic information in the data. We have developed a method that randomly samples the volume. Based on the mean and the standard deviation of these samples, the technique determines the lower limit and upper limit of a piecewise linear ramp transfer function. We have volume rendered several 3DDM data using this technique and compared visually the outcome with the result from a conventional automatic technique. The transfer function generated through the proposed technique provided superior VR images over the conventional technique. Furthermore, the improvement in the reproducibility of the transfer function correlated with the number of samples taken from the volume at the expense of the processing time.

  3. Determination of acoustical transfer functions using an impulse method

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    MacPherson, J.

    1985-02-01

    The Transfer Function of a system may be defined as the relationship of the output response to the input of a system. Whilst recent advances in digital processing systems have enabled Impulse Transfer Functions to be determined by computation of the Fast Fourier Transform, there has been little work done in applying these techniques to room acoustics. Acoustical Transfer Functions have been determined for auditoria, using an impulse method. The technique is based on the computation of the Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) of a non-ideal impulsive source, both at the source and at the receiver point. The Impulse Transfer Function (ITF) is obtained by dividing the FFT at the receiver position by the FFT of the source. This quantity is presented both as linear frequency scale plots and also as synthesized one-third octave band data. The technique enables a considerable quantity of data to be obtained from a small number of impulsive signals recorded in the field, thereby minimizing the time and effort required on site. As the characteristics of the source are taken into account in the calculation, the choice of impulsive source is non-critical. The digital analysis equipment required for the analysis is readily available commercially.

  4. Computer method for identification of boiler transfer functions

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Miles, J. H.

    1971-01-01

    An iterative computer method is described for identifying boiler transfer functions using frequency response data. An objective penalized performance measure and a nonlinear minimization technique are used to cause the locus of points generated by a transfer function to resemble the locus of points obtained from frequency response measurements. Different transfer functions can be tried until a satisfactory empirical transfer function to the system is found. To illustrate the method, some examples and some results from a study of a set of data consisting of measurements of the inlet impedance of a single tube forced flow boiler with inserts are given.

  5. Identification of boiler inlet transfer functions and estimation of system parameters

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Miles, J. H.

    1972-01-01

    An iterative computer method is described for identifying boiler transfer functions using frequency response data. An objective penalized performance measure and a nonlinear minimization technique are used to cause the locus of points generated by a transfer function to resemble the locus of points obtained from frequency response measurements. Different transfer functions can be tried until a satisfactory empirical transfer function of the system is found. To illustrate the method, some examples and some results from a study of a set of data consisting of measurements of the inlet impedance of a single tube forced flow boiler with inserts are given.

  6. Semantic layers for illustrative volume rendering.

    PubMed

    Rautek, Peter; Bruckner, Stefan; Gröller, Eduard

    2007-01-01

    Direct volume rendering techniques map volumetric attributes (e.g., density, gradient magnitude, etc.) to visual styles. Commonly this mapping is specified by a transfer function. The specification of transfer functions is a complex task and requires expert knowledge about the underlying rendering technique. In the case of multiple volumetric attributes and multiple visual styles the specification of the multi-dimensional transfer function becomes more challenging and non-intuitive. We present a novel methodology for the specification of a mapping from several volumetric attributes to multiple illustrative visual styles. We introduce semantic layers that allow a domain expert to specify the mapping in the natural language of the domain. A semantic layer defines the mapping of volumetric attributes to one visual style. Volumetric attributes and visual styles are represented as fuzzy sets. The mapping is specified by rules that are evaluated with fuzzy logic arithmetics. The user specifies the fuzzy sets and the rules without special knowledge about the underlying rendering technique. Semantic layers allow for a linguistic specification of the mapping from attributes to visual styles replacing the traditional transfer function specification.

  7. Transfer Function Bounds for Partial-unit-memory Convolutional Codes Based on Reduced State Diagram

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Lee, P. J.

    1984-01-01

    The performance of a coding system consisting of a convolutional encoder and a Viterbi decoder is analytically found by the well-known transfer function bounding technique. For the partial-unit-memory byte-oriented convolutional encoder with m sub 0 binary memory cells and (k sub 0 m sub 0) inputs, a state diagram of 2(K) (sub 0) was for the transfer function bound. A reduced state diagram of (2 (m sub 0) +1) is used for easy evaluation of transfer function bounds for partial-unit-memory codes.

  8. Modulation transfer function measurement technique for small-pixel detectors

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Marchywka, Mike; Socker, Dennis G.

    1992-01-01

    A modulation transfer function (MTF) measurement technique suitable for large-format, small-pixel detector characterization has been investigated. A volume interference grating is used as a test image instead of the bar or sine wave target images normally used. This technique permits a high-contrast, large-area, sinusoidal intensity distribution to illuminate the device being tested, avoiding the need to deconvolve raw data with imaging system characteristics. A high-confidence MTF result at spatial frequencies near 200 cycles/mm is obtained. We present results at several visible light wavelengths with a 6.8-micron-pixel CCD. Pixel response functions are derived from the MTF results.

  9. A novel hybrid scattering order-dependent variance reduction method for Monte Carlo simulations of radiative transfer in cloudy atmosphere

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wang, Zhen; Cui, Shengcheng; Yang, Jun; Gao, Haiyang; Liu, Chao; Zhang, Zhibo

    2017-03-01

    We present a novel hybrid scattering order-dependent variance reduction method to accelerate the convergence rate in both forward and backward Monte Carlo radiative transfer simulations involving highly forward-peaked scattering phase function. This method is built upon a newly developed theoretical framework that not only unifies both forward and backward radiative transfer in scattering-order-dependent integral equation, but also generalizes the variance reduction formalism in a wide range of simulation scenarios. In previous studies, variance reduction is achieved either by using the scattering phase function forward truncation technique or the target directional importance sampling technique. Our method combines both of them. A novel feature of our method is that all the tuning parameters used for phase function truncation and importance sampling techniques at each order of scattering are automatically optimized by the scattering order-dependent numerical evaluation experiments. To make such experiments feasible, we present a new scattering order sampling algorithm by remodeling integral radiative transfer kernel for the phase function truncation method. The presented method has been implemented in our Multiple-Scaling-based Cloudy Atmospheric Radiative Transfer (MSCART) model for validation and evaluation. The main advantage of the method is that it greatly improves the trade-off between numerical efficiency and accuracy order by order.

  10. Time transfer techniques: Historical overview, current practices and future capabilities

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Klepczynski, W. J.

    1984-01-01

    A brief historical review of time transfer techniques used during the last twenty years is presented. Methods currently used are discussed in terms of cost effectiveness as a function of accuracy achievable. Future trends are also discussed in terms of projected timekeeping capabilities.

  11. Salvage of cervical motor radiculopathy using peripheral nerve transfer reconstruction.

    PubMed

    Afshari, Fardad T; Hossain, Taushaba; Miller, Caroline; Power, Dominic M

    2018-05-10

    Motor nerve transfer surgery involves re-innervation of important distal muscles using either an expendable motor branch or a fascicle from an adjacent functioning nerve. This technique is established as part of the reconstructive algorithm for traumatic brachial plexus injuries. The reproducible outcomes of motor nerve transfer surgery have resulted in exploration of the application of this technique to other paralysing conditions. The objective of this study is to report feasibility and increase awareness about nerve transfer as a method of improving upper limb function in patients with cervical motor radiculopathy of different aetiology. In this case series we report 3 cases with different modes of injury to the spinal nerve roots with significant and residual motor radiculopathy that have been successfully treated with nerve transfer surgery with good functional outcomes. The cases involved iatrogenic nerve root injury, tumour related root compression and degenerative root compression. Nerve transfer surgery may offer reliable reconstruction for paralysis when there has been no recovery following a period of conservative management. However the optimum timing of nerve transfer intervention is not yet identified for patients with motor radiculopathy.

  12. Nerve Transfers to Restore Shoulder Function.

    PubMed

    Leechavengvongs, Somsak; Malungpaishorpe, Kanchai; Uerpairojkit, Chairoj; Ng, Chye Yew; Witoonchart, Kiat

    2016-05-01

    The restoration of shoulder function after brachial plexus injury represents a significant challenge facing the peripheral nerve surgeons. This is owing to a combination of the complex biomechanics of the shoulder girdle, the multitude of muscles and nerves that could be potentially injured, and a limited number of donor options. In general, nerve transfer is favored over tendon transfer, because the biomechanics of the musculotendinous units are not altered. This article summarizes the surgical techniques and clinical results of nerve transfers for restoration of shoulder function. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  13. High-level user interfaces for transfer function design with semantics.

    PubMed

    Salama, Christof Rezk; Keller, Maik; Kohlmann, Peter

    2006-01-01

    Many sophisticated techniques for the visualization of volumetric data such as medical data have been published. While existing techniques are mature from a technical point of view, managing the complexity of visual parameters is still difficult for non-expert users. To this end, this paper presents new ideas to facilitate the specification of optical properties for direct volume rendering. We introduce an additional level of abstraction for parametric models of transfer functions. The proposed framework allows visualization experts to design high-level transfer function models which can intuitively be used by non-expert users. The results are user interfaces which provide semantic information for specialized visualization problems. The proposed method is based on principal component analysis as well as on concepts borrowed from computer animation.

  14. One-step direct transfer of pristine single-walled carbon nanotubes for functional nanoelectronics.

    PubMed

    Wu, Chung Chiang; Liu, Chang Hua; Zhong, Zhaohui

    2010-03-10

    We report a one-step direct transfer technique for the fabrication of functional nanoelectronic devices using pristine single-walled carbon nanotubes (SWNTs). Suspended SWNTs grown by the chemical vapor deposition (CVD) method are aligned and directly transferred onto prepatterned device electrodes at ambient temperature. Using this technique, we successfully fabricated SWNT electromechanical resonators with gate-tunable resonance frequencies. A fully suspended SWNT p-n diode has also been demonstrated with the diode ideality factor equal to 1. Our method eliminates the organic residues on SWNTs resulting from conventional lithography and solution processing. The results open up opportunities for the fundamental study of electron transport physics in ultraclean SWNTs and for room temperature fabrication of novel functional devices based on pristine SWNTs.

  15. Nonvascularized toe phalangeal transfer and distraction lengthening for symbrachydactyly.

    PubMed

    Patterson, Ryan W; Seitz, William H

    2010-04-01

    Symbrachydactyly describes a spectrum of congenital hand differences consisting of digital loss resulting in fused short fingers. As the principles for distraction lengthening have evolved, the technique of nonvascularized toe phalangeal transfer to the hand with shortened digits has provided patients with improved outcomes. Nonvascularized toe phalanx to hand transplant with distraction lengthening restores functional length to a skeletally deficient, poorly functioning hand while maintaining an overlying layer of vascular and sensate tissue. The primary goal is improvement of digital length to enhance mechanical advantage and prehension. We describe the technique of nonvascularized toe phalangeal transfer and distraction lengthening for symbrachydactyly, including the following steps: nonvascularized proximal toe phalanx harvest, toe phalanx transfer to hand, pin placement, osteotomy, and closure.

  16. Functional Latissimus Dorsi Transfer for Upper-Extremity Reconstruction: A Case Report and Review of the Literature.

    PubMed

    Sood, Aditya; Therattil, Paul J; Russo, Gerardo; Lee, Edward S

    2017-01-01

    Objective: The latissimus dorsi flap is a workhorse for plastic surgeons, being used for many years for soft-tissue coverage of the upper extremity as well as for functional reconstruction to restore motion to the elbow and shoulder. The authors present a case of functional latissimus dorsi transfer for restoration of elbow flexion and review the literature on technique and outcomes. Methods: A literature review was performed using MEDLINE and the Cochrane Collaboration Library for primary research articles on functional latissimus dorsi flap transfer. Data related to surgical techniques and outcomes were extracted. Results: The literature search yielded 13 relevant studies, with a total of 52 patients who received pedicled, functional latissimus dorsi flaps for upper-extremity reconstruction. The most common etiology requiring reconstruction was closed brachial plexus injury (n = 13). After flap transfer, 98% of patients were able to flex the elbow against gravity and 82.3% were able to flex against resistance. In the presented case, a 77-year-old man underwent resection of myxofibrosarcoma of the upper arm with elbow prosthesis placement and functional latissimus dorsi transfer. The patient was able to actively flex against gravity at 3-month follow-up. Conclusions: A review of the literature shows that nearly all patients undergoing functional latissimus dorsi transfer for upper-extremity reconstruction regain at least motion against gravity whereas a large proportion regain motion against resistance. Considerations when planning for functional latissimus dorsi transfer include patient positioning, appropriate tensioning of the muscle, safe inset, polarity, management of other affected upper-extremity joints, and educating patients on the expected outcomes.

  17. Functional Latissimus Dorsi Transfer for Upper-Extremity Reconstruction: A Case Report and Review of the Literature

    PubMed Central

    Therattil, Paul J.; Russo, Gerardo; Lee, Edward S.

    2017-01-01

    Objective: The latissimus dorsi flap is a workhorse for plastic surgeons, being used for many years for soft-tissue coverage of the upper extremity as well as for functional reconstruction to restore motion to the elbow and shoulder. The authors present a case of functional latissimus dorsi transfer for restoration of elbow flexion and review the literature on technique and outcomes. Methods: A literature review was performed using MEDLINE and the Cochrane Collaboration Library for primary research articles on functional latissimus dorsi flap transfer. Data related to surgical techniques and outcomes were extracted. Results: The literature search yielded 13 relevant studies, with a total of 52 patients who received pedicled, functional latissimus dorsi flaps for upper-extremity reconstruction. The most common etiology requiring reconstruction was closed brachial plexus injury (n = 13). After flap transfer, 98% of patients were able to flex the elbow against gravity and 82.3% were able to flex against resistance. In the presented case, a 77-year-old man underwent resection of myxofibrosarcoma of the upper arm with elbow prosthesis placement and functional latissimus dorsi transfer. The patient was able to actively flex against gravity at 3-month follow-up. Conclusions: A review of the literature shows that nearly all patients undergoing functional latissimus dorsi transfer for upper-extremity reconstruction regain at least motion against gravity whereas a large proportion regain motion against resistance. Considerations when planning for functional latissimus dorsi transfer include patient positioning, appropriate tensioning of the muscle, safe inset, polarity, management of other affected upper-extremity joints, and educating patients on the expected outcomes. PMID:28293330

  18. Symbolic Regression for the Estimation of Transfer Functions of Hydrological Models

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Klotz, D.; Herrnegger, M.; Schulz, K.

    2017-11-01

    Current concepts for parameter regionalization of spatially distributed rainfall-runoff models rely on the a priori definition of transfer functions that globally map land surface characteristics (such as soil texture, land use, and digital elevation) into the model parameter space. However, these transfer functions are often chosen ad hoc or derived from small-scale experiments. This study proposes and tests an approach for inferring the structure and parametrization of possible transfer functions from runoff data to potentially circumvent these difficulties. The concept uses context-free grammars to generate possible proposition for transfer functions. The resulting structure can then be parametrized with classical optimization techniques. Several virtual experiments are performed to examine the potential for an appropriate estimation of transfer function, all of them using a very simple conceptual rainfall-runoff model with data from the Austrian Mur catchment. The results suggest that a priori defined transfer functions are in general well identifiable by the method. However, the deduction process might be inhibited, e.g., by noise in the runoff observation data, often leading to transfer function estimates of lower structural complexity.

  19. Bipolar Latissimus Dorsi Transfer for Restoration of Pectoralis Major Function in Poland Syndrome.

    PubMed

    Buchanan, Patrick; Leyngold, Mark; Mast, Bruce A

    2016-01-01

    Poland syndrome typically presents as a unilateral congenital complete or partial absence of the pectoralis major muscle, variably with other associated anomalies. Reconstruction of the defect typically concentrates on aesthetic restoration with functional outcomes being unsuccessful or limited. We present an innovative means of true muscle transfer that provided functional benefit to increase upper extremity strength. A 16-year-old adolescent boy with Poland syndrome manifesting as left pectoralis major muscle agenesis wished to undergo functional reconstruction. He wanted to play on his high school football team, but could not meet the minimum weightlifting requirements. An ipsilateral latissimus dorsi muscle bipolar functional transfer was done with bone-anchored inset into the sternum and humerus so that muscle flexion would replace the absent pectoralis major. A progressive weight training program was then instituted postoperatively. At 9 months, a significant increase in left upper extremity strength was confirmed. The patient ultimately was able to surpass the weightlifting requirements for his high school football team, and joined the team. Our highlighted procedure restored functional outcome using both plastic surgical principles and orthopedic techniques for muscle and tendon repair: bipolar muscle transfer and load-bearing muscle inset. Heretofore, transfer of the latissimus for provision of pectoralis major function has not been reported. Functional reconstruction was possible due to stable, bipolar muscle transfer with load-bearing muscle attachments into cortical bone of the anterior sternum and anteromedial aspect of the humerus. The techniques described should be within the skill set of most plastic surgeons, so that functional restoration for those with Poland syndrome is possible and accessible.

  20. Application of 3-signal coherence to core noise transmission

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Krejsa, E. A.

    1983-01-01

    A method for determining transfer functions across turbofan engine components and from the engine to the far-field is developed. The method is based on the three-signal coherence technique used previously to obtain far-field core noise levels. This method eliminates the bias error in transfer function measurements due to contamination of measured pressures by nonpropagating pressure fluctuations. Measured transfer functions from the engine to the far-field, across the tailpipe, and across the turbine are presented for three turbofan engines.

  1. Improving Articulation and Transfer Relationships. New Directions for Community Colleges, Number 39.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Kintzer, Frederick C., Ed.

    1982-01-01

    With the intent of revitalizing the study of educational articulation and transfer, this collection of essays describes and assesses the current status of transfer education, points to particular problems and concerns, and highlights specific techniques, activities, and practices. The volume includes "The Transfer Function--One of Many,"…

  2. Transfer printing techniques for materials assembly and micro/nanodevice fabrication.

    PubMed

    Carlson, Andrew; Bowen, Audrey M; Huang, Yonggang; Nuzzo, Ralph G; Rogers, John A

    2012-10-09

    Transfer printing represents a set of techniques for deterministic assembly of micro-and nanomaterials into spatially organized, functional arrangements with two and three-dimensional layouts. Such processes provide versatile routes not only to test structures and vehicles for scientific studies but also to high-performance, heterogeneously integrated functional systems, including those in flexible electronics, three-dimensional and/or curvilinear optoelectronics, and bio-integrated sensing and therapeutic devices. This article summarizes recent advances in a variety of transfer printing techniques, ranging from the mechanics and materials aspects that govern their operation to engineering features of their use in systems with varying levels of complexity. A concluding section presents perspectives on opportunities for basic and applied research, and on emerging use of these methods in high throughput, industrial-scale manufacturing. Copyright © 2012 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  3. Mechanical system diagnostics using vibration testing techniques

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Mcleod, Catherine D.; Raju, P. K.; Crocker, M. J.

    1990-01-01

    The 'Cepstrum' technique of vibration-path identification allows the recovery of the transfer function of a system with little knowledge as to its excitation force, by means of a mathematical manipulation of the system output in conjunction with subtraction of part of the output and suitable signal processing. An experimental program has been conducted to evaluate the usefulness of this technique in the cases of simple, cantilever-beam and free-free plate structures as well as in that of a complex mechanical system. On the basis of the transfer functions thus recovered, it was possible to evaluate the shifts in the resonance frequencies of a structure due to the presence of defects.

  4. Upper limb kinetic analysis of three sitting pivot wheelchair transfer techniques.

    PubMed

    Koontz, Alicia M; Kankipati, Padmaja; Lin, Yen-Sheng; Cooper, Rory A; Boninger, Michael L

    2011-11-01

    The objective of this study was to investigate differences in shoulder, elbow and hand kinetics while performing three different SPTs that varied in terms of hand and trunk positioning. Fourteen unimpaired individuals (8 male and 6 female) performed three variations of sitting pivot transfers in a random order from a wheelchair to a level tub bench. Two transfers involved a forward flexed trunk (head-hips technique) and the third with the trunk remaining upright. The two transfers involving a head hips technique were performed with two different leading hand initial positions. Motion analysis equipment recorded upper body movements and force sensors recorded hand reaction forces. Shoulder and elbow joint and hand kinetics were computed for the lift phase of the transfer. Transferring using either of the head hips techniques compared to the trunk upright style of transferring resulted in reduced superior forces at the shoulder (P<0.002), elbow (P<0.004) and hand (P<0.013). There was a significant increase in the medial forces in the leading elbow (P=0.049) for both head hip transfers and the trailing hand for the head hip technique with the arm further away from the body (P<0.028). The head hip techniques resulted in higher shoulder external rotation, flexion and extension moments compared to the trunk upright technique (P<0.021). Varying the hand placement and trunk positioning during transfers changes the load distribution across all upper limb joints. The results of this study may be useful for determining a technique that helps preserve upper limb function overtime. Published by Elsevier Ltd.

  5. Development and evaluation of the impulse transfer function technique

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Mantus, M.

    1972-01-01

    The development of the test/analysis technique known as the impulse transfer function (ITF) method is discussed. This technique, when implemented with proper data processing systems, should become a valuable supplement to conventional dynamic testing and analysis procedures that will be used in the space shuttle development program. The method can relieve many of the problems associated with extensive and costly testing of the shuttle for transient loading conditions. In addition, the time history information derived from impulse testing has the potential for being used to determine modal data for the structure under investigation. The technique could be very useful in determining the time-varying modal characteristics of structures subjected to thermal transients, where conventional mode surveys are difficult to perform.

  6. Measurements of ocean wave spectra and modulation transfer function with the airborne two frequency scatterometer

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Weissman, D. E.; Johnson, J. W.

    1984-01-01

    The directional spectrum and the microwave modulation transfer function of ocean waves can be measured with the airborne two frequency scatterometer technique. Similar to tower based observations, the aircraft measurements of the Modulation Transfer Function (MTF) show that it is strongly affected by both wind speed and sea state. Also detected are small differences in the magnitudes of the MTF between downwind and upwind radar look directions, and variations with ocean wavenumber. The MTF inferred from the two frequency radar is larger than that measured using single frequency, wave orbital velocity techniques such as tower based radars or ROWS measurements from low altitude aircraft. Possible reasons for this are discussed. The ability to measure the ocean directional spectrum with the two frequency scatterometer, with supporting MTF data, is demonstrated.

  7. Measurements of ocean wave spectra and modulation transfer function with the airborne two-frequency scatterometer

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Weissman, D. E.; Johnson, J. W.

    1986-01-01

    The directional spectrum and the microwave modulation transfer function of ocean waves can be measured with the airborne two frequency scatterometer technique. Similar to tower based observations, the aircraft measurements of the Modulation Transfer Function (MTF) show that it is strongly affected by both wind speed and sea state. Also detected are small differences in the magnitudes of the MTF between downwind and upwind radar look directions, and variations with ocean wavenumber. The MTF inferred from the two frequency radar is larger than that measured using single frequency, wave orbital velocity techniques such as tower based radars or ROWS measurements from low altitude aircraft. Possible reasons for this are discussed. The ability to measure the ocean directional spectrum with the two frequency scatterometer, with supporting MTF data, is demonstrated.

  8. Non-vascularized free toe phalanx transfers in congenital hand deformities--the Great Ormond Street experience.

    PubMed

    Cavallo, A V; Smith, P J; Morley, S; Morsi, A W

    2003-12-01

    Many options of varying complexity are available for the management of congenital short digits resulting from aphalangia in symbrachydactyly and constriction ring syndrome. We have used non-vascularized free toe phalanx transfers for these children when a vascularized toe transfer has been contraindicated. We describe our technique and experience with 22 children who underwent a total of 64 transfers of the proximal (35) or middle (29) toe phalanges (average 3 per child). The mean age at initial surgery was 15 months, and the mean follow-up was 5 years. Duration of time until epiphyseal closure could not be determined accurately, but total digital elongation averaged 6mm. Complications of this technique include joint instability, premature epiphyseal closure and, in one patient, infection and graft loss. Donor site deformity was determined according to measured growth deficit and toe function. This technique is a simple option for digital elongation and, if performed in the appropriate age group in short fingered and monodactylous subtypes of symbrachydactyly, has the potential to allow growth and function with minimal donor site deficit.

  9. A technique for pole-zero placement for dual-input control systems. [computer simulation of CH-47 helicopter longitudinal dynamics

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Reid, G. F.

    1976-01-01

    A technique is presented for determining state variable feedback gains that will place both the poles and zeros of a selected transfer function of a dual-input control system at pre-determined locations in the s-plane. Leverrier's algorithm is used to determine the numerator and denominator coefficients of the closed-loop transfer function as functions of the feedback gains. The values of gain that match these coefficients to those of a pre-selected model are found by solving two systems of linear simultaneous equations. The algorithm has been used in a computer simulation of the CH-47 helicopter to control longitudinal dynamics.

  10. Application of advanced signal processing techniques to the rectification and registration of spaceborne imagery. [technology transfer, data transmission

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Caron, R. H.; Rifman, S. S.; Simon, K. W.

    1974-01-01

    The development of an ERTS/MSS image processing system responsive to the needs of the user community is discussed. An overview of the TRW ERTS/MSS processor is presented, followed by a more detailed discussion of image processing functions satisfied by the system. The particular functions chosen for discussion are evolved from advanced signal processing techniques rooted in the areas of communication and control. These examples show how classical aerospace technology can be transferred to solve the more contemporary problems confronting the users of spaceborne imagery.

  11. Matrix Transfer Function Design for Flexible Structures: An Application

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Brennan, T. J.; Compito, A. V.; Doran, A. L.; Gustafson, C. L.; Wong, C. L.

    1985-01-01

    The application of matrix transfer function design techniques to the problem of disturbance rejection on a flexible space structure is demonstrated. The design approach is based on parameterizing a class of stabilizing compensators for the plant and formulating the design specifications as a constrained minimization problem in terms of these parameters. The solution yields a matrix transfer function representation of the compensator. A state space realization of the compensator is constructed to investigate performance and stability on the nominal and perturbed models. The application is made to the ACOSSA (Active Control of Space Structures) optical structure.

  12. A characterization of low luminance static and dynamic modulation transfer function curves for P-1, P-43, and P-53 phosphorus

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Beasley, Howard H.; Martin, John S.; Klymenko, Victor; Harding, Thomas H.; Verona, Robert W.; Rash, Clarence E.

    1995-07-01

    A counterphase modulation technique is used to measure the static and dynamic modulation transfer functions for three phosphorus of current interest to U.S. Army aviation helmet-mounted displays (P-1, P-43, and P-53). A family of modulation transfer curves, one for each temporal frequency, is presented for each phosphorus. The measured MFT curves generally support the supposition that phosphorus persistence is a critical parameter in the ability of a CRT display to accurately reproduce contrast modulation transfer in dynamic environments.

  13. Parametric dependence of ocean wave-radar modulation transfer functions

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Plant, W. J.; Keller, W. C.; Cross, A.

    1983-01-01

    Microwave techniques at X and L band were used to determine the dependence of ocean-wave radar modulation transfer functions (MTFs) on various environmental and radar parameters during the Marine Remote Sensing experiment of 1979 (MARSEN 79). These MIF are presented, as are coherence functions between the AM and FM parts of the backscattered microwave signal. It is shown that they both depend on several of these parameters. Besides confirming many of the properties of transfer functions reported by previous authors, indications are found that MTFs decrease with increasing angle between wave propagation and antenna-look directions but are essentially independent of small changes in air-sea temperature difference. However, coherence functions are much smaller when the antennas are pointed perpendicular to long waves. It is found that X band transfer functions measured with horizontally polarized microwave radiation have larger magnitudes than those obtained by using vertical polarization.

  14. Parametric Robust Control and System Identification: Unified Approach

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Keel, L. H.

    1996-01-01

    During the period of this support, a new control system design and analysis method has been studied. This approach deals with control systems containing uncertainties that are represented in terms of its transfer function parameters. Such a representation of the control system is common and many physical parameter variations fall into this type of uncertainty. Techniques developed here are capable of providing nonconservative analysis of such control systems with parameter variations. We have also developed techniques to deal with control systems when their state space representations are given rather than transfer functions. In this case, the plant parameters will appear as entries of state space matrices. Finally, a system modeling technique to construct such systems from the raw input - output frequency domain data has been developed.

  15. Neurotized lateral gastrocnemius muscle transfer for persistent traumatic peroneal nerve palsy: Surgical technique.

    PubMed

    Leclère, F M; Badur, N; Mathys, L; Vögelin, E

    2015-08-01

    Persistent traumatic peroneal nerve palsy, following nerve surgery failure, is usually treated by tendon transfer or more recently by tibial nerve transfer. However, when there is destruction of the tibial anterior muscle, an isolated nerve transfer is not possible. In this article, we present the key steps and surgical tips for the Ninkovic procedure including transposition of the neurotized lateral gastrocnemius muscle with the aim of restoring active voluntary dorsiflexion. The transposition of the lateral head of the gastrocnemius muscle to the tendons of the anterior tibial muscle group, with simultaneous transposition of the intact proximal end of the deep peroneal nerve to the tibial nerve of the gastrocnemius muscle by microsurgical neurorrhaphy is performed in one stage. It includes 10 key steps which are described in this article. Since 1994, three clinical series have highlighted the advantages of this technique. Functional and subjective results are discussed. We review the indications and limitations of the technique. Early clinical results after neurotized lateral gastrocnemius muscle transfer appear excellent; however, they still need to be compared with conventional tendon transfer procedures. Clinical studies are likely to be conducted in this area largely due to the frequency of persistant peroneal nerve palsy and the limitations of functional options in cases of longstanding peripheral nerve palsy, anterior tibial muscle atrophy or destruction. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier Masson SAS. All rights reserved.

  16. Modulation Transfer Function (MTF) measurement techniques for lenses and linear detector arrays

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Schnabel, J. J., Jr.; Kaishoven, J. E., Jr.; Tom, D.

    1984-01-01

    Application is the determination of the Modulation Transfer Function (MTF) for linear detector arrays. A system set up requires knowledge of the MTF of the imaging lens. Procedure for this measurement is described for standard optical lab equipment. Given this information, various possible approaches to MTF measurement for linear arrays is described. The knife edge method is then described in detail.

  17. Technique of nonvascularized toe phalangeal transfer and distraction lengthening in the treatment of multiple digit symbrachydactyly.

    PubMed

    Netscher, David T; Lewis, Eric V

    2008-06-01

    A combination of nonvascularized multiple toe phalangeal transfers, web space deepening, and distraction lengthening may provide excellent function in the child born with the oligodactylous type of symbrachydactyly. These techniques may reconstruct multiple digits, maintaining a wide and stable grip span with good prehension to the thumb. We detail the techniques of each of these 3 stages in reconstruction and describe appropriate patient selection. Potential complications are discussed. However, with strict attention to technical details, these complications can be minimized.

  18. Determining A Purely Symbolic Transfer Function from Symbol Streams: Theory and Algorithms

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Griffin, Christopher H

    Transfer function modeling is a \\emph{standard technique} in classical Linear Time Invariant and Statistical Process Control. The work of Box and Jenkins was seminal in developing methods for identifying parameters associated with classicalmore » $(r,s,k)$$ transfer functions. Discrete event systems are often \\emph{used} for modeling hybrid control structures and high-level decision problems. \\emph{Examples include} discrete time, discrete strategy repeated games. For these games, a \\emph{discrete transfer function in the form of} an accurate hidden Markov model of input-output relations \\emph{could be used to derive optimal response strategies.} In this paper, we develop an algorithm \\emph{for} creating probabilistic \\textit{Mealy machines} that act as transfer function models for discrete event dynamic systems (DEDS). Our models are defined by three parameters, $$(l_1, l_2, k)$ just as the Box-Jenkins transfer function models. Here $$l_1$$ is the maximal input history lengths to consider, $$l_2$$ is the maximal output history lengths to consider and $k$ is the response lag. Using related results, We show that our Mealy machine transfer functions are optimal in the sense that they maximize the mutual information between the current known state of the DEDS and the next observed input/output pair.« less

  19. Measuring surgeons' treatment preferences and satisfaction with nerve reconstruction techniques for children with unique brachial plexus birth palsies.

    PubMed

    Shah, Amee K; Zurakowski, David; Jessel, Rebecca H; Kuo, Anne; Waters, Peter M

    2006-09-15

    This study surveyed microsurgeons on treatments chosen for infants with brachial plexus birth palsies who have had failure of antigravity biceps and/or triceps function due to nerve surgery or natural history. Questionnaires were sent to surgeons participating in a prospective multicenter brachial plexus birth palsy study. With a response rate of 82 percent, the sample comprised 22 surgeons with extensive experience in treating brachial plexus birth palsy. The survey gathered collective information on two unique clinical groups: (1) infants with no antigravity biceps function but intact antigravity deltoid and radial nerve function and (2) infants with no antigravity radial nerve function (wrist and digital extension, triceps) but intact antigravity biceps and deltoid function. Analysis of data and age-based trends was performed using the Fisher's exact test. With failure of biceps recovery, surgeons preferred microsurgery for children 6 to 18 months old and tendon transfers for children older than 18 months. Both procedures were preferred over observation alone (p < 0.001). With regard to microsurgery techniques, with increasing age, surgeons used nerve transfers more than resected neuroma and grafting. With tendon transfers, regional transfers were performed more than 90 percent of the time at all ages. For patients with no antigravity radial nerve function, most cases at all ages were managed by observation rather than microsurgery or tendon transfers (p < 0.001). The authors' data indicate a general consensus in treatment choices for the two cases of microsurgical failure in infants with brachial plexus birth palsies as well as in satisfaction among experienced surgeons in using these treatments.

  20. Comparative analysis of numerical simulation techniques for incoherent imaging of extended objects through atmospheric turbulence

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lachinova, Svetlana L.; Vorontsov, Mikhail A.; Filimonov, Grigory A.; LeMaster, Daniel A.; Trippel, Matthew E.

    2017-07-01

    Computational efficiency and accuracy of wave-optics-based Monte-Carlo and brightness function numerical simulation techniques for incoherent imaging of extended objects through atmospheric turbulence are evaluated. Simulation results are compared with theoretical estimates based on known analytical solutions for the modulation transfer function of an imaging system and the long-exposure image of a Gaussian-shaped incoherent light source. It is shown that the accuracy of both techniques is comparable over the wide range of path lengths and atmospheric turbulence conditions, whereas the brightness function technique is advantageous in terms of the computational speed.

  1. Magnetic resonance imaging-controlled results of the pectoralis major tendon transfer for irreparable anterosuperior rotator cuff tears performed with standard and modified fixation techniques.

    PubMed

    Lederer, Stefan; Auffarth, Alexander; Bogner, Robert; Tauber, Mark; Mayer, Michael; Karpik, Stefanie; Matis, Nicholas; Resch, Herbert

    2011-10-01

    Irreparable ruptures of the subscapularis tendon lead to impaired function of the shoulder joint. In such cases, transfer of the pectoralis major tendon has led to encouraging results. The procedure fails periodically, typically associated with insufficient in-growth of the transferred tissue. We hypothesized that tendon harvest with chips of cancellous bone would improve the tendon-bone interface. Of 62 consecutive pectoralis tendon transfers, 54 shoulders were followed-up at an average of 35 months. In all shoulders, the transferred tendon was rerouted behind the conjoint tendon and fixed by transosseous sutures. In 29 shoulders, the tendon was harvested with a cuff of cancellous bone. In 25 shoulders, the conventional technique with sharp detachment of the tendon was used. Apart from detailed clinical examination of all shoulders, a magnetic resonance image (MRI) was available in 52 shoulders. The overall Constant score had improved from an average of 38.8 points preoperatively to 63.4 points at follow-up. Shoulders treated with the new fixation technique scored 64.4 compared with 62.2 for the conventional fixations. The MRI showed intact tendons and muscles in 80.8% of shoulders. In 7 shoulders (13.5%), the transferred tendon was ruptured. Two of these were treated with the new fixation technique. Mean patient satisfaction score was 8.2 points. A secure method of fixation that avoids secondary ruptures despite insufficiency of the transferred tendon is of great importance. Also the rerouting of the transferred tendon under the conjoined tendon is essential to imitate the natural force vector and the function of an intact subscapularis tendon. Patients in this investigation were also monitored by MRI to verify the integrity of the transferred tendon. As a salvage procedure, the pectoralis major tendon transfer provides good results in most cases. Sufficient in-growth of the transferred tissue is essential for the success of the procedure. This seems to be facilitated by both methods. Copyright © 2011 Journal of Shoulder and Elbow Surgery Board of Trustees. All rights reserved.

  2. Evaluation of Contact Heat Transfer Coefficient and Phase Transformation during Hot Stamping of a Hat-Type Part

    PubMed Central

    Kim, Heung-Kyu; Lee, Seong Hyeon; Choi, Hyunjoo

    2015-01-01

    Using an inverse analysis technique, the heat transfer coefficient on the die-workpiece contact surface of a hot stamping process was evaluated as a power law function of contact pressure. This evaluation was to determine whether the heat transfer coefficient on the contact surface could be used for finite element analysis of the entire hot stamping process. By comparing results of the finite element analysis and experimental measurements of the phase transformation, an evaluation was performed to determine whether the obtained heat transfer coefficient function could provide reasonable finite element prediction for workpiece properties affected by the hot stamping process. PMID:28788046

  3. Automatic detection of health changes using statistical process control techniques on measured transfer times of elderly.

    PubMed

    Baldewijns, Greet; Luca, Stijn; Nagels, William; Vanrumste, Bart; Croonenborghs, Tom

    2015-01-01

    It has been shown that gait speed and transfer times are good measures of functional ability in elderly. However, data currently acquired by systems that measure either gait speed or transfer times in the homes of elderly people require manual reviewing by healthcare workers. This reviewing process is time-consuming. To alleviate this burden, this paper proposes the use of statistical process control methods to automatically detect both positive and negative changes in transfer times. Three SPC techniques: tabular CUSUM, standardized CUSUM and EWMA, known for their ability to detect small shifts in the data, are evaluated on simulated transfer times. This analysis shows that EWMA is the best-suited method with a detection accuracy of 82% and an average detection time of 9.64 days.

  4. High-order solution methods for grey discrete ordinates thermal radiative transfer

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Maginot, Peter G., E-mail: maginot1@llnl.gov; Ragusa, Jean C., E-mail: jean.ragusa@tamu.edu; Morel, Jim E., E-mail: morel@tamu.edu

    This work presents a solution methodology for solving the grey radiative transfer equations that is both spatially and temporally more accurate than the canonical radiative transfer solution technique of linear discontinuous finite element discretization in space with implicit Euler integration in time. We solve the grey radiative transfer equations by fully converging the nonlinear temperature dependence of the material specific heat, material opacities, and Planck function. The grey radiative transfer equations are discretized in space using arbitrary-order self-lumping discontinuous finite elements and integrated in time with arbitrary-order diagonally implicit Runge–Kutta time integration techniques. Iterative convergence of the radiation equation ismore » accelerated using a modified interior penalty diffusion operator to precondition the full discrete ordinates transport operator.« less

  5. High-order solution methods for grey discrete ordinates thermal radiative transfer

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Maginot, Peter G.; Ragusa, Jean C.; Morel, Jim E.

    This paper presents a solution methodology for solving the grey radiative transfer equations that is both spatially and temporally more accurate than the canonical radiative transfer solution technique of linear discontinuous finite element discretization in space with implicit Euler integration in time. We solve the grey radiative transfer equations by fully converging the nonlinear temperature dependence of the material specific heat, material opacities, and Planck function. The grey radiative transfer equations are discretized in space using arbitrary-order self-lumping discontinuous finite elements and integrated in time with arbitrary-order diagonally implicit Runge–Kutta time integration techniques. Iterative convergence of the radiation equation ismore » accelerated using a modified interior penalty diffusion operator to precondition the full discrete ordinates transport operator.« less

  6. High-order solution methods for grey discrete ordinates thermal radiative transfer

    DOE PAGES

    Maginot, Peter G.; Ragusa, Jean C.; Morel, Jim E.

    2016-09-29

    This paper presents a solution methodology for solving the grey radiative transfer equations that is both spatially and temporally more accurate than the canonical radiative transfer solution technique of linear discontinuous finite element discretization in space with implicit Euler integration in time. We solve the grey radiative transfer equations by fully converging the nonlinear temperature dependence of the material specific heat, material opacities, and Planck function. The grey radiative transfer equations are discretized in space using arbitrary-order self-lumping discontinuous finite elements and integrated in time with arbitrary-order diagonally implicit Runge–Kutta time integration techniques. Iterative convergence of the radiation equation ismore » accelerated using a modified interior penalty diffusion operator to precondition the full discrete ordinates transport operator.« less

  7. The Shock and Vibration Digest. Volume 14, Number 8

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1982-08-01

    generating interest in averaged transfer functions. Broadband transfer functions are derived using the methods of statistical energy analysis (SEA...Accelerometer, Endevco Corp., San Juan Capis- trano,CA(1982). 7. Lyon, R.H., Statistical Energy Analysis of Dy- namical Systems, MIT Press, Cambridge, MA...A fairly new technique known as statistical energy analysis , or SEA, [35-44] has been useful for many problems of noise transmission. The difficulty

  8. Accounting for substitution and spatial heterogeneity in a labelled choice experiment.

    PubMed

    Lizin, S; Brouwer, R; Liekens, I; Broeckx, S

    2016-10-01

    Many environmental valuation studies using stated preferences techniques are single-site studies that ignore essential spatial aspects, including possible substitution effects. In this paper substitution effects are captured explicitly in the design of a labelled choice experiment and the inclusion of different distance variables in the choice model specification. We test the effect of spatial heterogeneity on welfare estimates and transfer errors for minor and major river restoration works, and the transferability of river specific utility functions, accounting for key variables such as site visitation, spatial clustering and income. River specific utility functions appear to be transferable, resulting in low transfer errors. However, ignoring spatial heterogeneity increases transfer errors. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  9. Irreparable Rotator Cuff Tears: Restoring Joint Kinematics by Tendon Transfers

    PubMed Central

    Greenspoon, Joshua A.; Millett, Peter J.; Moulton, Samuel G.; Petri, Maximilian

    2016-01-01

    Background: Tendon transfers can be a surgical treatment option in managing younger, active patients with massive irreparable rotator cuff tears. The purpose of this article is to provide an overview of the use of tendon transfers to treat massive irreparable rotator cuff tears and to summarize clinical outcomes. Methods: A selective literature search was performed and personal surgical experiences are reported. Results: Latissimus dorsi transfers have been used for many years in the management of posterosuperior rotator cuff tears with good reported clinical outcomes. It can be transferred without or with the teres major (L’Episcopo technique). Many surgical techniques have been described for latissimus dorsi transfer including single incision, double incision, and arthroscopically assisted transfer. Transfer of the pectoralis major tendon is the most common tendon transfer procedure performed for anterosuperior rotator cuff deficiencies. Several surgical techniques have been described, however transfer of the pectoralis major beneath the coracoid process has been found to most closely replicate the force vector that is normally provided by the intact subscapularis. Conclusion: Tendon transfers can be used successfully in the management of younger patients with massive irreparable rotator cuff tears and minimal glenohumeral arthritis. Improvements in clinical outcomes scores and range of motion have been demonstrated. This can delay arthroplasty, which is of particular importance for younger patients with high functional demands. PMID:27708730

  10. Nerve transfers in tetraplegia I: Background and technique

    PubMed Central

    Brown, Justin M.

    2011-01-01

    Background: The recovery of hand function is consistently rated as the highest priority for persons with tetraplegia. Recovering even partial arm and hand function can have an enormous impact on independence and quality of life of an individual. Currently, tendon transfers are the accepted modality for improving hand function. In this procedure, the distal end of a functional muscle is cut and reattached at the insertion site of a nonfunctional muscle. The tendon transfer sacrifices the function at a lesser location to provide function at a more important location. Nerve transfers are conceptually similar to tendon transfers and involve cutting and connecting a healthy but less critical nerve to a more important but paralyzed nerve to restore its function. Methods: We present a case of a 28-year-old patient with a C5-level ASIA B (international classification level 1) injury who underwent nerve transfers to restore arm and hand function. Intact peripheral innervation was confirmed in the paralyzed muscle groups corresponding to finger flexors and extensors, wrist flexors and extensors, and triceps bilaterally. Volitional control and good strength were present in the biceps and brachialis muscles, the deltoid, and the trapezius. The patient underwent nerve transfers to restore finger flexion and extension, wrist flexion and extension, and elbow extension. Intraoperative motor-evoked potentials and direct nerve stimulation were used to identify donor and recipient nerve branches. Results: The patient tolerated the procedure well, with a preserved function in both elbow flexion and shoulder abduction. Conclusions: Nerve transfers are a technically feasible means of restoring the upper extremity function in tetraplegia in cases that may not be amenable to tendon transfers. PMID:21918736

  11. Order reduction of z-transfer functions via multipoint Jordan continued-fraction expansion

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Lee, Ying-Chin; Hwang, Chyi; Shieh, Leang S.

    1992-01-01

    The order reduction problem of z-transfer functions is solved by using the multipoint Jordan continued-fraction expansion (MJCFE) technique. An efficient algorithm that does not require the use of complex algebra is presented for obtaining an MJCFE from a stable z-transfer function with expansion points selected from the unit circle and/or the positive real axis of the z-plane. The reduced-order models are exactly the multipoint Pade approximants of the original system and, therefore, they match the (weighted) time-moments of the impulse response and preserve the frequency responses of the system at some characteristic frequencies, such as gain crossover frequency, phase crossover frequency, bandwidth, etc.

  12. Determination of lateral-stability derivatives and transfer-function coefficients from frequency-response data for lateral motions

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Donegan, James J; Robinson, Samuel W , Jr; Gates, Ordway, B , jr

    1955-01-01

    A method is presented for determining the lateral-stability derivatives, transfer-function coefficients, and the modes for lateral motion from frequency-response data for a rigid aircraft. The method is based on the application of the vector technique to the equations of lateral motion, so that the three equations of lateral motion can be separated into six equations. The method of least squares is then applied to the data for each of these equations to yield the coefficients of the equations of lateral motion from which the lateral-stability derivatives and lateral transfer-function coefficients are computed. Two numerical examples are given to demonstrate the use of the method.

  13. A review of acoustic power transfer for bio-medical implants

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Basaeri, Hamid; Christensen, David B.; Roundy, Shad

    2016-12-01

    Bio-implantable devices have been used to perform therapeutic functions such as drug delivery or diagnostic monitoring of physiological parameters. Proper operation of these devices depends on the continuous reliable supply of power. A battery, which is the conventional method to supply energy, is problematic in many of these devices as it limits the lifetime of the implant or dominates the size. In order to power implantable devices, power transfer techniques have been implemented as an attractive alternative to batteries and have received significant research interest in recent years. Acoustic waves are increasingly being investigated as a method for delivering power through human skin and the human body. Acoustic power transfer (APT) has some advantages over other powering techniques such as inductive power transfer and mid range RF power transmission. These advantages include lower absorption in tissue, shorter wavelength enabling smaller transducers, and higher power intensity threshold for safe operation. This paper will cover the basic physics and modeling of APT and will review the current state of acoustic (or ultrasonic) power transfer for biomedical implants. As the sensing and computational elements for biomedical implants are becoming very small, we devote particular attention to the scaling of acoustic and alternative power transfer techniques. Finally, we present current issues and challenges related to the implementation of this technique for powering implantable devices.

  14. Monitoring glycolipid transfer protein activity and membrane interaction with the surface plasmon resonance technique.

    PubMed

    Ohvo-Rekilä, Henna; Mattjus, Peter

    2011-01-01

    The glycolipid transfer protein (GLTP) is a protein capable of binding and transferring glycolipids. GLTP is cytosolic and it can interact through its FFAT-like (two phenylalanines in an acidic tract) motif with proteins localized on the surface of the endoplasmic reticulum. Previous in vitro work with GLTP has focused mainly on the complete transfer reaction of the protein, that is, binding and subsequent removal of the glycolipid from the donor membrane, transfer through the aqueous environment, and the final release of the glycolipid to an acceptor membrane. Using bilayer vesicles and surface plasmon resonance spectroscopy, we have now, for the first time, analyzed the binding and lipid removal capacity of GLTP with a completely label-free technique. This technique is focused on the initial steps in GLTP-mediated transfer and the parameters affecting these steps can be more precisely determined. We used the new approach for detailed structure-function studies of GLTP by examining the glycolipid transfer capacity of specific GLTP tryptophan mutants. Tryptophan 96 is crucial for the transfer activity of the protein and tryptophan 142 is an important part of the proteins membrane interacting domain. Further, we varied the composition of the used lipid vesicles and gained information on the effect of membrane properties on GLTP activity. GLTP prefers to interact with more tightly packed membranes, although GLTP-mediated transfer is faster from more fluid membranes. This technique is very useful for the study of membrane-protein interactions and lipid-transfer rates and it can easily be adapted to other membrane-interacting proteins. Copyright © 2010 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  15. Dynamic Stiffness Transfer Function of an Electromechanical Actuator Using System Identification

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kim, Sang Hwa; Tahk, Min-Jea

    2018-04-01

    In the aeroelastic analysis of flight vehicles with electromechanical actuators (EMAs), an accurate prediction of flutter requires dynamic stiffness characteristics of the EMA. The dynamic stiffness transfer function of the EMA with brushless direct current (BLDC) motor can be obtained by conducting complicated mathematical calculations of control algorithms and mechanical/electrical nonlinearities using linearization techniques. Thus, system identification approaches using experimental data, as an alternative, have considerable advantages. However, the test setup for system identification is expensive and complex, and experimental procedures for data collection are time-consuming tasks. To obtain the dynamic stiffness transfer function, this paper proposes a linear system identification method that uses information obtained from a reliable dynamic stiffness model with a control algorithm and nonlinearities. The results of this study show that the system identification procedure is compact, and the transfer function is able to describe the dynamic stiffness characteristics of the EMA. In addition, to verify the validity of the system identification method, the simulation results of the dynamic stiffness transfer function and the dynamic stiffness model were compared with the experimental data for various external loads.

  16. Comparison of Commercial Electromagnetic Interface Test Techniques to NASA Electromagnetic Interference Test Techniques

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Smith, V.

    2000-11-01

    This report documents the development of analytical techniques required for interpreting and comparing space systems electromagnetic interference test data with commercial electromagnetic interference test data using NASA Specification SSP 30237A "Space Systems Electromagnetic Emission and Susceptibility Requirements for Electromagnetic Compatibility." The PSpice computer simulation results and the laboratory measurements for the test setups under study compare well. The study results, however, indicate that the transfer function required to translate test results of one setup to another is highly dependent on cables and their actual layout in the test setup. Since cables are equipment specific and are not specified in the test standards, developing a transfer function that would cover all cable types (random, twisted, or coaxial), sizes (gauge number and length), and layouts (distance from the ground plane) is not practical.

  17. Comparison of Commercial Electromagnetic Interface Test Techniques to NASA Electromagnetic Interference Test Techniques

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Smith, V.; Minor, J. L. (Technical Monitor)

    2000-01-01

    This report documents the development of analytical techniques required for interpreting and comparing space systems electromagnetic interference test data with commercial electromagnetic interference test data using NASA Specification SSP 30237A "Space Systems Electromagnetic Emission and Susceptibility Requirements for Electromagnetic Compatibility." The PSpice computer simulation results and the laboratory measurements for the test setups under study compare well. The study results, however, indicate that the transfer function required to translate test results of one setup to another is highly dependent on cables and their actual layout in the test setup. Since cables are equipment specific and are not specified in the test standards, developing a transfer function that would cover all cable types (random, twisted, or coaxial), sizes (gauge number and length), and layouts (distance from the ground plane) is not practical.

  18. The 32nd CDC: System identification using interval dynamic models

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Keel, L. H.; Lew, J. S.; Bhattacharyya, S. P.

    1992-01-01

    Motivated by the recent explosive development of results in the area of parametric robust control, a new technique to identify a family of uncertain systems is identified. The new technique takes the frequency domain input and output data obtained from experimental test signals and produces an 'interval transfer function' that contains the complete frequency domain behavior with respect to the test signals. This interval transfer function is one of the key concepts in the parametric robust control approach and identification with such an interval model allows one to predict the worst case performance and stability margins using recent results on interval systems. The algorithm is illustrated by applying it to an 18 bay Mini-Mast truss structure.

  19. Hydrophobic and optical characteristics of graphene and graphene oxide films transferred onto functionalized silica particles deposited glass surface

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yilbas, B. S.; Ibrahim, A.; Ali, H.; Khaled, M.; Laoui, T.

    2018-06-01

    Hydrophobic and optical transmittance characteristics of the functionalized silica particles on the glass surface prior and after transfer of graphene and graphene oxide films on the surface are examined. Nano-size silica particles are synthesized and functionalized via chemical grafting and deposited onto a glass surface. Graphene film, grown on copper substrate, was transferred onto the functionalized silica particles surface through direct fishing method. Graphene oxide layer was deposited onto the functionalized silica particles surface via spin coating technique. Morphological, hydrophobic, and optical characteristics of the functionalized silica particles deposited surface prior and after graphene and graphene oxide films transfer are examined using the analytical tools. It is found that the functionalized silica particles are agglomerated at the surface forming packed structures with few micro/nano size pores. This arrangement gives rise to water droplet contact angle and contact angle hysteresis in the order of 163° and 2°, respectively, and remains almost uniform over the entire surface. Transferring graphene and depositing graphene oxide films over the functionalized silica particles surface lowers the water droplet contact angle slightly (157-160°) and increases the contact angle hysteresis (4°). The addition of the graphene and graphene oxide films onto the surface of the deposited functionalized silica particles improves the optical transmittance.

  20. Real-time colouring and filtering with graphics shaders

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Vohl, D.; Fluke, C. J.; Barnes, D. G.; Hassan, A. H.

    2017-11-01

    Despite the popularity of the Graphics Processing Unit (GPU) for general purpose computing, one should not forget about the practicality of the GPU for fast scientific visualization. As astronomers have increasing access to three-dimensional (3D) data from instruments and facilities like integral field units and radio interferometers, visualization techniques such as volume rendering offer means to quickly explore spectral cubes as a whole. As most 3D visualization techniques have been developed in fields of research like medical imaging and fluid dynamics, many transfer functions are not optimal for astronomical data. We demonstrate how transfer functions and graphics shaders can be exploited to provide new astronomy-specific explorative colouring methods. We present 12 shaders, including four novel transfer functions specifically designed to produce intuitive and informative 3D visualizations of spectral cube data. We compare their utility to classic colour mapping. The remaining shaders highlight how common computation like filtering, smoothing and line ratio algorithms can be integrated as part of the graphics pipeline. We discuss how this can be achieved by utilizing the parallelism of modern GPUs along with a shading language, letting astronomers apply these new techniques at interactive frame rates. All shaders investigated in this work are included in the open source software shwirl (Vohl 2017).

  1. Method of calculating retroreflector-array transfer functions. [laser range finders

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Arnold, D. A.

    1978-01-01

    Techniques and equations used in calculating the transfer functions to relate the observed return laser pulses to the center of mass of the Lageos satellite retroflector array, and for most of the retroreflector-equipped satellites now in orbit are described. The methods derived include the effects of coherent interference, diffraction, polarization, and dihedral-angle offsets. Particular emphasis is given to deriving expressions for the diffraction pattern and active reflecting area of various cube-corner designs.

  2. A Very Efficient Transfer Function Bounding Technique on Bit Error Rate for Viterbi Decoded, Rate 1/N Convolutional Codes

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Lee, P. J.

    1984-01-01

    For rate 1/N convolutional codes, a recursive algorithm for finding the transfer function bound on bit error rate (BER) at the output of a Viterbi decoder is described. This technique is very fast and requires very little storage since all the unnecessary operations are eliminated. Using this technique, we find and plot bounds on the BER performance of known codes of rate 1/2 with K 18, rate 1/3 with K 14. When more than one reported code with the same parameter is known, we select the code that minimizes the required signal to noise ratio for a desired bit error rate of 0.000001. This criterion of determining goodness of a code had previously been found to be more useful than the maximum free distance criterion and was used in the code search procedures of very short constraint length codes. This very efficient technique can also be used for searches of longer constraint length codes.

  3. Time-series analysis of energetic electron fluxes (1. 2 - 16 MeV) at geosynchronous altitude. Master's thesis

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Halpin, M.P.

    This project used a Box and Jenkins time-series analysis of energetic electron fluxes measured at geosynchronous orbit in an effort to derive prediction models for the flux in each of five energy channels. In addition, the technique of transfer function modeling described by Box and Jenkins was used in an attempt to derive input-output relationships between the flux channels (viewed as the output) and the solar-wind speed or interplanetary magnetic field (IMF) north-south component, Bz, (viewed as the input). The transfer function modeling was done in order to investigate the theoretical dynamic relationship which is believed to exist between themore » solar wind, the IMF Bz, and the energetic electron flux in the magnetosphere. The models derived from the transfer-function techniques employed were also intended to be used in the prediction of flux values. The results from this study indicate that the energetic electron flux changes in the various channels are dependent on more than simply the solar-wind speed or the IMF Bz.« less

  4. Method and apparatus for transfer function simulator for testing complex systems

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kavaya, M. J. (Inventor)

    1985-01-01

    A method and apparatus for testing the operation of a complex stabilization circuit in a closed loop system is presented. The method is comprised of a programmed analog or digital computing system for implementing the transfer function of a load thereby providing a predictable load. The digital computing system employs a table stored in a microprocessor in which precomputed values of the load transfer function are stored for values of input signal from the stabilization circuit over the range of interest. This technique may be used not only for isolating faults in the stabilization circuit, but also for analyzing a fault in a faulty load by so varying parameters of the computing system as to simulate operation of the actual load with the fault.

  5. Application of the polychromatic defocus transfer function to multifocal lenses.

    PubMed

    Schwiegerling, Jim; Choi, Junoh

    2008-11-01

    To model the performance of multifocal lenses in polychromatic lighting. The defocus transfer function (DTF) is a mathematical technique for illustrating the optical transfer function for all levels of defocus at a given wavelength. A polychromatic version of the DTF is developed that accounts for changes in cutoff frequency, reduction in diffraction efficiency, ocular chromatic aberration, and photoreceptor spectral sensitivity. The differences between the monochromatic and polychromatic DTF are illustrated with a diffractive multifocal intraocular lens. Polychromatic analysis shows an increase in depth of field of diffractive lenses relative to assessment at a single wavelength. The polychromatic DTF is a useful tool for analyzing presbyopia treatments under "white-light" viewing conditions and provides feedback to lens designers on anticipated performance.

  6. Single-stage Reconstruction of Elbow Flexion Associated with Massive Soft-Tissue Defect Using the Latissimus Dorsi Muscle Bipolar Rotational Transfer

    PubMed Central

    Cuéllar, Vanessa G.; Ghiassi, Alidad; Sharpe, Frances

    2016-01-01

    Introduction: In the upper extremity, the latissimus dorsi muscle can be used as an ipsilateral rotational muscle flap for soft-tissue coverage or functional reconstruction of arm and elbow. Patients who have both major soft-tissue loss and functional deficits can be successfully treated with a single-stage functional latissimus dorsi rotational muscle transfer that provides simultaneous soft-tissue coverage and functional reconstruction. Methods: Our data base was queried for all patients undergoing a rotational latissimus dorsi muscle transfer for simultaneous soft-tissue coverage and functional reconstruction of elbow flexion. Four patients were identified. A chart review documented the mechanism of injury, associated injuries, soft-tissue defect size, number of surgical procedures, length of follow-up, last elbow range of motion, and flexion strength. Results: Four patients with loss of elbow flexion due to traumatic loss of the anterior compartment muscles and the overlying soft tissue underwent simultaneous soft-tissue coverage and elbow flexorplasty using the ipsilateral latissimus dorsi as a bipolar muscle rotational tissue transfer. All flaps survived and had a recovery of Medical Research Council Grade 4/5 elbow flexion strength. No additional procedures were required for elbow flexion. The surgical technique is described and supplemented with surgical technique video and patient outcome. Conclusions: This patient series augments the data provided in other series supporting the safety and efficacy of this procedure which provides both soft-tissue coverage and functional restoration of elbow flexion as a single-stage procedure in the setting of massive traumatic soft-tissue loss of the arm. PMID:27757363

  7. Single-stage Reconstruction of Elbow Flexion Associated with Massive Soft-Tissue Defect Using the Latissimus Dorsi Muscle Bipolar Rotational Transfer.

    PubMed

    Stevanovic, Milan V; Cuéllar, Vanessa G; Ghiassi, Alidad; Sharpe, Frances

    2016-09-01

    In the upper extremity, the latissimus dorsi muscle can be used as an ipsilateral rotational muscle flap for soft-tissue coverage or functional reconstruction of arm and elbow. Patients who have both major soft-tissue loss and functional deficits can be successfully treated with a single-stage functional latissimus dorsi rotational muscle transfer that provides simultaneous soft-tissue coverage and functional reconstruction. Our data base was queried for all patients undergoing a rotational latissimus dorsi muscle transfer for simultaneous soft-tissue coverage and functional reconstruction of elbow flexion. Four patients were identified. A chart review documented the mechanism of injury, associated injuries, soft-tissue defect size, number of surgical procedures, length of follow-up, last elbow range of motion, and flexion strength. Four patients with loss of elbow flexion due to traumatic loss of the anterior compartment muscles and the overlying soft tissue underwent simultaneous soft-tissue coverage and elbow flexorplasty using the ipsilateral latissimus dorsi as a bipolar muscle rotational tissue transfer. All flaps survived and had a recovery of Medical Research Council Grade 4/5 elbow flexion strength. No additional procedures were required for elbow flexion. The surgical technique is described and supplemented with surgical technique video and patient outcome. This patient series augments the data provided in other series supporting the safety and efficacy of this procedure which provides both soft-tissue coverage and functional restoration of elbow flexion as a single-stage procedure in the setting of massive traumatic soft-tissue loss of the arm.

  8. Radiative heat transfer in strongly forward scattering media using the discrete ordinates method

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Granate, Pedro; Coelho, Pedro J.; Roger, Maxime

    2016-03-01

    The discrete ordinates method (DOM) is widely used to solve the radiative transfer equation, often yielding satisfactory results. However, in the presence of strongly forward scattering media, this method does not generally conserve the scattering energy and the phase function asymmetry factor. Because of this, the normalization of the phase function has been proposed to guarantee that the scattering energy and the asymmetry factor are conserved. Various authors have used different normalization techniques. Three of these are compared in the present work, along with two other methods, one based on the finite volume method (FVM) and another one based on the spherical harmonics discrete ordinates method (SHDOM). In addition, the approximation of the Henyey-Greenstein phase function by a different one is investigated as an alternative to the phase function normalization. The approximate phase function is given by the sum of a Dirac delta function, which accounts for the forward scattering peak, and a smoother scaled phase function. In this study, these techniques are applied to three scalar radiative transfer test cases, namely a three-dimensional cubic domain with a purely scattering medium, an axisymmetric cylindrical enclosure containing an emitting-absorbing-scattering medium, and a three-dimensional transient problem with collimated irradiation. The present results show that accurate predictions are achieved for strongly forward scattering media when the phase function is normalized in such a way that both the scattered energy and the phase function asymmetry factor are conserved. The normalization of the phase function may be avoided using the FVM or the SHDOM to evaluate the in-scattering term of the radiative transfer equation. Both methods yield results whose accuracy is similar to that obtained using the DOM along with normalization of the phase function. Very satisfactory predictions were also achieved using the delta-M phase function, while the delta-Eddington phase function and the transport approximation may perform poorly.

  9. Frequency domain system identification of helicopter rotor dynamics incorporating models with time periodic coefficients

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hwang, Sunghwan

    1997-08-01

    One of the most prominent features of helicopter rotor dynamics in forward flight is the periodic coefficients in the equations of motion introduced by the rotor rotation. The frequency response characteristics of such a linear time periodic system exhibits sideband behavior, which is not the case for linear time invariant systems. Therefore, a frequency domain identification methodology for linear systems with time periodic coefficients was developed, because the linear time invariant theory cannot account for sideband behavior. The modulated complex Fourier series was introduced to eliminate the smearing effect of Fourier series expansions of exponentially modulated periodic signals. A system identification theory was then developed using modulated complex Fourier series expansion. Correlation and spectral density functions were derived using the modulated complex Fourier series expansion for linear time periodic systems. Expressions of the identified harmonic transfer function were then formulated using the spectral density functions both with and without additive noise processes at input and/or output. A procedure was developed to identify parameters of a model to match the frequency response characteristics between measured and estimated harmonic transfer functions by minimizing an objective function defined in terms of the trace of the squared frequency response error matrix. Feasibility was demonstrated by the identification of the harmonic transfer function and parameters for helicopter rigid blade flapping dynamics in forward flight. This technique is envisioned to satisfy the needs of system identification in the rotating frame, especially in the context of individual blade control. The technique was applied to the coupled flap-lag-inflow dynamics of a rigid blade excited by an active pitch link. The linear time periodic technique results were compared with the linear time invariant technique results. Also, the effect of noise processes and initial parameter guess on the identification procedure were investigated. To study the effect of elastic modes, a rigid blade with a trailing edge flap excited by a smart actuator was selected and system parameters were successfully identified, but with some expense of computational storage and time. Conclusively, the linear time periodic technique substantially improved the identified parameter accuracy compared to the linear time invariant technique. Also, the linear time periodic technique was robust to noises and initial guess of parameters. However, an elastic mode of higher frequency relative to the system pumping frequency tends to increase the computer storage requirement and computing time.

  10. Analysis and calculation of lightning-induced voltages in aircraft electrical circuits

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Plumer, J. A.

    1974-01-01

    Techniques to calculate the transfer functions relating lightning-induced voltages in aircraft electrical circuits to aircraft physical characteristics and lightning current parameters are discussed. The analytical work was carried out concurrently with an experimental program of measurements of lightning-induced voltages in the electrical circuits of an F89-J aircraft. A computer program, ETCAL, developed earlier to calculate resistive and inductive transfer functions is refined to account for skin effect, providing results more valid over a wider range of lightning waveshapes than formerly possible. A computer program, WING, is derived to calculate the resistive and inductive transfer functions between a basic aircraft wing and a circuit conductor inside it. Good agreement is obtained between transfer inductances calculated by WING and those reduced from measured data by ETCAL. This computer program shows promise of expansion to permit eventual calculation of potential lightning-induced voltages in electrical circuits of complete aircraft in the design stage.

  11. Theoretical and Experimental Investigation of Random Gust Loads Part I : Aerodynamic Transfer Function of a Simple Wing Configuration in Incompressible Flow

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hakkinen, Raimo J; Richardson, A S , Jr

    1957-01-01

    Sinusoidally oscillating downwash and lift produced on a simple rigid airfoil were measured and compared with calculated values. Statistically stationary random downwash and the corresponding lift on a simple rigid airfoil were also measured and the transfer functions between their power spectra determined. The random experimental values are compared with theoretically approximated values. Limitations of the experimental technique and the need for more extensive experimental data are discussed.

  12. Full-Scale Turbofan-Engine Turbine-Transfer Function Determination Using Three Internal Sensors

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hultgren, Lennart S.

    2012-01-01

    Noise-source separation techniques, using three engine-internal sensors, are applied to existing static-engine test data to determine the turbine transfer function for the currently subdominant combustion noise. The results are used to assess the combustion-noise prediction capability of the Aircraft Noise Prediction Program (ANOPP) and an improvement to the combustion-noise module GECOR is suggested. The work was carried out in response to the NASA Fundamental Aeronautics Subsonic Fixed Wing Program s Reduced-Perceived-Noise Technical Challenge.

  13. The Derivation of Simple Poles in a Transfer Function from Real Frequency Information. Part 3. Object Classification and Identification,

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1977-01-10

    This report is the third in a series of three that evaluate a technique (frequency-domain Prony) for obtaining the poles of a transfer function. The...main objective was to assess the feasibility of classifying or identifying ship-like targets by using pole sets derived from frequency-domain data. A...predictor-correlator procedure for using spectral data and library pole sets for this purpose was developed. Also studied was an iterative method for

  14. Outcome of different facial nerve reconstruction techniques.

    PubMed

    Mohamed, Aboshanif; Omi, Eigo; Honda, Kohei; Suzuki, Shinsuke; Ishikawa, Kazuo

    There is no technique of facial nerve reconstruction that guarantees facial function recovery up to grade III. To evaluate the efficacy and safety of different facial nerve reconstruction techniques. Facial nerve reconstruction was performed in 22 patients (facial nerve interpositional graft in 11 patients and hypoglossal-facial nerve transfer in another 11 patients). All patients had facial function House-Brackmann (HB) grade VI, either caused by trauma or after resection of a tumor. All patients were submitted to a primary nerve reconstruction except 7 patients, where late reconstruction was performed two weeks to four months after the initial surgery. The follow-up period was at least two years. For facial nerve interpositional graft technique, we achieved facial function HB grade III in eight patients and grade IV in three patients. Synkinesis was found in eight patients, and facial contracture with synkinesis was found in two patients. In regards to hypoglossal-facial nerve transfer using different modifications, we achieved facial function HB grade III in nine patients and grade IV in two patients. Facial contracture, synkinesis and tongue atrophy were found in three patients, and synkinesis was found in five patients. However, those who had primary direct facial-hypoglossal end-to-side anastomosis showed the best result without any neurological deficit. Among various reanimation techniques, when indicated, direct end-to-side facial-hypoglossal anastomosis through epineural suturing is the most effective technique with excellent outcomes for facial reanimation and preservation of tongue movement, particularly when performed as a primary technique. Copyright © 2016 Associação Brasileira de Otorrinolaringologia e Cirurgia Cérvico-Facial. Published by Elsevier Editora Ltda. All rights reserved.

  15. Bidirectional plant canopy reflection models derived from the radiation transfer equation

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Beeth, D. R.

    1975-01-01

    A collection of bidirectional canopy reflection models was obtained from the solution of the radiation transfer equation for a horizontally homogeneous canopy. A phase function is derived for a collection of bidirectionally reflecting and transmitting planar elements characterized geometrically by slope and azimuth density functions. Two approaches to solving the radiation transfer equation for the canopy are presented. One approach factors the radiation transfer equation into a solvable set of three first-order linear differential equations by assuming that the radiation field within the canopy can be initially approximated by three components: uniformly diffuse downwelling, uniformly diffuse upwelling, and attenuated specular. The solution to these equations, which can be iterated to any degree of accuracy, was used to obtain overall canopy reflection from the formal solution to the radiation transfer equation. A programable solution to canopy overall bidirectional reflection is given for this approach. The special example of Lambertian leaves with constant leaf bidirectional reflection and scattering functions is considered, and a programmable solution for this example is given. The other approach to solving the radiation transfer equation, a generalized Chandrasekhar technique, is presented in the appendix.

  16. Transfer doping of single isolated nanodiamonds, studied by scanning probe microscopy techniques.

    PubMed

    Bolker, Asaf; Saguy, Cecile; Kalish, Rafi

    2014-09-26

    The transfer doping of diamond surfaces has been applied in various novel two-dimensional electronic devices. Its extension to nanodiamonds (ND) is essential for ND-based applications in many fields. In particular, understanding the influence of the crystallite size on transfer doping is desirable. Here, we report the results of a detailed study of the electronic energetic band structure of single, isolated transfer-doped nanodiamonds with nanometric resolution using a combination of scanning tunneling spectroscopy and Kelvin force microscopy measurements. The results show how the band gap, the valence band maximum, the electron affinity and the work function all depend on the ND's size and nanoparticle surface properties. The present analysis, which combines information from both scanning tunneling spectroscopy and Kelvin force microscopy, should be applicable to any nanoparticle or surface that can be measured with scanning probe techniques.

  17. Bio-inspired direct patterning functional nanothin microlines: controllable liquid transfer.

    PubMed

    Wang, Qianbin; Meng, Qingan; Wang, Pengwei; Liu, Huan; Jiang, Lei

    2015-04-28

    Developing a general and low-cost strategy that enables direct patterning of microlines with nanometer thickness from versatile liquid-phase functional materials and precise positioning of them on various substrates remains a challenge. Herein, with inspiration from the oriental wisdom to control ink transfer by Chinese brushes, we developed a facile and general writing strategy to directly pattern various functional microlines with homogeneous distribution and nanometer-scale thickness. It is demonstrated that the width and thickness of the microlines could be well-controlled by tuning the writing method, providing guidance for the adaptation of this technique to various systems. It is also shown that various functional liquid-phase materials, such as quantum dots, small molecules, polymers, and suspensions of nanoparticles, could directly write on the substrates with intrinsic physicochemical properties well-preserved. Moreover, this technique enabled direct patterning of liquid-phase materials on certain microdomains, even in multiple layered style, thus a microdomain localized chemical reaction and the patterned surface chemical modification were enabled. This bio-inspired direct writing device will shed light on the template-free printing of various functional micropatterns, as well as the integrated functional microdevices.

  18. Evolutionary algorithm based heuristic scheme for nonlinear heat transfer equations.

    PubMed

    Ullah, Azmat; Malik, Suheel Abdullah; Alimgeer, Khurram Saleem

    2018-01-01

    In this paper, a hybrid heuristic scheme based on two different basis functions i.e. Log Sigmoid and Bernstein Polynomial with unknown parameters is used for solving the nonlinear heat transfer equations efficiently. The proposed technique transforms the given nonlinear ordinary differential equation into an equivalent global error minimization problem. Trial solution for the given nonlinear differential equation is formulated using a fitness function with unknown parameters. The proposed hybrid scheme of Genetic Algorithm (GA) with Interior Point Algorithm (IPA) is opted to solve the minimization problem and to achieve the optimal values of unknown parameters. The effectiveness of the proposed scheme is validated by solving nonlinear heat transfer equations. The results obtained by the proposed scheme are compared and found in sharp agreement with both the exact solution and solution obtained by Haar Wavelet-Quasilinearization technique which witnesses the effectiveness and viability of the suggested scheme. Moreover, the statistical analysis is also conducted for investigating the stability and reliability of the presented scheme.

  19. Variationally consistent approximation scheme for charge transfer

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Halpern, A. M.

    1978-01-01

    The author has developed a technique for testing various charge-transfer approximation schemes for consistency with the requirements of the Kohn variational principle for the amplitude to guarantee that the amplitude is correct to second order in the scattering wave functions. Applied to Born-type approximations for charge transfer it allows the selection of particular groups of first-, second-, and higher-Born-type terms that obey the consistency requirement, and hence yield more reliable approximation to the amplitude.

  20. Bidirectional Reflectance of Flat, Optically Thick Particulate Layers: An Efficient Radiative Transfer Solution and Applications to Snow and Soil Surfaces

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Mishchenko, Michael I.; Dlugach, Janna M.; Yanovitsku, Edgard G.; Zakharova, Nadia T.

    1999-01-01

    We describe a simple and highly efficient and accurate radiative transfer technique for computing bidirectional reflectance of a macroscopically flat scattering layer composed of nonabsorbing or weakly absorbing, arbitrarily shaped, randomly oriented and randomly distributed particles. The layer is assumed to be homogeneous and optically semi-infinite, and the bidirectional reflection function (BRF) is found by a simple iterative solution of the Ambartsumian's nonlinear integral equation. As an exact Solution of the radiative transfer equation, the reflection function thus obtained fully obeys the fundamental physical laws of energy conservation and reciprocity. Since this technique bypasses the computation of the internal radiation field, it is by far the fastest numerical approach available and can be used as an ideal input for Monte Carlo procedures calculating BRFs of scattering layers with macroscopically rough surfaces. Although the effects of packing density and coherent backscattering are currently neglected, they can also be incorporated. The FORTRAN implementation of the technique is available on the World Wide Web at http://ww,,v.giss.nasa.gov/-crmim/brf.html and can be applied to a wide range of remote sensing, engineering, and biophysical problems. We also examine the potential effect of ice crystal shape on the bidirectional reflectance of flat snow surfaces and the applicability of the Henyey-Greenstein phase function and the 6-Eddington approximation in calculations for soil surfaces.

  1. Hybrid numerical method for solution of the radiative transfer equation in one, two, or three dimensions.

    PubMed

    Reinersman, Phillip N; Carder, Kendall L

    2004-05-01

    A hybrid method is presented by which Monte Carlo (MC) techniques are combined with an iterative relaxation algorithm to solve the radiative transfer equation in arbitrary one-, two-, or three-dimensional optical environments. The optical environments are first divided into contiguous subregions, or elements. MC techniques are employed to determine the optical response function of each type of element. The elements are combined, and relaxation techniques are used to determine simultaneously the radiance field on the boundary and throughout the interior of the modeled environment. One-dimensional results compare well with a standard radiative transfer model. The light field beneath and adjacent to a long barge is modeled in two dimensions and displayed. Ramifications for underwater video imaging are discussed. The hybrid model is currently capable of providing estimates of the underwater light field needed to expedite inspection of ship hulls and port facilities.

  2. How to precisely measure the volume velocity transfer function of physical vocal tract models by external excitation

    PubMed Central

    Mainka, Alexander; Kürbis, Steffen; Birkholz, Peter

    2018-01-01

    Recently, 3D printing has been increasingly used to create physical models of the vocal tract with geometries obtained from magnetic resonance imaging. These printed models allow measuring the vocal tract transfer function, which is not reliably possible in vivo for the vocal tract of living humans. The transfer functions enable the detailed examination of the acoustic effects of specific articulatory strategies in speaking and singing, and the validation of acoustic plane-wave models for realistic vocal tract geometries in articulatory speech synthesis. To measure the acoustic transfer function of 3D-printed models, two techniques have been described: (1) excitation of the models with a broadband sound source at the glottis and measurement of the sound pressure radiated from the lips, and (2) excitation of the models with an external source in front of the lips and measurement of the sound pressure inside the models at the glottal end. The former method is more frequently used and more intuitive due to its similarity to speech production. However, the latter method avoids the intricate problem of constructing a suitable broadband glottal source and is therefore more effective. It has been shown to yield a transfer function similar, but not exactly equal to the volume velocity transfer function between the glottis and the lips, which is usually used to characterize vocal tract acoustics. Here, we revisit this method and show both, theoretically and experimentally, how it can be extended to yield the precise volume velocity transfer function of the vocal tract. PMID:29543829

  3. Spectral Analysis and Experimental Modeling of Ice Accretion Roughness

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Orr, D. J.; Breuer, K. S.; Torres, B. E.; Hansman, R. J., Jr.

    1996-01-01

    A self-consistent scheme for relating wind tunnel ice accretion roughness to the resulting enhancement of heat transfer is described. First, a spectral technique of quantitative analysis of early ice roughness images is reviewed. The image processing scheme uses a spectral estimation technique (SET) which extracts physically descriptive parameters by comparing scan lines from the experimentally-obtained accretion images to a prescribed test function. Analysis using this technique for both streamwise and spanwise directions of data from the NASA Lewis Icing Research Tunnel (IRT) are presented. An experimental technique is then presented for constructing physical roughness models suitable for wind tunnel testing that match the SET parameters extracted from the IRT images. The icing castings and modeled roughness are tested for enhancement of boundary layer heat transfer using infrared techniques in a "dry" wind tunnel.

  4. Atom Transfer Radical Polymerization of Functionalized Vinyl Monomers Using Perylene as a Visible Light Photocatalyst

    PubMed Central

    Theriot, Jordan C.; Ryan, Matthew D.; French, Tracy A.; Pearson, Ryan M.; Miyake, Garret M.

    2016-01-01

    A standardized technique for atom transfer radical polymerization of vinyl monomers using perylene as a visible-light photocatalyst is presented. The procedure is performed under an inert atmosphere using air- and water-exclusion techniques. The outcome of the polymerization is affected by the ratios of monomer, initiator, and catalyst used as well as the reaction concentration, solvent, and nature of the light source. Temporal control over the polymerization can be exercised by turning the visible light source off and on. Low dispersities of the resultant polymers as well as the ability to chain-extend to form block copolymers suggest control over the polymerization, while chain end-group analysis provides evidence supporting an atom-transfer radical polymerization mechanism. PMID:27166728

  5. Autoantibody-mediated bowel and bladder dysfunction in a patient with chronic, nondiabetic neuropathy.

    PubMed

    Jackson, Michael W; Gordon, Thomas P; McCombe, Pamela A

    2008-04-01

    Physiological techniques can be used to detect novel autoantibodies causing alteration of autonomic function after passive transfer to mice. Previously, such antibodies have been detected in patients with type I diabetes mellitus, myasthenia gravis, and Sjogren's syndrome. We now describe a patient with an idiopathic nondiabetic neuropathy with prominent autonomic symptoms, including bladder and bowel dysfunction. Physiological assays of whole colon and bladder were used to determine the presence in the patient serum of functional autoantibodies capable of mediating autonomic dysfunction. Immunoglobulin G (IgG) from this patient was able to disrupt bladder and bowel function on passive transfer to mice. This is a new pattern of autoantibody-mediated abnormality. Although the target antigen is unknown, it is likely to be a cell-surface receptor or ion channel. This case highlights the usefulness of passive transfer studies in detecting functional antibodies in patients with autonomic neuropathy.

  6. The heat-transfer method: a versatile low-cost, label-free, fast, and user-friendly readout platform for biosensor applications.

    PubMed

    van Grinsven, Bart; Eersels, Kasper; Peeters, Marloes; Losada-Pérez, Patricia; Vandenryt, Thijs; Cleij, Thomas J; Wagner, Patrick

    2014-08-27

    In recent years, biosensors have become increasingly important in various scientific domains including medicine, biology, and pharmacology, resulting in an increased demand for fast and effective readout techniques. In this Spotlight on Applications, we report on the recently developed heat-transfer method (HTM) and illustrate the use of the technique by zooming in on four established bio(mimetic) sensor applications: (i) mutation analysis in DNA sequences, (ii) cancer cell identification through surface-imprinted polymers, (iii) detection of neurotransmitters with molecularly imprinted polymers, and (iv) phase-transition analysis in lipid vesicle layers. The methodology is based on changes in heat-transfer resistance at a functionalized solid-liquid interface. To this extent, the device applies a temperature gradient over this interface and monitors the temperature underneath and above the functionalized chip in time. The heat-transfer resistance can be obtained by dividing this temperature gradient by the power needed to achieve a programmed temperature. The low-cost, fast, label-free and user-friendly nature of the technology in combination with a high degree of specificity, selectivity, and sensitivity makes HTM a promising sensor technology.

  7. Experimental Determination of the Dynamic Hydraulic Transfer Function for the J-2X Oxidizer Turbopump. Part One; Methodology

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Zoladz, Tom; Patel, Sandeep; Lee, Erik; Karon, Dave

    2011-01-01

    An advanced methodology for extracting the hydraulic dynamic pump transfer matrix (Yp) for a cavitating liquid rocket engine turbopump inducer+impeller has been developed. The transfer function is required for integrated vehicle pogo stability analysis as well as optimization of local inducer pumping stability. Laboratory pulsed subscale waterflow test of the J-2X oxygen turbo pump is introduced and our new extraction method applied to the data collected. From accurate measures of pump inlet and discharge perturbational mass flows and pressures, and one-dimensional flow models that represents complete waterflow loop physics, we are able to derive Yp and hence extract the characteristic pump parameters: compliance, pump gain, impedance, mass flow gain. Detailed modeling is necessary to accurately translate instrument plane measurements to the pump inlet and discharge and extract Yp. We present the MSFC Dynamic Lump Parameter Fluid Model Framework and describe critical dynamic component details. We report on fit minimization techniques, cost (fitness) function derivation, and resulting model fits to our experimental data are presented. Comparisons are made to alternate techniques for spatially translating measurement stations to actual pump inlet and discharge.

  8. Exploring the role of parent training in the treatment of childhood anxiety.

    PubMed

    Khanna, Muniya S; Kendall, Philip C

    2009-10-01

    Data from a randomized clinical trial comparing the relative efficacy of individual cognitive-behavioral therapy (ICBT), family CBT (FCBT), and a family-based education/support/attention control (FESA) condition were used to examine associations between in-session therapeutic techniques related to parent training (PT) and treatment outcomes. This study explored the extent to which therapists' use of PT techniques, specifically (a) parental anxiety management, (b) transfer of control from therapist to parent to child over child's coping, (c) communication skills training, and (d) contingency management training, contributed to treatment outcome in family-based CBT. Children (N = 53; 31 males; 7.8-13.8 years of age; M = 10.1 years, SD = 2.3; 85% Caucasian, 9% African American, 4% Asian, 2% "other" background) with a principal anxiety disorder completed 16 sessions of CBT with their parents. The relative contributions of PT components on treatment outcome were evaluated. As hypothesized, both transfer-of-control and parental anxiety management techniques significantly contributed to improvement on clinician and parent ratings of child global functioning within FCBT. PT did not significantly contribute to improvement on measures of child anxiety. These preliminary findings suggest that when FCBT is conducted for child anxiety, PT (i.e., transfer-of-control and parental anxiety management techniques) may contribute to improvements in the child's global functioning. (c) 2009 APA, all rights reserved.

  9. Transfer molding processes for nanoscale patterning of poly-L-lactic acid (PLLA) films

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dhakal, Rabin; Peer, Akshit; Biswas, Rana; Kim, Jaeyoun

    2016-03-01

    Nanoscale patterned structures composed of biomaterials exhibit great potential for the fabrication of functional biostructures. In this paper, we report cost-effective, rapid, and highly reproducible soft lithographic transfer-molding techniques for creating periodic micro- and nano-scale textures on poly (L-lactic acid) (PLLA) surface. These artificial textures can increase the overall surface area and change the release dynamics of the therapeutic agents coated on it. Specifically, we use the double replication technique in which the master pattern is first transferred to the PDMS mold and the pattern on PDMS is then transferred to the PLLA films through drop-casting as well as nano-imprinting. The ensuing comparison studies reveal that the drop-cast PLLA allows pattern transfer at higher levels of fidelity, enabling the realization of nano-hole and nano-cone arrays with pitch down to ~700 nm. The nano-patterned PLLA film was then coated with rapamycin to make it drug-eluting.

  10. Transfer doping of single isolated nanodiamonds, studied by scanning probe microscopy techniques

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bolker, Asaf; Saguy, Cecile; Kalish, Rafi

    2014-09-01

    The transfer doping of diamond surfaces has been applied in various novel two-dimensional electronic devices. Its extension to nanodiamonds (ND) is essential for ND-based applications in many fields. In particular, understanding the influence of the crystallite size on transfer doping is desirable. Here, we report the results of a detailed study of the electronic energetic band structure of single, isolated transfer-doped nanodiamonds with nanometric resolution using a combination of scanning tunneling spectroscopy and Kelvin force microscopy measurements. The results show how the band gap, the valence band maximum, the electron affinity and the work function all depend on the ND’s size and nanoparticle surface properties. The present analysis, which combines information from both scanning tunneling spectroscopy and Kelvin force microscopy, should be applicable to any nanoparticle or surface that can be measured with scanning probe techniques.

  11. Schottky Noise and Beam Transfer Functions

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Blaskiewicz, M.

    2016-12-01

    Beam transfer functions (BTF)s encapsulate the stability properties of charged particle beams. In general one excites the beam with a sinusoidal signal and measures the amplitude and phase of the beam response. Most systems are very nearly linear and one can use various Fourier techniques to reduce the number of measurements and/or simulations needed to fully characterize the response. Schottky noise is associated with the finite number of particles in the beam. This signal is always present. Since the Schottky current drives wakefields, the measured Schottky signal is influenced by parasitic impedances.

  12. Rational positive real approximations for LQG optimal compensators arising in active stabilization of flexible structures

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Desantis, A.

    1994-01-01

    In this paper the approximation problem for a class of optimal compensators for flexible structures is considered. The particular case of a simply supported truss with an offset antenna is dealt with. The nonrational positive real optimal compensator transfer function is determined, and it is proposed that an approximation scheme based on a continued fraction expansion method be used. Comparison with the more popular modal expansion technique is performed in terms of stability margin and parameters sensitivity of the relative approximated closed loop transfer functions.

  13. World-Wide Standardized Seismograph Network: a data users guide

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Peterson, Jon R.; Hutt, Charles R.

    2014-01-01

    The purpose of this report, which is based on an unpublished draft prepared in the 1970s, is to provide seismologists with the information they may need to use the WWSSN data set as it becomes available in a more easily accessible and convenient format on the Internet. The report includes a description of the WWSSN network, station facilities, operations and instrumentation, a derivation of the instrument transfer functions, tables of transfer functions, a description of calibration techniques, and a description of a method used to determine important instrument constants using recorded calibration data.

  14. Transfer coefficient measurements of uranium to the organs of Wistar rats, as a function of the uranium content in the food.

    PubMed

    Arruda-Neto, J D; Likhachev, V P; Nogueira, G P; Araujo, G W; Camargo, S P; Cavalcante, G T; Cestari, A C; Craveiro, A M; Deppman, A; Ferreira, J W; Garcia, F; Geraldo, L P; Guzman, F; Helene, O M; Manso, M V; Martins, M N; Mesa, J; Oliveira, M F; Perez, G; Rodriguez, O; Tavares, M V; Vanin, V R

    2001-06-01

    Groups of animals (Wistar rats) were fed with rations doped with uranyl nitrate at concentrations ranging from 0.5 to 100 ppm. The uranium content in the ashes of the organs was measured by the neutron-fission track counting technique. The most striking result is that the transfer coefficients, as a function of the uranium concentration, exhibit a concave shape with a minimum around 20 ppm-U for all organs. Explanations to interpret this finding are tentatively given.

  15. Empirical transfer functions for stations in the Central California seismological network

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Bakun, W.H.; Dratler, Jay

    1976-01-01

    A sequence of calibration signals composed of a station identification code, a transient from the release of the seismometer mass at rest from a known displacement from the equilibrium position, and a transient from a known step in voltage to the amplifier input are generated by the automatic daily calibration system (ADCS) now operational in the U.S. Geological Survey central California seismographic network. Documentation of a sequence of interactive programs to compute, from the calibration data, the complex transfer functions for the seismographic system (ground motion through digitizer) the electronics (amplifier through digitizer), and the seismometer alone are presented. The analysis utilizes the Fourier transform technique originally suggested by Espinosa et al (1962). Section I is a general description of seismographic calibration. Section II contrasts the 'Fourier transform' and the 'least-squares' techniques for analyzing transient calibration signals. Theoretical consideration for the Fourier transform technique used here are described in Section III. Section IV is a detailed description of the sequence of calibration signals generated by the ADCS. Section V is a brief 'cookbook description' of the calibration programs; Section VI contains a detailed sample program execution. Section VII suggests the uses of the resultant empirical transfer functions. Supplemental interactive programs by which smooth response functions, suitable for reducing seismic data to ground motion, are also documented in Section VII. Appendices A and B contain complete listings of the Fortran source Codes while Appendix C is an update containing preliminary results obtained from an analysis of some of the calibration signals from stations in the seismographic network near Oroville, California.

  16. Solving fuel-optimal low-thrust orbital transfers with bang-bang control using a novel continuation technique

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhu, Zhengfan; Gan, Qingbo; Yang, Xin; Gao, Yang

    2017-08-01

    We have developed a novel continuation technique to solve optimal bang-bang control for low-thrust orbital transfers considering the first-order necessary optimality conditions derived from Lawden's primer vector theory. Continuation on the thrust amplitude is mainly described in this paper. Firstly, a finite-thrust transfer with an ;On-Off-On; thrusting sequence is modeled using a two-impulse transfer as initial solution, and then the thrust amplitude is decreased gradually to find an optimal solution with minimum thrust. Secondly, the thrust amplitude is continued from its minimum value to positive infinity to find the optimal bang-bang control, and a thrust switching principle is employed to determine the control structure by monitoring the variation of the switching function. In the continuation process, a bifurcation of bang-bang control is revealed and the concept of critical thrust is proposed to illustrate this phenomenon. The same thrust switching principle is also applicable to the continuation on other parameters, such as transfer time, orbital phase angle, etc. By this continuation technique, fuel-optimal orbital transfers with variable mission parameters can be found via an automated algorithm, and there is no need to provide an initial guess for the costate variables. Moreover, continuation is implemented in the solution space of bang-bang control that is either optimal or non-optimal, which shows that a desired solution of bang-bang control is obtained via continuation on a single parameter starting from an existing solution of bang-bang control. Finally, numerical examples are presented to demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed continuation technique. Specifically, this continuation technique provides an approach to find multiple solutions satisfying the first-order necessary optimality conditions to the same orbital transfer problem, and a continuation strategy is presented as a preliminary approach for solving the bang-bang control of many-revolution orbital transfers.

  17. Parameter identification for nonlinear aerodynamic systems

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Pearson, Allan E.

    1992-01-01

    Continuing work on frequency analysis for transfer function identification is discussed. A new study was initiated into a 'weighted' least squares algorithm within the context of the Fourier modulating function approach. The first phase of applying these techniques to the F-18 flight data is nearing completion, and these results are summarized.

  18. A novel, eco-friendly technique for covalent functionalization of graphene nanoplatelets and the potential of their nanofluids for heat transfer applications

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sadri, Rad; Hosseini, Maryam; Kazi, S. N.; Bagheri, Samira; Zubir, Nashrul; Ahmadi, Goodarz; Dahari, Mahidzal; Zaharinie, Tuan

    2017-05-01

    In this study, a facile and eco-friendly covalent functionalization technique is developed to synthesize highly stable graphene nanoplatelets (GNPs) in aqueous media. This technique involves free radical grafting of gallic acid onto the surface of GNPs rather than corrosive inorganic acids. Raman spectroscopy, X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy and transmission electron microscopy are used to confirm the covalent functionalization of GNPs with gallic acid (GAGNPs). The solubility of the GAGNPs in aqueous media is verified using zeta potential and UV-vis spectra measurements. The nanofluid shows significant improvement in thermo-physical properties, indicating its superb potential for various thermal applications.

  19. Investigating the Consistency of Models for Water Splitting Systems by Light and Voltage Modulated Techniques.

    PubMed

    Bertoluzzi, Luca; Bisquert, Juan

    2017-01-05

    The optimization of solar energy conversion devices relies on their accurate and nondestructive characterization. The small voltage perturbation techniques of impedance spectroscopy (IS) have proven to be very powerful to identify the main charge storage modes and charge transfer processes that control device operation. Here we establish the general connection between IS and light modulated techniques such as intensity modulated photocurrent (IMPS) and photovoltage spectroscopies (IMVS) for a general system that converts light to energy. We subsequently show how these techniques are related to the steady-state photocurrent and photovoltage and the external quantum efficiency. Finally, we express the IMPS and IMVS transfer functions in terms of the capacitive and resistive features of a general equivalent circuit of IS for the case of a photoanode used for solar fuel production. We critically discuss how much knowledge can be extracted from the combined use of those three techniques.

  20. Modulation/demodulation techniques for satellite communications. Part 2: Advanced techniques. The linear channel

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Omura, J. K.; Simon, M. K.

    1982-01-01

    A theory is presented for deducing and predicting the performance of transmitter/receivers for bandwidth efficient modulations suitable for use on the linear satellite channel. The underlying principle used is the development of receiver structures based on the maximum-likelihood decision rule. The application of the performance prediction tools, e.g., channel cutoff rate and bit error probability transfer function bounds to these modulation/demodulation techniques.

  1. Development of genetic techniques for the psychrotrophic fish pathogen Flavobacterium psychrophilum.

    PubMed

    Alvarez, B; Secades, P; McBride, M J; Guijarro, J A

    2004-01-01

    Flavobacterium psychrophilum, a member of the Cytophaga-Flavobacterium-Bacteroides group, is an important pathogen of salmonid fish. Previous attempts to develop genetic techniques for this fastidious, psychrotrophic bacterium have met with failure. Here we describe the development of techniques for the genetic manipulation of F. psychrophilum and the identification of plasmids, selectable markers, a reporter system, and a transposon that function in several isolates of this fish pathogen. The antibiotic resistance genes ermF, cfxA, and tetQ function in F. psychrophilum. Cloning vectors based on the F. psychrophilum cryptic plasmid pCP1 which carried these selectable markers were introduced by conjugation from E. coli, resulting in antibiotic-resistant colonies of F. psychrophilum. Conjugative transfer of DNA into F. psychrophilum was strain dependent. Efficient transfer was observed for two of the seven strains tested (THC02-90 and THC04-90). E. coli lacZY functioned in F. psychrophilum when expressed from a pCP1 promoter, allowing its development as a reporter for studies of gene expression. Plasmids isolated from F. psychrophilum were efficiently introduced into F. psychrophilum by electroporation, but plasmids isolated from E. coli were not suitable for transfer by this route, suggesting the presence of a restriction barrier. DNA isolated from F. psychrophilum was resistant to digestion by Sau3AI and BamHI, indicating that a Sau3AI-like restriction modification system may constitute part of this barrier. Tn4351 was introduced into F. psychrophilum from E. coli and transposed with apparent randomness, resulting in erythromycin-resistant colonies. The techniques developed in this study allow for genetic manipulation and analysis of this important fish pathogen.

  2. Amplitude modulation detection by human listeners in sound fields.

    PubMed

    Zahorik, Pavel; Kim, Duck O; Kuwada, Shigeyuki; Anderson, Paul W; Brandewie, Eugene; Srinivasan, Nirmal

    2011-10-01

    The temporal modulation transfer function (TMTF) approach allows techniques from linear systems analysis to be used to predict how the auditory system will respond to arbitrary patterns of amplitude modulation (AM). Although this approach forms the basis for a standard method of predicting speech intelligibility based on estimates of the acoustical modulation transfer function (MTF) between source and receiver, human sensitivity to AM as characterized by the TMTF has not been extensively studied under realistic listening conditions, such as in reverberant sound fields. Here, TMTFs (octave bands from 2 - 512 Hz) were obtained in 3 listening conditions simulated using virtual auditory space techniques: diotic, anechoic sound field, reverberant room sound field. TMTFs were then related to acoustical MTFs estimated using two different methods in each of the listening conditions. Both diotic and anechoic data were found to be in good agreement with classic results, but AM thresholds in the reverberant room were lower than predictions based on acoustical MTFs. This result suggests that simple linear systems techniques may not be appropriate for predicting TMTFs from acoustical MTFs in reverberant sound fields, and may be suggestive of mechanisms that functionally enhance modulation during reverberant listening.

  3. Application handbook for a Standardized Control Module (SCM) for DC-DC converters, volume 1

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lee, F. C.; Mahmoud, M. F.; Yu, Y.

    1980-04-01

    The standardized control module (SCM) was developed for application in the buck, boost and buck/boost DC-DC converters. The SCM used multiple feedback loops to provide improved input line and output load regulation, stable feedback control system, good dynamic transient response and adaptive compensation of the control loop for changes in open loop gain and output filter time constraints. The necessary modeling and analysis tools to aid the design engineer in the application of the SCM to DC-DC Converters were developed. The SCM functional block diagram and the different analysis techniques were examined. The average time domain analysis technique was chosen as the basic analytical tool. The power stage transfer functions were developed for the buck, boost and buck/boost converters. The analog signal and digital signal processor transfer functions were developed for the three DC-DC Converter types using the constant on time, constant off time and constant frequency control laws.

  4. Application handbook for a Standardized Control Module (SCM) for DC-DC converters, volume 1

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Lee, F. C.; Mahmoud, M. F.; Yu, Y.

    1980-01-01

    The standardized control module (SCM) was developed for application in the buck, boost and buck/boost DC-DC converters. The SCM used multiple feedback loops to provide improved input line and output load regulation, stable feedback control system, good dynamic transient response and adaptive compensation of the control loop for changes in open loop gain and output filter time constraints. The necessary modeling and analysis tools to aid the design engineer in the application of the SCM to DC-DC Converters were developed. The SCM functional block diagram and the different analysis techniques were examined. The average time domain analysis technique was chosen as the basic analytical tool. The power stage transfer functions were developed for the buck, boost and buck/boost converters. The analog signal and digital signal processor transfer functions were developed for the three DC-DC Converter types using the constant on time, constant off time and constant frequency control laws.

  5. Determination of Distance Distribution Functions by Singlet-Singlet Energy Transfer

    PubMed Central

    Cantor, Charles R.; Pechukas, Philip

    1971-01-01

    The efficiency of energy transfer between two chromophores can be used to define an apparent donor-acceptor distance, which in flexible systems will depend on the R0 of the chromophores. If efficiency is measured as a function of R0, it will be possible to determine the actual distribution function of donor-acceptor distances. Numerical procedures are described for extracting this information from experimental data. They should be most useful for distribution functions with mean values from 20-30 Å (2-3 nm). This technique should provide considerably more detailed information on end-to-end distributions of oligomers than has hitherto been available. It should also be useful for describing, in detail, conformational flexibility in other large molecules. PMID:16591942

  6. Unsteady aerodynamic modeling and active aeroelastic control

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Edwards, J. W.

    1977-01-01

    Unsteady aerodynamic modeling techniques are developed and applied to the study of active control of elastic vehicles. The problem of active control of a supercritical flutter mode poses a definite design goal stability, and is treated in detail. The transfer functions relating the arbitrary airfoil motions to the airloads are derived from the Laplace transforms of the linearized airload expressions for incompressible two dimensional flow. The transfer function relating the motions to the circulatory part of these loads is recognized as the Theodorsen function extended to complex values of reduced frequency, and is termed the generalized Theodorsen function. Inversion of the Laplace transforms yields exact transient airloads and airfoil motions. Exact root loci of aeroelastic modes are calculated, providing quantitative information regarding subcritical and supercritical flutter conditions.

  7. Transfer of extensor carpi radialis brevis as an extensor to extensor motor transfer (EEMT) in ulnar nerve palsy.

    PubMed

    Jamali, Allah Rakha; Bhatti, Anisuddin; Mehboob, Ghulam

    2006-07-01

    To evaluate functional outcome and correction of deformity with extensor carpiradialis brevis motor transfer to replace the intrinsic muscles as an extensor to extensor motor transfer (EEMT). This was a prospective observational study with one group pretest posttest design conducted from 1996 to 2004. Convenience sampling technique was used and the sample size was twenty one. The independent variable was transfer of extensor carpiradialis brevis to replace the intrinsic muscles. The dependent variable was functional outcome and the correction of deformity. The extraneous variables were age, sex interval between injury and transfer as well as local factors related to wound and grafts used. The average follow up was 22.5 months. The mean preoperative unassisted extensor lag was 56.79 +/- 10.39 which improved to 9.6% +/- 5.4 (correction of 83%) at six months after surgery. With open hand assessment 76.19% reported good to excellent results, while 79.89% achieved good to excellent results with closed hand assessment. The mechanism of closing was good to excellent in 89.42% cases, however only 71.42% patients considered their hands good to excellent. Significant problems were seen with use of tendoachilles as a graft. Extensor carpiradialis brevis transfer to replace the intrinsic muscles as an extensor to extensor motor transfer can achieve good functional outcome as well as correction of deformity despite shortcomings in physical rehabilitation.

  8. Design and optimization of resonance-based efficient wireless power delivery systems for biomedical implants.

    PubMed

    Ramrakhyani, A K; Mirabbasi, S; Mu Chiao

    2011-02-01

    Resonance-based wireless power delivery is an efficient technique to transfer power over a relatively long distance. This technique typically uses four coils as opposed to two coils used in conventional inductive links. In the four-coil system, the adverse effects of a low coupling coefficient between primary and secondary coils are compensated by using high-quality (Q) factor coils, and the efficiency of the system is improved. Unlike its two-coil counterpart, the efficiency profile of the power transfer is not a monotonically decreasing function of the operating distance and is less sensitive to changes in the distance between the primary and secondary coils. A four-coil energy transfer system can be optimized to provide maximum efficiency at a given operating distance. We have analyzed the four-coil energy transfer systems and outlined the effect of design parameters on power-transfer efficiency. Design steps to obtain the efficient power-transfer system are presented and a design example is provided. A proof-of-concept prototype system is implemented and confirms the validity of the proposed analysis and design techniques. In the prototype system, for a power-link frequency of 700 kHz and a coil distance range of 10 to 20 mm, using a 22-mm diameter implantable coil resonance-based system shows a power-transfer efficiency of more than 80% with an enhanced operating range compared to ~40% efficiency achieved by a conventional two-coil system.

  9. Intrinsic Tryptophan Fluorescence in the Detection and Analysis of Proteins: A Focus on Förster Resonance Energy Transfer Techniques

    PubMed Central

    Ghisaidoobe, Amar B. T.; Chung, Sang J.

    2014-01-01

    Förster resonance energy transfer (FRET) occurs when the distance between a donor fluorophore and an acceptor is within 10 nm, and its application often necessitates fluorescent labeling of biological targets. However, covalent modification of biomolecules can inadvertently give rise to conformational and/or functional changes. This review describes the application of intrinsic protein fluorescence, predominantly derived from tryptophan (λEX ∼ 280 nm, λEM ∼ 350 nm), in protein-related research and mainly focuses on label-free FRET techniques. In terms of wavelength and intensity, tryptophan fluorescence is strongly influenced by its (or the protein’s) local environment, which, in addition to fluorescence quenching, has been applied to study protein conformational changes. Intrinsic Förster resonance energy transfer (iFRET), a recently developed technique, utilizes the intrinsic fluorescence of tryptophan in conjunction with target-specific fluorescent probes as FRET donors and acceptors, respectively, for real time detection of native proteins. PMID:25490136

  10. [Microsurgical 2nd toe transfer for catastrophic hand reconstruction].

    PubMed

    Placer, A; Lozano, Ja

    2007-01-01

    The correct reconstruction of the catastrophic hand requires complex surgical techniques. The microsurgical transference of a toe is indicated when all other reconstructive options are shown to be useless for the reconstruction of the required clamp function. In this clinical note we set out the case of a 32 year old man, who came to our accident and emergency department after suffering a traffic accident. After exploration the diagnosis was that of catastrophic left hand, among other policontusions. Urgent surgery was carried out, saving the maximum possible viable structures. The immediate result of this surgery was a hand with 1st, 4th and 5th functional fingers. As the essential clamp function between the 1st and 4th or 5th fingers was not totally satisfactory, we decided to reconstruct the 3rd finger of his hand with his ipsilateral 2nd toe. All pertinent studies to determine vascularisation of the flap were carried out in planning the surgery, and the microsurgical transfer was then realized, which was successful. Today, after a suitable rehabilitation, the patient has recovered a satisfactory function of heavy and fine clamp in the operated hand. Toe to hand transfer is a good option for finger reconstruction and its function. Rehabilitation is the key to functional recovery.

  11. Low-Cost Fabrication of Printed Electronics Devices through Continuous Wave Laser-Induced Forward Transfer.

    PubMed

    Sopeña, Pol; Arrese, Javier; González-Torres, Sergio; Fernández-Pradas, Juan Marcos; Cirera, Albert; Serra, Pere

    2017-09-06

    Laser-induced forward transfer (LIFT) is a direct-writing technique that allows printing inks from a liquid film in a similar way to inkjet printing but with fewer limitations concerning ink viscosity and loading particle size. In this work, we prove that liquid inks can be printed through LIFT by using continuous wave (CW) instead of pulsed lasers, which allows a substantial reduction in the cost of the printing system. Through the fabrication of a functional circuit on both rigid and flexible substrates (plastic and paper), we provide a proof-of-concept that demonstrates the versatility of the technique for printed electronics applications.

  12. Re-animation of muscle flaps for improved function in dynamic myoplasty.

    PubMed

    Stremel, R W; Zonnevijlle, E D

    2001-01-01

    The authors report on a series of experiments designed to produce a skeletal muscle contraction functional for dynamic myoplasties. Conventional stimulation techniques recruit all or most of the muscle fibers simultaneously and with maximal strength. This approach has limitations in free dynamic muscle flap transfers that require the muscle to contract immediately after transfer and before re-innervation. Sequential stimulation of segments of the transferred muscle provides a means of producing non-fatiguing contractions of the muscle in the presence or absence of innervation. The muscles studied were the canine gracilis, and all experiments were acute studies in anesthetized animals. Comparison of conventional and sequential segmental neuromuscular stimulation revealed an increase in muscle fatigue resistance and muscle blood flow with the new approach. This approach offers the opportunity for development of physiologically animated tissue and broadening the abilities of reconstructive surgeons in the repair of functional defects. Copyright 2001 Wiley-Liss, Inc.

  13. Flight Controllability Limits and Related Human Transfer Functions as Determined from Simulator and Flight Tests

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Taylor, Lawrence W., Jr.; Day, Richard E.

    1961-01-01

    A simulator study and flight tests were performed to determine the levels of static stability and damping necessary to enable a pilot to control the longitudinal and lateral-directional dynamics of a vehicle for short periods of time. Although a basic set of aerodynamic characteristics was used, the study was conducted so that the results would be applicable to a wide range of flight conditions and configurations. Novel piloting techniques were found which enabled the pilot to control the vehicle at conditions that were otherwise uncontrollable. The influence of several critical factors in altering the controllability limits was also investigated. Several human transfer functions were used which gave fairly good representations of the controllability limits determined experimentally for the short-period longitudinal, directional, and lateral modes. A transfer function with approximately the same gain and phase angle as the pilot at the controlling frequencies along the controllability limits was also derived.

  14. Diagonalizing controller for a superconducting six-axis accelerometer

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bachrach, B.; Canavan, E. R.; Levine, W. S.

    A relatively simple MIMO (multiple input, multiple output) controller which converts an instrument with a nondiagonally dominant transfer function matrix into a strongly diagonally dominant device is developed. The instrument, which uses inductance bridges to sense the position of a magnetically levitated superconducting mass, has very lightly damped resonances and fairly strong cross coupling. By taking advantage of the particular structure of the instrument's transfer function matrix, it is possible to develop a relatively simple controller which achieves the desired decoupling. This controller consists of two parts. The first part cancels the nondiagonal terms of the open-loop transfer function matrix, while the second part is simply a set of SISO (single input, single output) controllers. The stability of the closed-loop system is studied using Rosenbrock's INA (inverse Nyguist array) technique, which produces a simple set of conditions guaranteeing stability. Simulation of the closed-loop system indicates that it should easily achieve its performance goals.

  15. Transducer technology transfer to bio-engineering applications. [aerospace stress transducer for heart function analysis

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Duran, E. N.; Lewis, G. W.; Feldstein, C.; Corday, E.; Meerbaum, S.; Lang, T.

    1973-01-01

    The results of a technology transfer of a miniature unidirectional stress transducer, developed for experimental stress analysis in the aerospace field, to applications in bioengineering are reported. By modification of the basic design and innovations in attachment techniques, the transducer was successfully used in vivo on the myocardium of large dogs to record the change in contractile force due to coronary occlusion, reperfusion, and intervention.

  16. Calibration of a universal indicated turbulence system

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Chapin, W. G.

    1977-01-01

    Theoretical and experimental work on a Universal Indicated Turbulence Meter is described. A mathematical transfer function from turbulence input to output indication was developed. A random ergodic process and a Gaussian turbulence distribution were assumed. A calibration technique based on this transfer function was developed. The computer contains a variable gain amplifier to make the system output independent of average velocity. The range over which this independence holds was determined. An optimum dynamic response was obtained for the tubulation between the system pitot tube and pressure transducer by making dynamic response measurements for orifices of various lengths and diameters at the source end.

  17. Application of the MNA design method to a nonlinear turbofan engine. [multivariable Nyquist array method

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Leininger, G. G.

    1981-01-01

    Using nonlinear digital simulation as a representative model of the dynamic operation of the QCSEE turbofan engine, a feedback control system is designed by variable frequency design techniques. Transfer functions are generated for each of five power level settings covering the range of operation from approach power to full throttle (62.5% to 100% full power). These transfer functions are then used by an interactive control system design synthesis program to provide a closed loop feedback control using the multivariable Nyquist array and extensions to multivariable Bode diagrams and Nichols charts.

  18. The Radiative Heat Transfer Properties of Molten Salts and Their Relevance to the Design of Advanced Reactors

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chaleff, Ethan Solomon

    Molten salts, such as the fluoride salt eutectic LiF-NaF-KF (FLiNaK) or the transition metal fluoride salt KF-ZrF4, have been proposed as coolants for numerous advanced reactor concepts. These reactors are designed to operate at high temperatures where radiative heat transfer may play a significant role. If this is the case, the radiative heat transfer properties of the salt coolants are required to be known for heat transfer calculations to be performed accurately. Chapter 1 describes the existing literature and experimental efforts pertaining to radiative heat transfer in molten salts. The physics governing photon absorption by halide salts is discussed first, followed by a more specific description of experimental results pertaining to salts of interest. The phonon absorption edge in LiF-based salts such as FLiNaK is estimated and the technique described for potential use in other salts. A description is given of various spectral measurement techniques which might plausibly be employed in the present effort, as well as an argument for the use of integral techniques. Chapter 2 discusses the mathematical treatments required to approximate and solve for the radiative flux in participating materials. The differential approximation and the exact solutions to the radiative flux are examined, and methods are given to solve radiative and energy equations simultaneously. A coupled solution is used to examine radiative heat transfer to molten salt coolants. A map is generated of pipe diameters, wall temperatures, and average absorption coefficients where radiative heat transfer will increase expected heat transfer by more than 10% compared to convective methods alone. Chapter 3 presents the design and analysis of the Integral Radiative Absorption Chamber (IRAC). The IRAC employs an integral technique for the measurement of the entire electromagnetic spectrum, negating some of the challenges associated with the methods discussed in Chapter 1 at the loss of spectral information. The IRAC design is validated by modeling the experiment in Fluent which shows that the IRAC should be capable of measuring absorption coefficients within 10%. Chapter 4 contains a parallel effort to experimental techniques, whereby information on absorption in salts is pursued using the Density Functional Theory code VASP. Photon-electron interactions are studied in pure salts such as LiF and are shown to be broadly transparent. Transition metal Fluoride salts such as KF-ZrF4 are shown to be broadly opaque. The addition of small amounts of transition metal impurities is studied by insertion of Chromium into the salt mixtures, which causes otherwise transparent salts to exhibit absorption coefficients significant to heat transfer. The spectral absorption coefficient for FLiNaK with Chromium is presented as is the average absorption coefficient as a function of impurity concentration. Chapter 5 discusses experimental efforts undertaken at The Ohio State University. Challenges with the constructed experimental apparatus are discussed and suggestions for future improvement on the technique are included. Finally, Chapter 6 contains broad conclusions pertaining to radiative transfer in advanced reactors.

  19. Random variable transformation for generalized stochastic radiative transfer in finite participating slab media

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    El-Wakil, S. A.; Sallah, M.; El-Hanbaly, A. M.

    2015-10-01

    The stochastic radiative transfer problem is studied in a participating planar finite continuously fluctuating medium. The problem is considered for specular- and diffusly-reflecting boundaries with linear anisotropic scattering. Random variable transformation (RVT) technique is used to get the complete average for the solution functions, that are represented by the probability-density function (PDF) of the solution process. In the RVT algorithm, a simple integral transformation to the input stochastic process (the extinction function of the medium) is applied. This linear transformation enables us to rewrite the stochastic transport equations in terms of the optical random variable (x) and the optical random thickness (L). Then the transport equation is solved deterministically to get a closed form for the solution as a function of x and L. So, the solution is used to obtain the PDF of the solution functions applying the RVT technique among the input random variable (L) and the output process (the solution functions). The obtained averages of the solution functions are used to get the complete analytical averages for some interesting physical quantities, namely, reflectivity and transmissivity at the medium boundaries. In terms of the average reflectivity and transmissivity, the average of the partial heat fluxes for the generalized problem with internal source of radiation are obtained and represented graphically.

  20. 31P-Magnetization Transfer Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy Measurements of In Vivo Metabolism

    PubMed Central

    Befroy, Douglas E.; Rothman, Douglas L.; Petersen, Kitt Falk; Shulman, Gerald I.

    2012-01-01

    Magnetic resonance spectroscopy offers a broad range of noninvasive analytical methods for investigating metabolism in vivo. Of these, the magnetization-transfer (MT) techniques permit the estimation of the unidirectional fluxes associated with metabolic exchange reactions. Phosphorus (31P) MT measurements can be used to examine the bioenergetic reactions of the creatine-kinase system and the ATP synthesis/hydrolysis cycle. Observations from our group and others suggest that the inorganic phosphate (Pi) → ATP flux in skeletal muscle may be modulated by certain conditions, including aging, insulin resistance, and diabetes, and may reflect inherent alterations in mitochondrial metabolism. However, such effects on the Pi → ATP flux are not universally observed under conditions in which mitochondrial function, assessed by other techniques, is impaired, and recent articles have raised concerns about the absolute magnitude of the measured reaction rates. As the application of 31P-MT techniques becomes more widespread, this article reviews the methodology and outlines our experience with its implementation in a variety of models in vivo. Also discussed are potential limitations of the technique, complementary methods for assessing oxidative metabolism, and whether the Pi → ATP flux is a viable biomarker of metabolic function in vivo. PMID:23093656

  1. Heat transfer monitoring by means of the hot wire technique and finite element analysis software.

    PubMed

    Hernández Wong, J; Suarez, V; Guarachi, J; Calderón, A; Rojas-Trigos, J B; Juárez, A G; Marín, E

    2014-01-01

    It is reported the study of the radial heat transfer in a homogeneous and isotropic substance with a heat linear source in its axial axis. For this purpose, the hot wire characterization technique has been used, in order to obtain the temperature distribution as a function of radial distance from the axial axis and time exposure. Also, the solution of the transient heat transport equation for this problem was obtained under appropriate boundary conditions, by means of finite element technique. A comparison between experimental, conventional theoretical model and numerical simulated results is done to demonstrate the utility of the finite element analysis simulation methodology in the investigation of the thermal response of substances. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  2. An interative solution of an integral equation for radiative transfer by using variational technique

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Yoshikawa, K. K.

    1973-01-01

    An effective iterative technique is introduced to solve a nonlinear integral equation frequently associated with radiative transfer problems. The problem is formulated in such a way that each step of an iterative sequence requires the solution of a linear integral equation. The advantage of a previously introduced variational technique which utilizes a stepwise constant trial function is exploited to cope with the nonlinear problem. The method is simple and straightforward. Rapid convergence is obtained by employing a linear interpolation of the iterative solutions. Using absorption coefficients of the Milne-Eddington type, which are applicable to some planetary atmospheric radiation problems. Solutions are found in terms of temperature and radiative flux. These solutions are presented numerically and show excellent agreement with other numerical solutions.

  3. A new formulation for anisotropic radiative transfer problems. I - Solution with a variational technique

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Cheyney, H., III; Arking, A.

    1976-01-01

    The equations of radiative transfer in anisotropically scattering media are reformulated as linear operator equations in a single independent variable. The resulting equations are suitable for solution by a variety of standard mathematical techniques. The operators appearing in the resulting equations are in general nonsymmetric; however, it is shown that every bounded linear operator equation can be embedded in a symmetric linear operator equation and a variational solution can be obtained in a straightforward way. For purposes of demonstration, a Rayleigh-Ritz variational method is applied to three problems involving simple phase functions. It is to be noted that the variational technique demonstrated is of general applicability and permits simple solutions for a wide range of otherwise difficult mathematical problems in physics.

  4. Advances in facial reanimation.

    PubMed

    Tate, James R; Tollefson, Travis T

    2006-08-01

    Facial paralysis often has a significant emotional impact on patients. Along with the myriad of new surgical techniques in managing facial paralysis comes the challenge of selecting the most effective procedure for the patient. This review delineates common surgical techniques and reviews state-of-the-art techniques. The options for dynamic reanimation of the paralyzed face must be examined in the context of several patient factors, including age, overall health, and patient desires. The best functional results are obtained with direct facial nerve anastomosis and interpositional nerve grafts. In long-standing facial paralysis, temporalis muscle transfer gives a dependable and quick result. Microvascular free tissue transfer is a reliable technique with reanimation potential whose results continue to improve as microsurgical expertise increases. Postoperative results can be improved with ancillary soft tissue procedures, as well as botulinum toxin. The paper provides an overview of recent advances in facial reanimation, including preoperative assessment, surgical reconstruction options, and postoperative management.

  5. Simulation of the Effects of Cooling Techniques on Turbine Blade Heat Transfer

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shaw, Vince; Fatuzzo, Marco

    Increases in the performance demands of turbo machinery has stimulated the development many new technologies over the last half century. With applications that spread beyond marine, aviation, and power generation, improvements in gas turbine technologies provide a vast impact. High temperatures within the combustion chamber of the gas turbine engine are known to cause an increase in thermal efficiency and power produced by the engine. However, since operating temperatures of these engines reach above 1000 K within the turbine section, the need for advances in material science and cooling techniques to produce functioning engines under these high thermal and dynamic stresses is crucial. As with all research and development, costs related to the production of prototypes can be reduced through the use of computational simulations. By making use of Ansys Simulation Software, the effects of turbine cooling techniques were analyzed. Simulation of the Effects of Cooling Techniques on Turbine Blade Heat Transfer.

  6. Challenges of model transferability to data-scarce regions (Invited)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Samaniego, L. E.

    2013-12-01

    Developing the ability to globally predict the movement of water on the land surface at spatial scales from 1 to 5 km constitute one of grand challenges in land surface modelling. Copying with this grand challenge implies that land surface models (LSM) should be able to make reliable predictions across locations and/or scales other than those used for parameter estimation. In addition to that, data scarcity and quality impose further difficulties in attaining reliable predictions of water and energy fluxes at the scales of interest. Current computational limitations impose also seriously limitations to exhaustively investigate the parameter space of LSM over large domains (e.g. greater than half a million square kilometers). Addressing these challenges require holistic approaches that integrate the best techniques available for parameter estimation, field measurements and remotely sensed data at their native resolutions. An attempt to systematically address these issues is the multiscale parameterisation technique (MPR) that links high resolution land surface characteristics with effective model parameters. This technique requires a number of pedo-transfer functions and a much fewer global parameters (i.e. coefficients) to be inferred by calibration in gauged basins. The key advantage of this technique is the quasi-scale independence of the global parameters which enables to estimate global parameters at coarser spatial resolutions and then to transfer them to (ungauged) areas and scales of interest. In this study we show the ability of this technique to reproduce the observed water fluxes and states over a wide range of climate and land surface conditions ranging from humid to semiarid and from sparse to dense forested regions. Results of transferability of global model parameters in space (from humid to semi-arid basins) and across scales (from coarser to finer) clearly indicate the robustness of this technique. Simulations with coarse data sets (e.g. EOBS forcing 25x25 km2, FAO soil map 1:5000000) using parameters obtained with high resolution information (REGNIE forcing 1x1 km2, BUEK soil map 1:1000000) in different climatic regions indicate the potential of MPR for prediction in data-scarce regions. In this presentation, we will also discuss how the transferability of global model parameters across scales and locations helps to identify deficiencies in model structure and regionalization functions.

  7. A study of interior noise levels, noise sources and transmission paths in light aircraft

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hayden, R. E.; Murray, B. S.; Theobald, M. A.

    1983-01-01

    The interior noise levels and spectral characteristics of 18 single-and twin-engine propeller-driven light aircraft, and source-path diagnosis of a single-engine aircraft which was considered representative of a large part of the fleet were studied. The purpose of the flight surveys was to measure internal noise levels and identify principal noise sources and paths under a carefully controlled and standardized set of flight procedures. The diagnostic tests consisted of flights and ground tests in which various parts of the aircraft, such as engine mounts, the engine compartment, exhaust pipe, individual panels, and the wing strut were instrumented to determine source levels and transmission path strengths using the transfer function technique. Predominant source and path combinations are identified. Experimental techniques are described. Data, transfer function calculations to derive source-path contributions to the cabin acoustic environment, and implications of the findings for noise control design are analyzed.

  8. Utility of Space Transportation System to Space Communication Community

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bronstein, L. M.

    1975-01-01

    A potentially cost effective technique was investigated of launching operational satellites into synchronous orbit using the space transportation system (STS). This technique uses an unguided spinning solid rocket motor as the means for boosting a satellite from a low altitude shuttle parking orbit into a synchronous transfer orbit. The spacecraft is then injected into a geosynchronous orbit by an apogee kick motor fired at transfer orbit apogee. The approach is essentially that used on all Delta and Atlas-Centaur launches of synchronous satellites with the shuttle orbiter performing the function of the first two stages of the Delta three stage launch vehicle and the perigee kick motor performing the function of the Delta third state. It is concluded that the STS can be useful to the space communication community as well as to other geostationary satellite system users if the recommended actions are implemented.

  9. Microbial Biofilm Voltammetry: Direct Electrochemical Characterization of Catalytic Electrode-Attached Biofilms▿ †

    PubMed Central

    Marsili, Enrico; Rollefson, Janet B.; Baron, Daniel B.; Hozalski, Raymond M.; Bond, Daniel R.

    2008-01-01

    While electrochemical characterization of enzymes immobilized on electrodes has become common, there is still a need for reliable quantitative methods for study of electron transfer between living cells and conductive surfaces. This work describes growth of thin (<20 μm) Geobacter sulfurreducens biofilms on polished glassy carbon electrodes, using stirred three-electrode anaerobic bioreactors controlled by potentiostats and nondestructive voltammetry techniques for characterization of viable biofilms. Routine in vivo analysis of electron transfer between bacterial cells and electrodes was performed, providing insight into the main redox-active species participating in electron transfer to electrodes. At low scan rates, cyclic voltammetry revealed catalytic electron transfer between cells and the electrode, similar to what has been observed for pure enzymes attached to electrodes under continuous turnover conditions. Differential pulse voltammetry and electrochemical impedance spectroscopy also revealed features that were consistent with electron transfer being mediated by an adsorbed catalyst. Multiple redox-active species were detected, revealing complexity at the outer surfaces of this bacterium. These techniques provide the basis for cataloging quantifiable, defined electron transfer phenotypes as a function of potential, electrode material, growth phase, and culture conditions and provide a framework for comparisons with other species or communities. PMID:18849456

  10. Free Thyroid Transfer: A Novel Procedure to Prevent Radiation-induced Hypothyroidism

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Harris, Jeffrey; Almarzouki, Hani; Department of Otolaryngology-Head and Neck Surgery, King Abdulaziz University, Jeddah

    Purpose: The incidence of hypothyroidism after radiation therapy for head and neck cancer (HNC) has been found to be ≤53%. Medical treatment of hypothyroidism can be costly and difficult to titrate. The aim of the present study was to assess the feasibility of free thyroid transfer as a strategy for the prevention of radiation-induced damage to the thyroid gland during radiation therapy for HNC. Methods and Materials: A prospective feasibility study was performed involving 10 patients with a new diagnosis of advanced HNC undergoing ablative surgery, radial forearm free-tissue transfer reconstruction, and postoperative adjuvant radiation therapy. During the neck dissection,more » hemithyroid dissection was completed with preservation of the thyroid arterial and venous supply for implantation into the donor forearm site. All patients underwent a diagnostic thyroid technetium scan 6 weeks and 12 months postoperatively to examine the functional integrity of the transferred thyroid tissue. Results: Free thyroid transfer was executed in 9 of the 10 recruited patients with advanced HNC. The postoperative technetium scans demonstrated strong uptake of technetium at the forearm donor site at 6 weeks and 12 months for all 9 of the transplanted patients. Conclusions: The thyroid gland can be transferred as a microvascular free transfer with maintenance of function. This technique could represent a novel strategy for maintenance of thyroid function after head and neck irradiation.« less

  11. Source Biases in Magnetotelluric Transfer Functions due to Pc3/Pc4 ( 10-100s) Geomagnetic Activity at Mid-Latitudes

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Murphy, B. S.; Egbert, G. D.

    2017-12-01

    Discussion of possible bias in magnetotelluric (MT) transfer functions due to the finite spatial scale of external source fields has largely focused on long periods (>1000 s), where skin depths are large, and high latitudes (>60° N), where sources are dominated by narrow electrojets. However, a significant fraction ( 15%) of the 1000 EarthScope USArray apparent resistivity and phase curves exhibit nonphysical "humps" over a narrow period range (typically between 25-60 s) that are suggestive of narrow-band source effects. Maps of locations in the US where these biases are seen support this conclusion: they mostly occur in places where the Earth is highly resistive, such as cratonic regions, where skin depths are largest and hence where susceptibility to bias from short-wavelength sources would be greatest. We have analyzed EarthScope MT time series using cross-phase techniques developed in the space physics community to measure the period of local field line resonances associated with geomagnetic pulsations (Pc's). In most cases the biases occur near the periods of field line resonance determined from this analysis, suggesting that at mid-latitude ( 30°-50° N) Pc's can bias the time-averaged MT transfer functions. Because Pc's have short meridional wavelengths (hundreds of km), even at these relatively short periods the plane-wave assumption of the MT technique may be violated, at least in resistive domains with large skin depths. It is unclear if these biases (generally small) are problematic for MT data inversion, but their presence in the transfer functions is already a useful zeroth-order indicator of resistive regions of the Earth.

  12. Development of model for studies on momentum transfer in electrochemical cells with entry region coil as turbulence promoter

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Penta Rao, Tamarba; Rajendra Prasad, P.

    2018-04-01

    Entry region swirl promoters gain importance in industry because of its effectiveness in augmentation of mass and heat transfer augmentation. Design of equipment needs momentum transfer data along with mass or heat transfer data. Hence an experimental investigation was carried out with coaxially placed entry region spiral coil as turbulence promoters on momentum transfer in forced convection flow of electrolyte in circular conduits. Aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide and 0.01 M equimolal Ferri-ferro cyanide system was chosen for the study. The study covered parameters like effect of pitch of the coil, effect of length of the coil, diameter of the coil, diameter of the coil wire, diameter of the annular rod. The promoter is measured by limiting current technique using diffusion controlled electrochemical reactions. The study comprises of evaluation of momentum transfer rates at the outer wall of the electrochemical cell. Pressure drop measurements were also made to obtain the energy consumption pattern. Within the range of variables covered. The results are correlated by the momentum transfer similarity function. Momentum transfer coefficients were evaluated from measured limiting currents. Effect of each parameter was studied in terms of friction factor. A model was developed for momentum transfer. The experimental data on momentum transfer was modeled in terms of momentum transfer function and Reynolds number, geometric parameters.

  13. Direct transfer of subwavelength plasmonic nanostructures on bioactive silk films.

    PubMed

    Lin, Dianmin; Tao, Hu; Trevino, Jacob; Mondia, Jessica P; Kaplan, David L; Omenetto, Fiorenzo G; Dal Negro, Luca

    2012-11-27

    By a reusable transfer fabrication technique, we demonstrate high-fidelity fabrication of metal nanoparticles, optical nanoantennas, and nanohole arrays directly on a functional silk biopolymer. The ability to reproducibly pattern silk biopolymers with arbitrarily complex plasmonic arrays is of importance for a variety of applications in optical biosensing, tissue engineering, cell biology, and the development of novel bio-optoelectronic medical devices. Copyright © 2012 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  14. Information transfer satellite concept study. Volume 2: Technical

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bergin, P.; Kincade, C.; Kurpiewski, D.; Leinhaupel, F.; Millican, F.; Onstad, R.

    1971-01-01

    The ITS concept study is preceded by two requirements studies whose primary objectives are to identify viable demands and to develop the functional requirements associated with these demands. In addition to continuing this basic activity the ITS concept study objectives are to: (1) develop tools and techniques for planning advanced information transfer satellite communications systems, and to (2) select viable systems for further analysis both in their near-term and in the far-term aspects.

  15. Preserving transfer independence among individuals with spinal cord injury.

    PubMed

    Nyland, J; Quigley, P; Huang, C; Lloyd, J; Harrow, J; Nelson, A

    2000-11-01

    Literature review. Upper extremity (UE) joint degeneration, particularly at the shoulder, detrimentally influences functional independence, quality of life, cardiovascular disease risk, and life expectancy of individuals following spinal cord injury (SCI). This review (1) describes UE use for transfers among individuals with SCI; (2) describes contributing factors associated with UE joint degeneration and loss of transfer independence; (3) summarizes and identifies gaps in existing research; and (4) provides suggestions for future research. Investigations of wheelchair transfer related UE joint and function preservation among individuals with SCI should consider factors including age and length of time from SCI onset, interface between subject-wheelchair, pain, shoulder joint range of motion (ROM) and muscle strength deficiencies or imbalances, exercise capacity and tolerance for the physical strain of activities of daily living (ADL), body mass and composition, previous UE injury or disease history, and transfer techniques. Existing studies of transfers among individuals with SCI have relied on small groups of either asymptomatic or non-impaired subjects, with minimal integration of kinematic, kinetic and electromyographic data. Descriptions of UE joint ROM, forces, and moments produced during transfers are lacking. Biomechanical measurement and computer modeling have provided increasingly accurate tools for acquiring the data needed to guide intervention planning to prevent UE joint degeneration and preserve function among individuals with SCI. The identification of stressful sub-components during transfers will enable intervening clinicians and engineers who design and modify assistive and adaptive devices to better serve individuals with SCI.

  16. Double Versus Single Tendon Transfers to Improve Shoulder Function in Brachial Plexus Birth Palsy.

    PubMed

    Greenhill, Dustin A; Smith, William R; Ramsey, F V; Kozin, Scott H; Zlotolow, Dan A

    2017-03-27

    In children with brachial plexus birth palsy (BPBP) undergoing tendon transfers to augment shoulder external rotation, it is unclear whether transfer of the latissimus dorsi with its combined latissimus dorsi and teres major (cLT) versus isolated teres major (iTM) tendon transfer yield different outcomes. Records of patients with BPBP who underwent shoulder tendon transfers to augment external rotation were retrospectively reviewed. Transfer type (cLT or iTM) was considered indiscriminate by virtue of surgeon preference. Modified Mallet Scale (mMS) and Active Movement Scale scores were recorded. Patients with <12 months' follow-up, C7 or lower palsy, humeral osteotomy, shoulder procedure(s) within 8 months, microsurgery within 1 year, or recurrent glenohumeral subluxation confirmed by postoperative imaging were excluded. Matched cohorts were identified within each tendon transfer group to yield similar preoperative shoulder function and glenohumeral alignment status. Outcomes for all tendon transfers as well as differences between cLT and iTM cohorts were analyzed. Among 121 cLT and 34 iTM transfers, 49 cLT and 14 iTM met the inclusion criteria. Subsequent matching of cohorts yielded 28 patients (14 cLT and 14 iTM). Average age at time of transfer was 3.0±1.4 years. Follow-up averaged 4.1±3.1 years. There were no statistically significant preoperative differences between cohorts, thus matching criteria were validated. Regardless of tendon(s) transferred, mMS external rotation improved (2.2 to 3.5, P<0.001), whereas mMS internal rotation decreased (3.8 to 3.2, P<0.001). When comparing matched cohorts, cLT transfer produced a greater mMS external rotation improvement than iTM (2.1 vs. 1.5, respectively; P=0.025). Loss of midline function (defined as mMS external rotation <3) occurred in 5 (35.7%) cLT and 2 (14.3%) iTM patients. Both cLT or iTM transfer are effective at augmenting shoulder external rotation in children with C5-C6 BPBP. Furthermore, cLT transfers may yield a larger improvement in external rotation in certain patients. However, both techniques slightly decrease shoulder internal rotation. Given that more total cLT patients lost midline function among matched cohorts, iTM transfer may still be considered when limited midline function is a concern. Level III.

  17. High data volume and transfer rate techniques used at NASA's image processing facility

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Heffner, P.; Connell, E.; Mccaleb, F.

    1978-01-01

    Data storage and transfer operations at a new image processing facility are described. The equipment includes high density digital magnetic tape drives and specially designed controllers to provide an interface between the tape drives and computerized image processing systems. The controller performs the functions necessary to convert the continuous serial data stream from the tape drive to a word-parallel blocked data stream which then goes to the computer-based system. With regard to the tape packing density, 1.8 times 10 to the tenth data bits are stored on a reel of one-inch tape. System components and their operation are surveyed, and studies on advanced storage techniques are summarized.

  18. Locating CVBEM collocation points for steady state heat transfer problems

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Hromadka, T.V.

    1985-01-01

    The Complex Variable Boundary Element Method or CVBEM provides a highly accurate means of developing numerical solutions to steady state two-dimensional heat transfer problems. The numerical approach exactly solves the Laplace equation and satisfies the boundary conditions at specified points on the boundary by means of collocation. The accuracy of the approximation depends upon the nodal point distribution specified by the numerical analyst. In order to develop subsequent, refined approximation functions, four techniques for selecting additional collocation points are presented. The techniques are compared as to the governing theory, representation of the error of approximation on the problem boundary, the computational costs, and the ease of use by the numerical analyst. ?? 1985.

  19. The Use of Structural-Acoustic Techniques to Assess Potential Structural Damage From Sonic Booms

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Garrelick, Joel; Martini, Kyle

    1996-01-01

    The potential impact of supersonic operations includes structural damage from the sonic boom overpressure. This paper describes a study of how structural-acoustic modeling and testing techniques may be used to assess the potential for such damage in the absence of actual flyovers. Procedures are described whereby transfer functions relating structural response to sonic boom signature may be obtained with a stationary acoustic source and appropriate data processing. Further, by invoking structural-acoustic reciprocity, these transfer functions may also be acquired by measuring the radiated sound from the structure under a mechanical drive. The approach is based on the fundamental assumption of linearity, both with regard to the (acoustic) propagation of the boom in the vicinity of the structure and to the structure's response. Practical issues revolve around acoustic far field and source directivity requirements. The technique was implemented on a specially fabricated test structure at Edwards AFB, CA with the support of Wyle Laboratories, Inc. Blank shots from a cannon served as our acoustic source and taps from an instrumented hammer generated the mechanical drive. Simulated response functions were constructed. Results of comparisons with corresponding measurements recorded during dedicated supersonic flyovers with F-15 aircraft are presented for a number of sensor placements.

  20. A FORTRAN program for the analysis of linear continuous and sample-data systems

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Edwards, J. W.

    1976-01-01

    A FORTRAN digital computer program which performs the general analysis of linearized control systems is described. State variable techniques are used to analyze continuous, discrete, and sampled data systems. Analysis options include the calculation of system eigenvalues, transfer functions, root loci, root contours, frequency responses, power spectra, and transient responses for open- and closed-loop systems. A flexible data input format allows the user to define systems in a variety of representations. Data may be entered by inputing explicit data matrices or matrices constructed in user written subroutines, by specifying transfer function block diagrams, or by using a combination of these methods.

  1. Techniques and applications for binaural sound manipulation in human-machine interfaces

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Begault, Durand R.; Wenzel, Elizabeth M.

    1990-01-01

    The implementation of binaural sound to speech and auditory sound cues (auditory icons) is addressed from both an applications and technical standpoint. Techniques overviewed include processing by means of filtering with head-related transfer functions. Application to advanced cockpit human interface systems is discussed, although the techniques are extendable to any human-machine interface. Research issues pertaining to three-dimensional sound displays under investigation at the Aerospace Human Factors Division at NASA Ames Research Center are described.

  2. Techniques and applications for binaural sound manipulation in human-machine interfaces

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Begault, Durand R.; Wenzel, Elizabeth M.

    1992-01-01

    The implementation of binaural sound to speech and auditory sound cues (auditory icons) is addressed from both an applications and technical standpoint. Techniques overviewed include processing by means of filtering with head-related transfer functions. Application to advanced cockpit human interface systems is discussed, although the techniques are extendable to any human-machine interface. Research issues pertaining to three-dimensional sound displays under investigation at the Aerospace Human Factors Division at NASA Ames Research Center are described.

  3. [Morphological and functional cartilage imaging].

    PubMed

    Rehnitz, C; Weber, M-A

    2014-06-01

    Excellent morphological imaging of cartilage is now possible and allows the detection of subtle cartilage pathologies. Besides the standard 2D sequences, a multitude of 3D sequences are available for high-resolution cartilage imaging. The first part therefore deals with modern possibilities of morphological imaging. The second part deals with functional cartilage imaging with which it is possible to detect changes in cartilage composition and thus early osteoarthritis as well as to monitor biochemical changes after therapeutic interventions. Validated techniques such as delayed gadolinium-enhanced magnetic resonance imaging of cartilage (dGEMRIC) and T2 mapping as well the latest techniques, such as the glycosaminoglycan chemical exchange-dependent saturation transfer (gagCEST) technique will be discussed.

  4. [Morphological and functional cartilage imaging].

    PubMed

    Rehnitz, C; Weber, M-A

    2015-04-01

    Excellent morphological imaging of cartilage is now possible and allows the detection of subtle cartilage pathologies. Besides the standard 2D sequences, a multitude of 3D sequences are available for high-resolution cartilage imaging. The first part therefore deals with modern possibilities of morphological imaging. The second part deals with functional cartilage imaging with which it is possible to detect changes in cartilage composition and thus early osteoarthritis as well as to monitor biochemical changes after therapeutic interventions. Validated techniques such as delayed gadolinium-enhanced magnetic resonance imaging of cartilage (dGEMRIC) and T2 mapping as well the latest techniques, such as the glycosaminoglycan chemical exchange-dependent saturation transfer (gagCEST) technique will be discussed.

  5. Influence of speckle image reconstruction on photometric precision for large solar telescopes

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Peck, C. L.; Wöger, F.; Marino, J.

    2017-11-01

    Context. High-resolution observations from large solar telescopes require adaptive optics (AO) systems to overcome image degradation caused by Earth's turbulent atmosphere. AO corrections are, however, only partial. Achieving near-diffraction limited resolution over a large field of view typically requires post-facto image reconstruction techniques to reconstruct the source image. Aims: This study aims to examine the expected photometric precision of amplitude reconstructed solar images calibrated using models for the on-axis speckle transfer functions and input parameters derived from AO control data. We perform a sensitivity analysis of the photometric precision under variations in the model input parameters for high-resolution solar images consistent with four-meter class solar telescopes. Methods: Using simulations of both atmospheric turbulence and partial compensation by an AO system, we computed the speckle transfer function under variations in the input parameters. We then convolved high-resolution numerical simulations of the solar photosphere with the simulated atmospheric transfer function, and subsequently deconvolved them with the model speckle transfer function to obtain a reconstructed image. To compute the resulting photometric precision, we compared the intensity of the original image with the reconstructed image. Results: The analysis demonstrates that high photometric precision can be obtained for speckle amplitude reconstruction using speckle transfer function models combined with AO-derived input parameters. Additionally, it shows that the reconstruction is most sensitive to the input parameter that characterizes the atmospheric distortion, and sub-2% photometric precision is readily obtained when it is well estimated.

  6. Online Heterogeneous Transfer by Hedge Ensemble of Offline and Online Decisions.

    PubMed

    Yan, Yuguang; Wu, Qingyao; Tan, Mingkui; Ng, Michael K; Min, Huaqing; Tsang, Ivor W

    2017-10-10

    In this paper, we study the online heterogeneous transfer (OHT) learning problem, where the target data of interest arrive in an online manner, while the source data and auxiliary co-occurrence data are from offline sources and can be easily annotated. OHT is very challenging, since the feature spaces of the source and target domains are different. To address this, we propose a novel technique called OHT by hedge ensemble by exploiting both offline knowledge and online knowledge of different domains. To this end, we build an offline decision function based on a heterogeneous similarity that is constructed using labeled source data and unlabeled auxiliary co-occurrence data. After that, an online decision function is learned from the target data. Last, we employ a hedge weighting strategy to combine the offline and online decision functions to exploit knowledge from the source and target domains of different feature spaces. We also provide a theoretical analysis regarding the mistake bounds of the proposed approach. Comprehensive experiments on three real-world data sets demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed technique.

  7. Performance of the dot product function in radiative transfer code SORD

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Korkin, Sergey; Lyapustin, Alexei; Sinyuk, Aliaksandr; Holben, Brent

    2016-10-01

    The successive orders of scattering radiative transfer (RT) codes frequently call the scalar (dot) product function. In this paper, we study performance of some implementations of the dot product in the RT code SORD using 50 scenarios for light scattering in the atmosphere-surface system. In the dot product function, we use the unrolled loops technique with different unrolling factor. We also considered the intrinsic Fortran functions. We show results for two machines: ifort compiler under Windows, and pgf90 under Linux. Intrinsic DOT_PRODUCT function showed best performance for the ifort. For the pgf90, the dot product implemented with unrolling factor 4 was the fastest. The RT code SORD together with the interface that runs all the mentioned tests are publicly available from ftp://maiac.gsfc.nasa.gov/pub/skorkin/SORD_IP_16B (current release) or by email request from the corresponding (first) author.

  8. An automatic optimum kernel-size selection technique for edge enhancement

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Chavez, Pat S.; Bauer, Brian P.

    1982-01-01

    Edge enhancement is a technique that can be considered, to a first order, a correction for the modulation transfer function of an imaging system. Digital imaging systems sample a continuous function at discrete intervals so that high-frequency information cannot be recorded at the same precision as lower frequency data. Because of this, fine detail or edge information in digital images is lost. Spatial filtering techniques can be used to enhance the fine detail information that does exist in the digital image, but the filter size is dependent on the type of area being processed. A technique has been developed by the authors that uses the horizontal first difference to automatically select the optimum kernel-size that should be used to enhance the edges that are contained in the image. 

  9. Frequency analysis via the method of moment functionals

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Pearson, A. E.; Pan, J. Q.

    1990-01-01

    Several variants are presented of a linear-in-parameters least squares formulation for determining the transfer function of a stable linear system at specified frequencies given a finite set of Fourier series coefficients calculated from transient nonstationary input-output data. The basis of the technique is Shinbrot's classical method of moment functionals using complex Fourier based modulating functions to convert a differential equation model on a finite time interval into an algebraic equation which depends linearly on frequency-related parameters.

  10. A simplified method of evaluating the stress wave environment of internal equipment

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Colton, J. D.; Desmond, T. P.

    1979-01-01

    A simplified method called the transfer function technique (TFT) was devised for evaluating the stress wave environment in a structure containing internal equipment. The TFT consists of following the initial in-plane stress wave that propagates through a structure subjected to a dynamic load and characterizing how the wave is altered as it is transmitted through intersections of structural members. As a basis for evaluating the TFT, impact experiments and detailed stress wave analyses were performed for structures with two or three, or more members. Transfer functions that relate the wave transmitted through an intersection to the incident wave were deduced from the predicted wave response. By sequentially applying these transfer functions to a structure with several intersections, it was found that the environment produced by the initial stress wave propagating through the structure can be approximated well. The TFT can be used as a design tool or as an analytical tool to determine whether a more detailed wave analysis is warranted.

  11. Least-squares collocation meshless approach for radiative heat transfer in absorbing and scattering media

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Liu, L. H.; Tan, J. Y.

    2007-02-01

    A least-squares collocation meshless method is employed for solving the radiative heat transfer in absorbing, emitting and scattering media. The least-squares collocation meshless method for radiative transfer is based on the discrete ordinates equation. A moving least-squares approximation is applied to construct the trial functions. Except for the collocation points which are used to construct the trial functions, a number of auxiliary points are also adopted to form the total residuals of the problem. The least-squares technique is used to obtain the solution of the problem by minimizing the summation of residuals of all collocation and auxiliary points. Three numerical examples are studied to illustrate the performance of this new solution method. The numerical results are compared with the other benchmark approximate solutions. By comparison, the results show that the least-squares collocation meshless method is efficient, accurate and stable, and can be used for solving the radiative heat transfer in absorbing, emitting and scattering media.

  12. Multiple solutions in MHD flow and heat transfer of Sisko fluid containing nanoparticles migration with a convective boundary condition: Critical points

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dhanai, Ruchika; Rana, Puneet; Kumar, Lokendra

    2016-05-01

    The motivation behind the present analysis is to focus on magneto-hydrodynamic flow and heat transfer characteristics of non-Newtonian fluid (Sisko fluid) past a permeable nonlinear shrinking sheet utilizing nanoparticles involving convective boundary condition. The non-homogenous nanofluid transport model considering the effect of Brownian motion, thermophoresis, suction/injection and no nanoparticle flux at the sheet with convective boundary condition has been solved numerically by the RKF45 method with shooting technique. Critical points for various pertinent parameters are evaluated in this study. The dual solutions (both first and second solutions) are captured in certain range of material constant (nc< n < ∞) , mass transfer parameter (sc < s < ∞) and shrinking parameter (χc < χ < 0) . For both the branches (upper and lower branch), the rate of heat transfer is an increasing function of the power-law index, Prandtl number and Biot number, whereas it is a decreasing function of the material constant and thermophoresis parameter.

  13. Laser-induced Forward Transfer of Ag Nanopaste.

    PubMed

    Breckenfeld, Eric; Kim, Heungsoo; Auyeung, Raymond C Y; Piqué, Alberto

    2016-03-31

    Over the past decade, there has been much development of non-lithographic methods(1-3) for printing metallic inks or other functional materials. Many of these processes such as inkjet(3) and laser-induced forward transfer (LIFT)(4) have become increasingly popular as interest in printable electronics and maskless patterning has grown. These additive manufacturing processes are inexpensive, environmentally friendly, and well suited for rapid prototyping, when compared to more traditional semiconductor processing techniques. While most direct-write processes are confined to two-dimensional structures and cannot handle materials with high viscosity (particularly inkjet), LIFT can transcend both constraints if performed properly. Congruent transfer of three dimensional pixels (called voxels), also referred to as laser decal transfer (LDT)(5-9), has recently been demonstrated with the LIFT technique using highly viscous Ag nanopastes to fabricate freestanding interconnects, complex voxel shapes, and high-aspect-ratio structures. In this paper, we demonstrate a simple yet versatile process for fabricating a variety of micro- and macroscale Ag structures. Structures include simple shapes for patterning electrical contacts, bridging and cantilever structures, high-aspect-ratio structures, and single-shot, large area transfers using a commercial digital micromirror device (DMD) chip.

  14. Laser-induced Forward Transfer of Ag Nanopaste

    PubMed Central

    Breckenfeld, Eric; Kim, Heungsoo; Auyeung, Raymond C. Y.; Piqué, Alberto

    2016-01-01

    Over the past decade, there has been much development of non-lithographic methods1-3 for printing metallic inks or other functional materials. Many of these processes such as inkjet3 and laser-induced forward transfer (LIFT)4 have become increasingly popular as interest in printable electronics and maskless patterning has grown. These additive manufacturing processes are inexpensive, environmentally friendly, and well suited for rapid prototyping, when compared to more traditional semiconductor processing techniques. While most direct-write processes are confined to two-dimensional structures and cannot handle materials with high viscosity (particularly inkjet), LIFT can transcend both constraints if performed properly. Congruent transfer of three dimensional pixels (called voxels), also referred to as laser decal transfer (LDT)5-9, has recently been demonstrated with the LIFT technique using highly viscous Ag nanopastes to fabricate freestanding interconnects, complex voxel shapes, and high-aspect-ratio structures. In this paper, we demonstrate a simple yet versatile process for fabricating a variety of micro- and macroscale Ag structures. Structures include simple shapes for patterning electrical contacts, bridging and cantilever structures, high-aspect-ratio structures, and single-shot, large area transfers using a commercial digital micromirror device (DMD) chip. PMID:27077645

  15. Screening fungicides for use in fish culture: Evaluation of the agar plug transfer, cellophane transfer, and agar dilution methods

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Bailey, Tom A.

    1983-01-01

    The reliability, reproducibility, and usefulness of three screening methods -- the cellophane transfer, the agar plug transfer, and the agar dilution -- to screen aquatic fungicides were evaluated. Achlya flagellata and Saprolegnia hypogyna were exposed to 1, 10, and 100 mg/L of malachite green to test each method. The cellophane transfer and agar plug transfer techniques had similar reliability and reproducibility in rating fungicidal activity, and were both superior to the agar dilution technique. The agar plug transfer and agar dilution techniques adequately projected in vivo activity of malachite green, but the cellophane transfer technique overestimated its activity. Overall, the agar plug transfer technique most accurately rated the activity of malachite green and was the easiest test to perform. It therefore appears to be the method of choice for testing aquatic fungicides.

  16. How do laboratory embryo transfer techniques affect IVF outcomes? A review of current literature.

    PubMed

    Sigalos, George; Triantafyllidou, Olga; Vlahos, Nikos

    2017-04-01

    Over the last few years, many studies have focused on embryo selection methods, whereas little attention has been given to the standardization of the procedure of embryo transfer. In this review, several parameters of the embryo transfer procedure are examined, such as the: (i) culture medium volume and loading technique; (ii) syringe and catheters used for embryo transfer; (iii) viscosity and composition of the embryo transfer medium; (iv) environment of embryo culture; (v) timing of embryo transfer; (vi) and standardization of the embryo transfer techniques. The aim of this manuscript is to review these factors and compare the existing embryo transfer techniques and highlight the need for better embryo transfer standardization.

  17. Deepening Insights of Charge Transfer and Photophysics in a Novel Donor-Acceptor Cocrystal for Waveguide Couplers and Photonic Logic Computation.

    PubMed

    Zhu, Weigang; Zhu, Lingyun; Zou, Ye; Wu, Yishi; Zhen, Yonggang; Dong, Huanli; Fu, Hongbing; Wei, Zhixiang; Shi, Qiang; Hu, Wenping

    2016-07-01

    The charge transfer and photophysics in a new light-emitting cocrystal with ribbon-like morphology are revealed in-depth. These cocrystals can serve as an efficient 1D optical waveguide, and the cocrystal waveguide couplers fabricated by a probe-assisted crystal-moving technique exhibit interfacial white emission and can function as basic photonic logic gates, showing potential for future integrated photonics. © 2016 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  18. Reconstruction of facial nerve injuries in children.

    PubMed

    Fattah, Adel; Borschel, Gregory H; Zuker, Ron M

    2011-05-01

    Facial nerve trauma is uncommon in children, and many spontaneously recover some function; nonetheless, loss of facial nerve activity leads to functional impairment of ocular and oral sphincters and nasal orifice. In many cases, the impediment posed by facial asymmetry and reduced mimetic function more significantly affects the child's psychosocial interactions. As such, reconstruction of the facial nerve affords great benefits in quality of life. The therapeutic strategy is dependent on numerous factors, including the cause of facial nerve injury, the deficit, the prognosis for recovery, and the time elapsed since the injury. The options for treatment include a diverse range of surgical techniques including static lifts and slings, nerve repairs, nerve grafts and nerve transfers, regional, and microvascular free muscle transfer. We review our strategies for addressing facial nerve injuries in children.

  19. Optimal state transfer of a single dissipative two-level system

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jirari, Hamza; Wu, Ning

    2016-04-01

    Optimal state transfer of a single two-level system (TLS) coupled to an Ohmic boson bath via off-diagonal TLS-bath coupling is studied by using optimal control theory. In the weak system-bath coupling regime where the time-dependent Bloch-Redfield formalism is applicable, we obtain the Bloch equation to probe the evolution of the dissipative TLS in the presence of a time-dependent external control field. By using the automatic differentiation technique to compute the gradient for the cost functional, we calculate the optimal transfer integral profile that can achieve an ideal transfer within a dimer system in the Fenna-Matthews-Olson (FMO) model. The robustness of the control profile against temperature variation is also analyzed.

  20. Evaluation of nursing students' work technique after proficiency training in patient transfer methods during undergraduate education.

    PubMed

    Johnsson, A Christina E; Kjellberg, Anders; Lagerström, Monica I

    2006-05-01

    The aim of this study was to investigate if nursing students improved their work technique when assisting a simulated patient from bed to wheelchair after proficiency training, and to investigate whether there was a correlation between the nursing students' work technique and the simulated patients' perceptions of the transfer. 71 students participated in the study, 35 in the intervention group and 36 in the comparison group. The students assisted a simulated patient to move from a bed to a wheelchair. In the intervention group the students made one transfer before and one after training, and in the comparison group they made two transfers before training. Six variables were evaluated: work technique score; nursing students' ratings of comfort, work technique and exertion, and the simulated patients' perceptions of comfort and safety during the transfer. The result showed that nursing students improved their work technique, and that there was a correlation between the work technique and the simulated patients' subjective ratings of the transfer. In conclusion, nursing students improved their work technique after training in patient transfer methods, and the work technique affected the simulated patients' perceptions of the transfer.

  1. Imaging System Model Crammed Into A 32K Microcomputer

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tyson, Robert K.

    1986-12-01

    An imaging system model, based upon linear systems theory, has been developed for a microcomputer with less than 32K of free random access memory (RAM). The model includes diffraction effects of the optics, aberrations in the optics, and atmospheric propagation transfer functions. Variables include pupil geometry, magnitude and character of the aberrations, and strength of atmospheric turbulence ("seeing"). Both coherent and incoherent image formation can be evaluated. The techniques employed for crowding the model into a very small computer will be discussed in detail. Simplifying assumptions for the diffraction and aberration phenomena will be shown along with practical considerations in modeling the optical system. Particular emphasis is placed on avoiding inaccuracies in modeling the pupil and the associated optical transfer function knowing limits on spatial frequency content and resolution. Memory and runtime constraints are analyzed stressing the efficient use of assembly language Fourier transform routines, disk input/output, and graphic displays. The compromises between computer time, limited RAM, and scientific accuracy will be given with techniques for balancing these parameters for individual needs.

  2. Concept of contrast transfer function for edge illumination x-ray phase-contrast imaging and its comparison with the free-space propagation technique.

    PubMed

    Diemoz, Paul C; Vittoria, Fabio A; Olivo, Alessandro

    2016-05-16

    Previous studies on edge illumination (EI) X-ray phase-contrast imaging (XPCi) have investigated the nature and amplitude of the signal provided by this technique. However, the response of the imaging system to different object spatial frequencies was never explicitly considered and studied. This is required in order to predict the performance of a given EI setup for different classes of objects. To this scope, in the present work we derive analytical expressions for the contrast transfer function of an EI imaging system, using the approximation of near-field regime, and study its dependence upon the main experimental parameters. We then exploit these results to compare the frequency response of an EI system with respect of that of a free-space propagation XPCi one. The results achieved in this work can be useful for predicting the signals obtainable for different types of objects and also as a basis for new retrieval methods.

  3. Electronic structures of 1-ML C84/Ag(111): Energy level alignment and work function variation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wang, Peng; Zhao, Li-Li; Zhang, Jin-Juan; Li, Wen-Jie; Liu, Wei-Hui; Chen, Da; Sheng, Chun-Qi; Wang, Jia-Ou; Qian, Hai-Jie; Ibrahim, Kurash; Li, Hong-Nian

    2017-12-01

    The electronic structures of fullerene/metal interface are critical to the performance of devices based on fullerene in molecular electronics and organic electronics. Herein, we investigate the electronic structures at the interface between C84 and Ag(111) by photoelectron spectroscopy and soft X-ray absorption spectroscopy techniques. It is observed that C84 monolayer on Ag(111) surface (1-ML C84/Ag(111)) has metallic nature. A charge transfer from substrate to the unoccupied states of C84 is determined to be 1.3 electrons per molecule. However, the work function of 1-ML C84 (4.72 eV) is observed slightly larger than that of the clean Ag(111) substrate (4.50 eV). A bidirectional charge transfer model is introduced to understand the work function variation of the fullerene/metal system. In addition to the charge transfer from substrate to the adsorbate's unoccupied states, there exists non-negligible back charge transfer from fullerene occupied molecular orbital to the metal substrate through interfacial hybridization. The Fermi level will be pinned at ∼4.72 eV for C84 monolayer on coinage metal substrate.

  4. Development of a Recombinant Multifunctional Biomacromolecule for Targeted Gene Transfer to Prostate Cancer Cells.

    PubMed

    Hatefi, Arash; Karjoo, Zahra; Nomani, Alireza

    2017-09-11

    The objective of this study was to genetically engineer a fully functional single chain fusion peptide composed of motifs from diverse biological and synthetic origins that can perform multiple tasks including DNA condensation, cell targeting, cell transfection, particle shielding from immune system and effective gene transfer to prostate tumors. To achieve the objective, a single chain biomacromolecule (vector) consisted of four repeatative units of histone H2A peptide, fusogenic peptide GALA, short elastin-like peptide, and PC-3 cell targeting peptide was designed. To examine the functionality of each motif in the vector sequence, it was characterized in terms of size and zeta potential by Zetasizer, PC-3 cell targeting and transfection by flowcytometry, IgG induction by immunogenicity assay, and PC-3 tumor transfection by quantitative live animal imaging. Overall, the results of this study showed the possibility of using genetic engineering techniques to program various functionalities into one single chain vector and create a multifunctional nonimmunogenic biomacromolecule for targeted gene transfer to prostate cancer cells. This proof-of-concept study is a significant step forward toward creating a library of vectors for targeted gene transfer to any cancer cell type at both in vitro and in vivo levels.

  5. An improved technique for determining reflection from semi-infinite atmospheres with linearly anisotropic phase functions. [radiative transfer

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Fricke, C. L.

    1975-01-01

    A solution to the problem of reflection from a semi-infinite atmosphere is presented, based upon Chandrasekhar's H-function method for linearly anisotropic phase functions. A modification to the Gauss quadrature formula which gives about the same accuracy with 10 points as the conventional Gauss quadrature does with 100 points was developed. A computer program achieving this solution is described and results are presented for several illustrative cases.

  6. Soft lithographic functionalization and patterning oxide-free silicon and germanium.

    PubMed

    Bowers, Carleen M; Toone, Eric J; Clark, Robert L; Shestopalov, Alexander A

    2011-12-16

    The development of hybrid electronic devices relies in large part on the integration of (bio)organic materials and inorganic semiconductors through a stable interface that permits efficient electron transport and protects underlying substrates from oxidative degradation. Group IV semiconductors can be effectively protected with highly-ordered self-assembled monolayers (SAMs) composed of simple alkyl chains that act as impervious barriers to both organic and aqueous solutions. Simple alkyl SAMs, however, are inert and not amenable to traditional patterning techniques. The motivation for immobilizing organic molecular systems on semiconductors is to impart new functionality to the surface that can provide optical, electronic, and mechanical function, as well as chemical and biological activity. Microcontact printing (μCP) is a soft-lithographic technique for patterning SAMs on myriad surfaces. Despite its simplicity and versatility, the approach has been largely limited to noble metal surfaces and has not been well developed for pattern transfer to technologically important substrates such as oxide-free silicon and germanium. Furthermore, because this technique relies on the ink diffusion to transfer pattern from the elastomer to substrate, the resolution of such traditional printing is essentially limited to near 1 μm. In contrast to traditional printing, inkless μCP patterning relies on a specific reaction between a surface-immobilized substrate and a stamp-bound catalyst. Because the technique does not rely on diffusive SAM formation, it significantly expands the diversity of patternable surfaces. In addition, the inkless technique obviates the feature size limitations imposed by molecular diffusion, facilitating replication of very small (<200 nm) features. However, up till now, inkless μCP has been mainly used for patterning relatively disordered molecular systems, which do not protect underlying surfaces from degradation. Here, we report a simple, reliable high-throughput method for patterning passivated silicon and germanium with reactive organic monolayers and demonstrate selective functionalization of the patterned substrates with both small molecules and proteins. The technique utilizes a preformed NHS-reactive bilayered system on oxide-free silicon and germanium. The NHS moiety is hydrolyzed in a pattern-specific manner with a sulfonic acid-modified acrylate stamp to produce chemically distinct patterns of NHS-activated and free carboxylic acids. A significant limitation to the resolution of many μCP techniques is the use of PDMS material which lacks the mechanical rigidity necessary for high fidelity transfer. To alleviate this limitation we utilized a polyurethane acrylate polymer, a relatively rigid material that can be easily functionalized with different organic moieties. Our patterning approach completely protects both silicon and germanium from chemical oxidation, provides precise control over the shape and size of the patterned features, and gives ready access to chemically discriminated patterns that can be further functionalized with both organic and biological molecules. The approach is general and applicable to other technologically-relevant surfaces.

  7. Phase retrieval with tunable phase transfer function based on the transport of intensity equation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Martinez-Carranza, J.; Stepien, P.; Kozacki, T.

    2017-06-01

    Recovering phase information with Deterministic approaches as the Transport of Intensity Equation (TIE) has recently emerged as an alternative tool to the interferometric techniques because it is experimentally easy to implement and provides fast and accurate results. Moreover, the potential of employing partially coherent illumination (PCI) in such techniques allow obtaining high quality phase reconstructions providing that the estimation of the corresponding Phase Transfer Function (PTF) is carried out correctly. Hence, accurate estimation of the PTF requires that the physical properties of the optical system are well known. Typically, these parameters are assumed constant in all the set of measurements, which might not be optimal. In this work, we proposed the use of an amplitude Spatial Light Modulator (aSLM) for tuning the degree of coherence of the optical system. The aSLM will be placed at the Fourier plane of the optical system, and then, band pass filters will be displayed. This methodology will perform amplitude modulation of the propagated field and as a result, the state of coherence of the optical system can be modified. Theoretical and experimental results that validate our proposed technique will be shown.

  8. [Results of revision after failed surgical treatment for traumatic anterior shoulder instability].

    PubMed

    Lópiz-Morales, Y; Alcobe-Bonilla, J; García-Fernández, C; Francés-Borrego, A; Otero-Fernández, R; Marco-Martínez, F

    2013-01-01

    Persistent or recurrent glenohumeral instability after a previous operative stabilization can be a complex problem. Our aim is to establish the incidence of recurrence and its revision surgery, and to analyse the functional results of the revision instability surgery, as well as to determine surgical protocols to perform it. A retrospective analysis was conducted on 16 patients with recurrent instability out of 164 patients operated on between 1999 and 2011. The mean follow-up was 57 months and the mean age was 29 years. To evaluate functional outcome we employed Constant, Rowe, UCLA scores and the visual analogue scale. Of the 12 patients who failed the initial arthroscopic surgery, 6 patients underwent an arthroscopic antero-inferior labrum repair technique, 4 using open labrum repair techniques, and 2 coracoid transfer. The two cases of open surgery with recurrences underwent surgery for coracoid transfer. Results of the Constant score were excellent or good in 64% of patients. Surgical revision of instability is a complex surgery essentially for two reasons: the difficulty in recognising the problem, and the technical demand (greater variety and the increasingly complex techniques). Copyright © 2012 SECOT. Published by Elsevier Espana. All rights reserved.

  9. Wavelet Analyses of F/A-18 Aeroelastic and Aeroservoelastic Flight Test Data

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Brenner, Martin J.

    1997-01-01

    Time-frequency signal representations combined with subspace identification methods were used to analyze aeroelastic flight data from the F/A-18 Systems Research Aircraft (SRA) and aeroservoelastic data from the F/A-18 High Alpha Research Vehicle (HARV). The F/A-18 SRA data were produced from a wingtip excitation system that generated linear frequency chirps and logarithmic sweeps. HARV data were acquired from digital Schroeder-phased and sinc pulse excitation signals to actuator commands. Nondilated continuous Morlet wavelets implemented as a filter bank were chosen for the time-frequency analysis to eliminate phase distortion as it occurs with sliding window discrete Fourier transform techniques. Wavelet coefficients were filtered to reduce effects of noise and nonlinear distortions identically in all inputs and outputs. Cleaned reconstructed time domain signals were used to compute improved transfer functions. Time and frequency domain subspace identification methods were applied to enhanced reconstructed time domain data and improved transfer functions, respectively. Time domain subspace performed poorly, even with the enhanced data, compared with frequency domain techniques. A frequency domain subspace method is shown to produce better results with the data processed using the Morlet time-frequency technique.

  10. Development of zwitterionic sulfobetaine block copolymer conjugation strategies for reduced platelet deposition in respiratory assist devices.

    PubMed

    Malkin, Alexander D; Ye, Sang-Ho; Lee, Evan J; Yang, Xiguang; Zhu, Yang; Gamble, Lara J; Federspiel, William J; Wagner, William R

    2018-02-09

    Respiratory assist devices, that utilize ∼2 m 2 of hollow fiber membranes (HFMs) to achieve desired gas transfer rates, have been limited in their adoption due to such blood biocompatibility limitations. This study reports two techniques for the functionalization and subsequent conjugation of zwitterionic sulfobetaine (SB) block copolymers to polymethylpentene (PMP) HFM surfaces with the intention of reducing thrombus formation in respiratory assist devices. Amine or hydroxyl functionalization of PMP HFMs (PMP-A or PMP-H) was accomplished using plasma-enhanced chemical vapor deposition. The generated functional groups were conjugated to low molecular weight SB block copolymers with N-hydroxysuccinimide ester or siloxane groups (SBNHS or SBNHSi) that were synthesized using reversible addition fragmentation chain transfer polymerization. The modified HFMs (PMP-A-SBNHS or PMP-H-SBNHSi) showed 80-95% reduction in platelet deposition from whole ovine blood, stability under the fluid shear of anticipated operating conditions, and uninhibited gas exchange performance relative to non-modified HFMs (PMP-C). Additionally, the functionalization and SBNHSi conjugation technique was shown to reduce platelet deposition on polycarbonate and poly(vinyl chloride), two other materials commonly found in extracorporeal circuits. The observed thromboresistance and stability of the SB modified surfaces, without degradation of HFM gas transfer performance, indicate that this approach is promising for longer term pre-clinical testing in respiratory assist devices and may ultimately allow for the reduction of anticoagulation levels in patients being supported for extended periods. © 2018 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. J Biomed Mater Res Part B: Appl Biomater, 2018. © 2018 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

  11. Laser induced forward transfer of SnO2 for sensing applications using different precursors systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mattle, Thomas; Hintennach, Andreas; Lippert, Thomas; Wokaun, Alexander

    2013-02-01

    This paper presents the transfer of SnO2 by laser induced forward transfer (LIFT) for gas sensor applications. Different donor substrates of SnO2 with and without triazene polymer (TP) as a dynamic release layer were prepared. Transferring these films under different conditions were evaluated by optical microscopy and functionality. Transfers of sputtered SnO2 films do not lead to satisfactory results and transfers of SnO2 nanoparticles are difficult. Transfers of SnO2 nanoparticles can only be achieved when applying a second laser pulse to the already transferred material, which improves the adhesion resulting in a complete pixel. A new approach of decomposing the transfer material during LIFT transfer was developed. Donor films based on UV absorbing metal complex precursors namely, SnCl2(acac)2 were prepared and transferred using the LIFT technique. Transfer conditions were optimized for the different systems, which were deposited onto sensor-like microstructures. The conductivity of the transferred material at temperatures of about 400 ∘C are in a range usable for SnO2 gas sensors. First sensing tests were carried out and the transferred material proved to change conductivity when exposed to ethanol, acetone, and methane.

  12. Aircraft model prototypes which have specified handling-quality time histories

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Johnson, S. H.

    1976-01-01

    Several techniques for obtaining linear constant-coefficient airplane models from specified handling-quality time histories are discussed. One technique, the pseudodata method, solves the basic problem, yields specified eigenvalues, and accommodates state-variable transfer-function zero suppression. The method is fully illustrated for a fourth-order stability-axis small-motion model with three lateral handling-quality time histories specified. The FORTRAN program which obtains and verifies the model is included and fully documented.

  13. "In Situ Vascular Nerve Graft" for Restoration of Intrinsic Hand Function: An Anatomical Study.

    PubMed

    Mozaffarian, Kamran; Zemoodeh, Hamid Reza; Zarenezhad, Mohammad; Owji, Mohammad

    2018-06-01

    In combined high median and ulnar nerve injury, transfer of the posterior interosseous nerve branches to the motor branch of the ulnar nerve (MUN) is previously described in order to restore intrinsic hand function. In this operation a segment of sural nerve graft is required to close the gap between the donor and recipient nerves. However the thenar muscles are not innervated by this nerve transfer. The aim of the present study was to evaluate whether the superficial radial nerve (SRN) can be used as an "in situ vascular nerve graft" to connect the donor nerves to the MUN and the motor branch of median nerve (MMN) at the same time in order to address all denervated intrinsic and thenar muscles. Twenty fresh male cadavers were dissected in order to evaluate the feasibility of this modification of technique. The size of nerve branches, the number of axons and the tension at repair site were evaluated. This nerve transfer was technically feasible in all specimens. There was no significant size mismatch between the donor and recipient nerves Conclusions: The possible advantages of this modification include innervation of both median and ulnar nerve innervated intrinsic muscles, preservation of vascularity of the nerve graft which might accelerate the nerve regeneration, avoidance of leg incision and therefore the possibility of performing surgery under regional instead of general anesthesia. Briefly, this novel technique is a viable option which can be used instead of conventional nerve graft in some brachial plexus or combined high median and ulnar nerve injuries when restoration of intrinsic hand function by transfer of posterior interosseous nerve branches is attempted.

  14. Intramolecular Charge Transfer States in the Condensed Phase

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Williams, C. F.; Herbert, J. M.

    2009-06-01

    Time-Dependent Density Functional Theory (TDDFT) with long range corrected functionals can give accurate results for the energies of electronically excited states involving Intramolecular Charge Transfer (ICT) in large molecules. If this is combined with a Molecular Mechanics (MM) representation of the surrounding solvent this technique can be used to interpret the results of condensed phase UV-Vis Spectroscopy. Often the MM region is represented by a set of point charges, however this means that the solvent cannot repolarize to adapt to the new charge distribution as a result of ICT and so the excitation energies to ICT states are overestimated. To solve this problem an algorithm that interfaces TDDFT with the polarizable force-field AMOEBA is presented; the effect of solvation on charge transfer in species such as 4,4'dimethylaminobenzonitrile (DMABN) is discussed. M.A. Rohrdanz, K.M. Martins, and J.M. Herbert, J. Chem. Phys. 130 034107 (2008).

  15. Transfer Technique Is Associated With Shoulder Pain and Pathology in People With Spinal Cord Injury: A Cross-Sectional Investigation.

    PubMed

    Hogaboom, Nathan S; Worobey, Lynn A; Boninger, Michael L

    2016-10-01

    To evaluate how transfer technique and subject characteristics relate to ultrasound measures of shoulder soft tissue pathology and self-reported shoulder pain during transfers in a sample of wheelchair users with spinal cord injury (SCI). Cross-sectional observational study. Research laboratory, national and local veterans' wheelchair sporting events. A convenience sample of wheelchair users (N=76) with nonprogressive SCI. Participants were aged >18 years, >1 year postinjury, and could complete repeated independent wheelchair transfers without the use of their leg muscles. Not applicable. Transfer pain items from the Wheelchair User's Shoulder Pain Index; transfer technique assessed using the Transfer Assessment Instrument (TAI); and shoulder pathology markers examined using the Ultrasound Shoulder Pathology Rating Scale (USPRS). Better transfer technique (higher TAI) correlated with less injury (lower USPRS) (partial η(2)=.062, P<.05) and less pain during transfers (partial η(2)=.049, P<.10). Greater age was the strongest predictor of greater pathology (USPRS total: partial η(2)=.225, supraspinatus grade: partial η(2)=.174, P<.01). An interaction between technique and weight was found (P<.10): participants with lower body weights showed a decrease in pathology markers with better transfer technique (low weight: R(2)=.422, P<.05; middle weight: R(2)=.200, P<.01), while those with higher weight showed little change with technique (R(2)=.018, P>.05). Participants with better transfer technique exhibited less shoulder pathology and reported less pain during transfers. The relationship between technique and pathology was strongest in lower-weight participants. While causation cannot be proven because of study design, it is possible that using a better transfer technique and optimizing body weight could reduce the incidence of shoulder pathology and pain. Copyright © 2016 American Congress of Rehabilitation Medicine. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  16. Assessment of autonomic response by broad-band respiration

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Berger, R. D.; Saul, J. P.; Cohen, R. J.

    1989-01-01

    We present a technique for introducing broad-band respiratory perturbations so that the response characteristics of the autonomic nervous system can be determined noninvasively over a wide range of physiologically relevant frequencies. A subject's respiratory bandwidth was broadened by breathing on cue to a sequence of audible tones spaced by Poisson intervals. The transfer function between the respiratory input and the resulting instantaneous heart rate was then computed using spectral analysis techniques. Results using this method are comparable to those found using traditional techniques, but are obtained with an economy of data collection.

  17. PubMed Central

    LABBÈ, D.; BUSSU, F.; IODICE, A.

    2012-01-01

    SUMMARY Long-standing peripheral monolateral facial paralysis in the adult has challenged otolaryngologists, neurologists and plastic surgeons for centuries. Notwithstanding, the ultimate goal of normality of the paralyzed hemi-face with symmetry at rest, and the achievement of a spontaneous symmetrical smile with corneal protection, has not been fully reached. At the beginning of the 20th century, the main options were neural reconstructions including accessory to facial nerve transfer and hypoglossal to facial nerve crossover. In the first half of the 20th century, various techniques for static correction with autologous temporalis muscle and fascia grafts were proposed as the techniques of Gillies (1934) and McLaughlin (1949). Cross-facial nerve grafts have been performed since the beginning of the 1970s often with the attempt to transplant free-muscle to restore active movements. However, these transplants were non-vascularized, and further evaluations revealed central fibrosis and minimal return of function. A major step was taken in the second half of the 1970s, with the introduction of microneurovascular muscle transfer in facial reanimation, which, often combined in two steps with a cross-facial nerve graft, has become the most popular option for the comprehensive treatment of long-standing facial paralysis. In the second half of the 1990s in France, a regional muscle transfer technique with the definite advantages of being one-step, technically easier and relatively fast, namely lengthening temporalis myoplasty, acquired popularity and consensus among surgeons treating facial paralysis. A total of 111 patients with facial paralysis were treated in Caen between 1997 and 2005 by a single surgeon who developed 2 variants of the technique (V1, V2), each with its advantages and disadvantages, but both based on the same anatomo-functional background and aim, which is transfer of the temporalis muscle tendon on the coronoid process to the lips. For a comprehensive treatment of the paralysis, the eyelids are usually managed by Paul Tessier's technique to lengthen the levator muscle of the upper eyelid by aponeurosis interposition, combined with external blepharorrhaphy with Krastinova-Lolov's technique. Facial reanimation using lengthening temporalis myoplasty is a dynamic procedure that has its roots in the techniques of Gillies and McLaughlin. This method is a true lengthening myoplasty procedure using no intermediate grafts. In general, the results with a 1-stage combination of lengthening temporalis myoplasty and static correction of the lagophthalmos appear comparable with the major series in the literature using free microneurovascular transfers combined with cross-facial nerve grafts for longstanding peripheral monolateral facial paralysis. The obvious advantages of temporalis elongation myoplasty consist in its technical ease, a single step, low incidence of complications and markedly reduced operating time. PMID:22767978

  18. A comprehensive approach to long-standing facial paralysis based on lengthening temporalis myoplasty.

    PubMed

    Labbè, D; Bussu, F; Iodice, A

    2012-06-01

    Long-standing peripheral monolateral facial paralysis in the adult has challenged otolaryngologists, neurologists and plastic surgeons for centuries. Notwithstanding, the ultimate goal of normality of the paralyzed hemi-face with symmetry at rest, and the achievement of a spontaneous symmetrical smile with corneal protection, has not been fully reached. At the beginning of the 20(th) century, the main options were neural reconstructions including accessory to facial nerve transfer and hypoglossal to facial nerve crossover. In the first half of the 20(th) century, various techniques for static correction with autologous temporalis muscle and fascia grafts were proposed as the techniques of Gillies (1934) and McLaughlin (1949). Cross-facial nerve grafts have been performed since the beginning of the 1970s often with the attempt to transplant free-muscle to restore active movements. However, these transplants were non-vascularized, and further evaluations revealed central fibrosis and minimal return of function. A major step was taken in the second half of the 1970s, with the introduction of microneurovascular muscle transfer in facial reanimation, which, often combined in two steps with a cross-facial nerve graft, has become the most popular option for the comprehensive treatment of long-standing facial paralysis. In the second half of the 1990s in France, a regional muscle transfer technique with the definite advantages of being one-step, technically easier and relatively fast, namely lengthening temporalis myoplasty, acquired popularity and consensus among surgeons treating facial paralysis. A total of 111 patients with facial paralysis were treated in Caen between 1997 and 2005 by a single surgeon who developed 2 variants of the technique (V1, V2), each with its advantages and disadvantages, but both based on the same anatomo-functional background and aim, which is transfer of the temporalis muscle tendon on the coronoid process to the lips. For a comprehensive treatment of the paralysis, the eyelids are usually managed by Paul Tessier's technique to lengthen the levator muscle of the upper eyelid by aponeurosis interposition, combined with external blepharorrhaphy with Krastinova-Lolov's technique. Facial reanimation using lengthening temporalis myoplasty is a dynamic procedure that has its roots in the techniques of Gillies and McLaughlin. This method is a true lengthening myoplasty procedure using no intermediate grafts. In general, the results with a 1-stage combination of lengthening temporalis myoplasty and static correction of the lagophthalmos appear comparable with the major series in the literature using free microneurovascular transfers combined with cross-facial nerve grafts for longstanding peripheral monolateral facial paralysis. The obvious advantages of temporalis elongation myoplasty consist in its technical ease, a single step, low incidence of complications and markedly reduced operating time.

  19. [A method of measuring presampled modulation transfer function using a rationalized approximation of geometrical edge slope].

    PubMed

    Honda, Michitaka

    2014-04-01

    Several improvements were implemented in the edge method of presampled modulation transfer function measurements (MTFs). The estimation technique for edge angle was newly developed by applying an algorithm for principal components analysis. The error in the estimation was statistically confirmed to be less than 0.01 even in the presence of quantum noise. Secondly, the geometrical edge slope was approximated using a rationalized number, making it possible to obtain an oversampled edge response function (ESF) with equal intervals. Thirdly, the final MTFs were estimated using the average of multiple MTFs calculated for local areas. This averaging operation eliminates the errors caused by the rationalized approximation. Computer-simulated images were used to evaluate the accuracy of our method. The relative error between the estimated MTF and the theoretical MTF at the Nyquist frequency was less than 0.5% when the MTF was expressed as a sinc function. For MTFs representing an indirect detector and phase-contrast detector, good agreement was also observed for the estimated MTFs for each. The high accuracy of the MTF estimation was also confirmed, even for edge angles of around 10 degrees, which suggests the potential for simplification of the measurement conditions. The proposed method could be incorporated into an automated measurement technique using a software application.

  20. Performance of SEM scintillation detector evaluated by modulation transfer function and detective quantum efficiency function.

    PubMed

    Bok, Jan; Schauer, Petr

    2014-01-01

    In the paper, the SEM detector is evaluated by the modulation transfer function (MTF) which expresses the detector's influence on the SEM image contrast. This is a novel approach, since the MTF was used previously to describe only the area imaging detectors, or whole imaging systems. The measurement technique and calculation of the MTF for the SEM detector are presented. In addition, the measurement and calculation of the detective quantum efficiency (DQE) as a function of the spatial frequency for the SEM detector are described. In this technique, the time modulated e-beam is used in order to create well-defined input signal for the detector. The MTF and DQE measurements are demonstrated on the Everhart-Thornley scintillation detector. This detector was alternated using the YAG:Ce, YAP:Ce, and CRY18 single-crystal scintillators. The presented MTF and DQE characteristics show good imaging properties of the detectors with the YAP:Ce or CRY18 scintillator, especially for a specific type of the e-beam scan. The results demonstrate the great benefit of the description of SEM detectors using the MTF and DQE. In addition, point-by-point and continual-sweep e-beam scans in SEM were discussed and their influence on the image quality was revealed using the MTF. © 2013 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

  1. Nanomoulding of Functional Materials, a Versatile Complementary Pattern Replication Method to Nanoimprinting

    PubMed Central

    Battaglia, Corsin; Söderström, Karin; Escarré, Jordi; Haug, Franz-Josef; Despeisse, Matthieu; Ballif, Christophe

    2013-01-01

    We describe a nanomoulding technique which allows low-cost nanoscale patterning of functional materials, materials stacks and full devices. Nanomoulding combined with layer transfer enables the replication of arbitrary surface patterns from a master structure onto the functional material. Nanomoulding can be performed on any nanoimprinting setup and can be applied to a wide range of materials and deposition processes. In particular we demonstrate the fabrication of patterned transparent zinc oxide electrodes for light trapping applications in solar cells. PMID:23380874

  2. Human factors considerations for training astronauts to function effectively in multiple environments

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Cohen, Malcolm M.

    1991-01-01

    This paper reviews some of the basic issues involved in training individuals to function appropriately under the several conditions that comprise the aerospace environment. The topic of transfer of training is examined in some detail, and the use of high-fidelity simulators in various training programs is discussed. Both current and classical techniques used to train astronauts are noted, and some relatively new and innovative training techniques and methods are described. Particularly, the paper discusses an important aspect of functioning appropriately in a given environment that is based on how well the operator calibrates his motor activity for that specific environment. The role of motor-sensory feedback for the acquisition of motor skills is discussed in the context of training.

  3. Correcting bulk in-plane motion artifacts in MRI using the point spread function.

    PubMed

    Lin, Wei; Wehrli, Felix W; Song, Hee Kwon

    2005-09-01

    A technique is proposed for correcting both translational and rotational motion artifacts in magnetic resonance imaging without the need to collect additional navigator data or to perform intensive postprocessing. The method is based on measuring the point spread function (PSF) by attaching one or two point-sized markers to the main imaging object. Following the isolation of a PSF marker from the acquired image, translational motion could be corrected directly from the modulation transfer function, without the need to determine the object's positions during the scan, although the shifts could be extracted if desired. Rotation is detected by analyzing the relative displacements of two such markers. The technique was evaluated with simulations, phantom and in vivo experiments.

  4. Alkylation effects on the energy transfer of highly vibrationally excited naphthalene.

    PubMed

    Hsu, Hsu Chen; Tsai, Ming-Tsang; Dyakov, Yuri A; Ni, Chi-Kung

    2011-11-04

    The energy transfer of highly vibrationally excited isomers of dimethylnaphthalene and 2-ethylnaphthalene in collisions with krypton were investigated using crossed molecular beam/time-of-flight mass spectrometer/time-sliced velocity map ion imaging techniques at a collision energy of approximately 300 cm(-1). Angular-resolved energy-transfer distribution functions were obtained directly from the images of inelastic scattering. The results show that alkyl-substituted naphthalenes transfer more vibrational energy to translational energy than unsubstituted naphthalene. Alkylation enhances the V→T energy transfer in the range -ΔE(d)=-100~-1500 cm(-1) by approximately a factor of 2. However, the maximum values of V→T energy transfer for alkyl-substituted naphthalenes are about 1500~2000 cm(-1), which is similar to that of naphthalene. The lack of rotation-like wide-angle motion of the aromatic ring and no enhancement in very large V→T energy transfer, like supercollisions, indicates that very large V→T energy transfer requires special vibrational motions. This transfer cannot be achieved by the low-frequency vibrational motions of alkyl groups. Copyright © 2011 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  5. Fabrication of fixed implant prostheses using function bite impression technique (FBI technique).

    PubMed

    Suzuki, Yasunori; Shimpo, Hidemasa; Ohkubo, Chikahiro; Kurtz, Kenneth S

    2012-10-01

    The patient was partially edentulous, lacking both the first mandibular molars. The FBI and the conventional impression technique were used for the fabrication of implant-fixed prosthesis replacing the right and left molars, respectively. In the FBI technique, the definitive impression was made under occlusal force and functionally generated path (FGP) recording at the same time. The right and left occlusal contact areas were compared after completing the implant-fixed prosthesis rehabilitation. It has been suggested that accuracy of the impression and maxillomandibular registration is necessary to ensure a satisfactory long-term clinical outcome. The transfer of the exact position of the implants to the working cast is even more important because implants lack the mobility of natural teeth. There are displacement differences between implants and natural teeth under occlusal force. The FBI technique may compensate for this difference in accuracy. Using the FBI technique, a precise prosthesis could be produced by completing simultaneously the maxillomandibular registration, impression and FGP. Copyright © 2012 Japan Prosthodontic Society. All rights reserved.

  6. MEASURING COLLISIONLESS DAMPING IN HELIOSPHERIC PLASMAS USING FIELD–PARTICLE CORRELATIONS

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Klein, K. G.; Howes, G. G.

    2016-08-01

    An innovative field–particle correlation technique is proposed that uses single-point measurements of the electromagnetic fields and particle velocity distribution functions to investigate the net transfer of energy from fields to particles associated with the collisionless damping of turbulent fluctuations in weakly collisional plasmas, such as the solar wind. In addition to providing a direct estimate of the local rate of energy transfer between fields and particles, it provides vital new information about the distribution of that energy transfer in velocity space. This velocity-space signature can potentially be used to identify the dominant collisionless mechanism responsible for the damping of turbulentmore » fluctuations in the solar wind. The application of this novel field–particle correlation technique is illustrated using the simplified case of the Landau damping of Langmuir waves in an electrostatic 1D-1V Vlasov–Poisson plasma, showing that the procedure both estimates the local rate of energy transfer from the electrostatic field to the electrons and indicates the resonant nature of this interaction. Modifications of the technique to enable single-point spacecraft measurements of fields and particles to diagnose the collisionless damping of turbulent fluctuations in the solar wind are discussed, yielding a method with the potential to transform our ability to maximize the scientific return from current and upcoming spacecraft missions, such as the Magnetospheric Multiscale ( MMS ) and Solar Probe Plus missions.« less

  7. Heterotopic vascularized lymph node transfer to the medial calf without a skin paddle for restoration of lymphatic function: Proof of concept.

    PubMed

    Smith, Mark L; Molina, Bianca J; Dayan, Erez; Saint-Victor, Diane S; Kim, Julie N; Kahn, Eugene S; Kagen, Alexander; Dayan, Joseph H

    2017-01-01

    The use of heterotopic vascularized lymph node transfer (HVLNT) for the treatment of lower extremity lymphedema is still evolving. Current techniques, either place the lymph nodes in the thigh without a skin paddle or at the ankle requiring an unsightly and often bulky skin paddle for closure. We explored the feasibility of doing a below-knee transfer without a skin paddle using the medial sural vessels as recipient vessels and report our experience in 21 patients. A retrospective review of all patients who underwent HVLNT to the medial calf was performed. Postoperative magnetic resonance angiography (MRA) and lymphoscintigraphy (LS) were analyzed to assess lymph node viability and function after transfer. Twenty-one patients underwent HVLNT to the medial calf. Postoperative imaging was performed at an average of 11 months after surgery. Thirteen patients had postoperative MRA, of whom 12 demonstrated viable lymph nodes. Seven patients underwent postoperative LS, of whom three demonstrated uptake in the transferred nodes. In the other four patients, the injectate failed to reach the level of the proximal calf. We provide proof of concept that HVLNT to the lower leg using the medial sural vessels without a skin paddle can result in viable and functional lymph nodes in the setting of lower extremity lymphedema. J. Surg. Oncol. 2017;115:90-95. © 2016 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. © 2016 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

  8. Data base management system configuration specification. [computer storage devices

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Neiers, J. W.

    1979-01-01

    The functional requirements and the configuration of the data base management system are described. Techniques and technology which will enable more efficient and timely transfer of useful data from the sensor to the user, extraction of information by the user, and exchange of information among the users are demonstrated.

  9. Memory and Study Strategies for Optimal Learning.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Hamachek, Alice L.

    Study strategies are those specific reading skills that increase understanding, memory storage, and retrieval. Memory techniques are crucial to effective studying, and to subsequent performance in class and on written examinations. A major function of memory is to process information. Stimuli are picked up by sensory receptors and transferred to…

  10. An accurate registration technique for distorted images

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Delapena, Michele; Shaw, Richard A.; Linde, Peter; Dravins, Dainis

    1990-01-01

    Accurate registration of International Ultraviolet Explorer (IUE) images is crucial because the variability of the geometrical distortions that are introduced by the SEC-Vidicon cameras ensures that raw science images are never perfectly aligned with the Intensity Transfer Functions (ITFs) (i.e., graded floodlamp exposures that are used to linearize and normalize the camera response). A technique for precisely registering IUE images which uses a cross correlation of the fixed pattern that exists in all raw IUE images is described.

  11. Probing membrane protein structure using water polarization transfer solid-state NMR.

    PubMed

    Williams, Jonathan K; Hong, Mei

    2014-10-01

    Water plays an essential role in the structure and function of proteins, lipid membranes and other biological macromolecules. Solid-state NMR heteronuclear-detected (1)H polarization transfer from water to biomolecules is a versatile approach for studying water-protein, water-membrane, and water-carbohydrate interactions in biology. We review radiofrequency pulse sequences for measuring water polarization transfer to biomolecules, the mechanisms of polarization transfer, and the application of this method to various biological systems. Three polarization transfer mechanisms, chemical exchange, spin diffusion and NOE, manifest themselves at different temperatures, magic-angle-spinning frequencies, and pulse irradiations. Chemical exchange is ubiquitous in all systems examined so far, and spin diffusion plays the key role in polarization transfer within the macromolecule. Tightly bound water molecules with long residence times are rare in proteins at ambient temperature. The water polarization-transfer technique has been used to study the hydration of microcrystalline proteins, lipid membranes, and plant cell wall polysaccharides, and to derive atomic-resolution details of the kinetics and mechanism of ion conduction in channels and pumps. Using this approach, we have measured the water polarization transfer to the transmembrane domain of the influenza M2 protein to obtain information on the structure of this tetrameric proton channel. At short mixing times, the polarization transfer rates are site-specific and depend on the pH, labile protons, sidechain conformation, as well as the radial position of the residues in this four-helix bundle. Despite the multiple dependences, the initial transfer rates reflect the periodic nature of the residue positions from the water-filled pore, thus this technique provides a way of gleaning secondary structure information, helix tilt angle, and the oligomeric structure of membrane proteins. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  12. The free-energy barrier to hydride transfer across a dipalladium complex

    DOE PAGES

    Ramirez-Cuesta, Anibal J.

    2015-01-01

    We use density-functional theory molecular dynamics (DFT-MD) simulations to determine the hydride transfer coordinate between palladium centres of the crystallographically observed terminal hydride locations, Pd-Pd-H, originally postulated for the solution dynamics of the complex bis-NHC dipalladium hydride [{(MesIm)(2)CH2}(2)Pd2H][PF6], and then calculate the free-energy along this coordinate. We estimate the transfer barrier-height to be about 20 kcal mol(-1) with a hydride transfer rate in the order of seconds at room temperature. We validate our DFT-MD modelling using inelastic neutron scattering which reveals anharmonicity of the hydride environment that is so pronounced that there is complete failure of the harmonic model formore » the hydride ligand. The simulations are extended to high temperature to bring the H-transfer to a rate that is accessible to the simulation technique.« less

  13. [Nuclear transfer and therapeutic cloning].

    PubMed

    Xu, Xiao-Ming; Lei, An-Min; Hua, Jin-Lian; Dou, Zhong-Ying

    2005-03-01

    Nuclear transfer and therapeutic cloning have widespread and attractive prospects in animal agriculture and biomedical applications. We reviewed that the quality of oocytes and nuclear reprogramming of somatic donor cells were the main reasons of the common abnormalities in cloned animals and the low efficiency of cloning and showed the problems and outlets in therapeutic cloning, such as some basic problems in nuclear transfer affected clinical applications of therapeutic cloning. Study on isolation and culture of nuclear transfer embryonic stem (ntES) cells and specific differentiation of ntES cells into important functional cells should be emphasized and could enhance the efficiency. Adult stem cells could help to cure some great diseases, but could not replace therapeutic cloning. Ethics also impeded the development of therapeutic cloning. It is necessary to improve many techniques and reinforce the research of some basic theories, then somatic nuclear transfer and therapeutic cloning may apply to agriculture reproduction and benefit to human life better.

  14. Distal Nerve Transfers: A Perspective on the Future of Reconstructive Microsurgery.

    PubMed

    Chuang, David Chwei-Chin

    2018-05-16

     Nerve transfer can be broadly separated into two categories: proximal nerve graft and/or transfer and distal nerve transfer. The superiority of proximal nerve graft/transfer over distal nerve transfer strategy has been debated extensively, but which strategy is the best has not yet been defined. Each technique has its own advantages and disadvantages. However, proximal nerve graft/transfer is still the main reconstructive procedure based on the principle of "no diagnosis, then no treatment." Proximal nerve transfer can avoid iatrogenic injury where the lesion is still in continuity and neurolysis is the only procedure without further cutting the nerve.  Our clinical and experimental study show that proximal nerve grafts/transfers yield at least equal or better results compared to distal nerve transfers. Proximal nerve grafts/transfers remain the mainstay of my reconstructive strategy. Proximal nerve graft/transfer offers more accurate diagnosis and proper treatment to restore shoulder and elbow functions simultaneously. Distal nerve transfers can offer more efficient elbow flexion.  Combined, both strategies in primary nerve reconstruction are especially recommended when there is no healthy or not enough donor nerve available Distal nerve transfers should be considered as a complementary option for proximal nerve grafts/ transfers. Thieme Medical Publishers 333 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10001, USA.

  15. Bibliography on augmentation of convective heat and mass transfer-II

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Bergles, A.E.; Nirmalan, V.; Junkhan, G.H.

    1983-12-01

    Heat transfer augmentation has developed into a major specialty area in heat transfer research and development. This report presents and updated bibliography of world literature on augmentation. The literature is classified into passive augmentation techniques, which require no external power, and active techniques, which do require external power. The fifteen techniques are grouped in terms of their applications to the various modes of heat transfer. Mass transfer is included for completeness. Key words are included with each citation for technique/mode identification. The total number of publications cited is 3045, including 135 surveys of various techniques and 86 papers on performancemore » evaluation of passive techniques. Patents are not included, as they are the subject of a separate bibliographic report.« less

  16. Bibliography on augmentation of convective heat and mass transfer

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Bergles, A.E.; Webb, R.L.; Junkhan, G.H.

    1979-05-01

    Heat transfer augmentation has developed into a major specialty area in heat transfer research and development. A bibliography of world literature on augmentation is presented. The literature is classified into passive augmentation techniques, which require no external power, and active techniques, which do require external power. The fourteen techniques are grouped in terms of their application to the various modes of heat transfer. Mass transfer is included for completeness. Key words are included with each citation for technique/mode identification. The total number of publications cited is 1,967, including 75 surveys of various techniques and 42 papers on performance evaluation ofmore » passive techniques. Patents are not included as they will be the subject of a future topical report.« less

  17. Study of intermediates from transition metal excited-state electron-transfer reactions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hoffman, M. Z.

    1984-03-01

    Attention during the past year focused on MV(+)., the reduced methyl viologen radical cation, which is a precursor to the formation of H2 in the photosensitized reduction of water. Through the use of photochemical and radiation chemical techniques, the efficiency of interaction of MV(+). with colloidal Pt, the stability of MV(+). as a function of pH, the quantum yield of formation of MV(+). in the Ru(bpy)3(2+)/MV(2+)/EDTA system, and the formation of photoactive charge-transfer complexes between MV(2+) and sacrificial electron donors were studied.

  18. Methods for understanding microbial community structures and functions in microbial fuel cells: a review.

    PubMed

    Zhi, Wei; Ge, Zheng; He, Zhen; Zhang, Husen

    2014-11-01

    Microbial fuel cells (MFCs) employ microorganisms to recover electric energy from organic matter. However, fundamental knowledge of electrochemically active bacteria is still required to maximize MFCs power output for practical applications. This review presents microbiological and electrochemical techniques to help researchers choose the appropriate methods for the MFCs study. Pre-genomic and genomic techniques such as 16S rRNA based phylogeny and metagenomics have provided important information in the structure and genetic potential of electrode-colonizing microbial communities. Post-genomic techniques such as metatranscriptomics allow functional characterizations of electrode biofilm communities by quantifying gene expression levels. Isotope-assisted phylogenetic analysis can further link taxonomic information to microbial metabolisms. A combination of electrochemical, phylogenetic, metagenomic, and post-metagenomic techniques offers opportunities to a better understanding of the extracellular electron transfer process, which in turn can lead to process optimization for power output. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  19. Aerodynamic parameter estimation via Fourier modulating function techniques

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Pearson, A. E.

    1995-01-01

    Parameter estimation algorithms are developed in the frequency domain for systems modeled by input/output ordinary differential equations. The approach is based on Shinbrot's method of moment functionals utilizing Fourier based modulating functions. Assuming white measurement noises for linear multivariable system models, an adaptive weighted least squares algorithm is developed which approximates a maximum likelihood estimate and cannot be biased by unknown initial or boundary conditions in the data owing to a special property attending Shinbrot-type modulating functions. Application is made to perturbation equation modeling of the longitudinal and lateral dynamics of a high performance aircraft using flight-test data. Comparative studies are included which demonstrate potential advantages of the algorithm relative to some well established techniques for parameter identification. Deterministic least squares extensions of the approach are made to the frequency transfer function identification problem for linear systems and to the parameter identification problem for a class of nonlinear-time-varying differential system models.

  20. Comparison of encryption techniques between chaos theory and password for wireless power transfer system: A review

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hussin, N. H.; Azizan, M. M.; Ali, A.; Albreem, M. A. M.

    2017-09-01

    This paper reviews the techniques used in Wireless power transfer (WPT). WPT is one of the most useful ways to transfer power. Based on power transfer distances, the WPT system can be divided into three categories, namely, near, medium, and far fields. Inductive coupling and capacitive coupling contactless techniques are used in the near-field WPT. Magnetic resonant coupling technique is used in the medium-field WPT. Electromagnetic radiation is used in the far-field WPT. In addition, energy encryption plays a major role in ensuring that power is transferred to the true receiver. Therefore, this paper reviews the energy encryption techniques in WPT system. A comparison between different technique shows that the distance, efficiency, and number of receivers are the main factors in selecting the suitable energy encryption technique.

  1. Extracellular Vesicle Heterogeneity: Subpopulations, Isolation Techniques, and Diverse Functions in Cancer Progression.

    PubMed

    Willms, Eduard; Cabañas, Carlos; Mäger, Imre; Wood, Matthew J A; Vader, Pieter

    2018-01-01

    Cells release membrane enclosed nano-sized vesicles termed extracellular vesicles (EVs) that function as mediators of intercellular communication by transferring biological information between cells. Tumor-derived EVs have emerged as important mediators in cancer development and progression, mainly through transfer of their bioactive content which can include oncoproteins, oncogenes, chemokine receptors, as well as soluble factors, transcripts of proteins and miRNAs involved in angiogenesis or inflammation. This transfer has been shown to influence the metastatic behavior of primary tumors. Moreover, tumor-derived EVs have been shown to influence distant cellular niches, establishing favorable microenvironments that support growth of disseminated cancer cells upon their arrival at these pre-metastatic niches. It is generally accepted that cells release a number of major EV populations with distinct biophysical properties and biological functions. Exosomes, microvesicles, and apoptotic bodies are EV populations most widely studied and characterized. They are discriminated based primarily on their intracellular origin. However, increasing evidence suggests that even within these EV populations various subpopulations may exist. This heterogeneity introduces an extra level of complexity in the study of EV biology and function. For example, EV subpopulations could have unique roles in the intricate biological processes underlying cancer biology. Here, we discuss current knowledge regarding the role of subpopulations of EVs in cancer development and progression and highlight the relevance of EV heterogeneity. The position of tetraspanins and integrins therein will be highlighted. Since addressing EV heterogeneity has become essential for the EV field, current and novel techniques for isolating EV subpopulations will also be discussed. Further dissection of EV heterogeneity will advance our understanding of the critical roles of EVs in health and disease.

  2. Retropharyngeal Contralateral C7 Nerve Transfer to the Lower Trunk for Brachial Plexus Birth Injury: Technique and Results.

    PubMed

    Vu, Anthony T; Sparkman, Darlene M; van Belle, Christopher J; Yakuboff, Kevin P; Schwentker, Ann R

    2018-05-01

    Brachial plexus birth injuries with multiple nerve root avulsions present a particularly difficult reconstructive challenge because of the limited availability of donor nerves. The contralateral C7 has been described for brachial plexus reconstruction in adults but has not been well-studied in the pediatric population. We present our technique and results for retropharyngeal contralateral C7 nerve transfer to the lower trunk for brachial plexus birth injury. We performed a retrospective review. Any child aged less than 2 years was included. Charts were analyzed for patient demographic data, operative variables, functional outcomes, complications, and length of follow-up. We had a total of 5 patients. Average nerve graft length was 3 cm. All patients had return of hand sensation to the ulnar nerve distribution as evidenced by a pinch test, unprompted use of the recipient limb without mirror movement, and an Active Movement Scale (AMS) of at least 2/7 for finger and thumb flexion; one patient had an AMS of 7/7 for finger and thumb flexion. Only one patient had return of ulnar intrinsic hand function with an AMS of 3/7. Two patients had temporary triceps weakness in the donor limb and one had clinically insignificant temporary phrenic nerve paresis. No complications were related to the retropharyngeal nerve dissection in any patient. Average follow-up was 3.3 years. The retropharyngeal contralateral C7 nerve transfer is a safe way to supply extra axons to the severely injured arm in brachial plexus birth injuries with no permanent donor limb deficits. Early functional recovery in these patients, with regard to hand function and sensation, is promising. Therapeutic V. Copyright © 2018 American Society for Surgery of the Hand. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  3. Latissimus Dorsi Transfer in Posterior Irreparable Rotator Cuff Tears

    PubMed Central

    Anastasopoulos, Panagiotis P.; Alexiadis, George; Spyridonos, Sarantis; Fandridis, Emmanouil

    2017-01-01

    Background: Massive rotator cuff tears pose a difficult and complex challenge even for the experienced surgeon; inability to repair these tears by conventional means designates them as irreparable, while management becomes quite taxing. Several operative options have been suggested for the management of such lesions with varying degrees of success, while it is imperative to match patient demands and expectations to the predicted outcome. Methods: Research articles are examined and key concepts are discussed, in order to provide an evidence based review of the available literature. The anatomy and pathomechanics along with the indications, contraindications and surgical techniques are reported. Results: Transfer of the Latissimus dorsi has been used with success to restore shoulder function in deficits of the posterior rotator cuff. Although it can be used in a variety of settings, the ideal patient for a Latissimus dorsi tendon transfer is a young and active individual, with no glenohumeral osteoarthritis that has a severe disability and weakness related to an irreparable posterior cuff tear. Conclusion: Tendon transfers have proved to be a successful treatment option in salvaging this difficult problem, providing pain relief and restoring shoulder function. Despite the excellent functional outcomes and pain suppression following operation, a variety of factors may affect the outcome; thus making indications and preoperative assessment a valuable component. PMID:28400877

  4. Latissimus Dorsi Transfer in Posterior Irreparable Rotator Cuff Tears.

    PubMed

    Anastasopoulos, Panagiotis P; Alexiadis, George; Spyridonos, Sarantis; Fandridis, Emmanouil

    2017-01-01

    Massive rotator cuff tears pose a difficult and complex challenge even for the experienced surgeon; inability to repair these tears by conventional means designates them as irreparable, while management becomes quite taxing. Several operative options have been suggested for the management of such lesions with varying degrees of success, while it is imperative to match patient demands and expectations to the predicted outcome. Research articles are examined and key concepts are discussed, in order to provide an evidence based review of the available literature. The anatomy and pathomechanics along with the indications, contraindications and surgical techniques are reported. Transfer of the Latissimus dorsi has been used with success to restore shoulder function in deficits of the posterior rotator cuff. Although it can be used in a variety of settings, the ideal patient for a Latissimus dorsi tendon transfer is a young and active individual, with no glenohumeral osteoarthritis that has a severe disability and weakness related to an irreparable posterior cuff tear. Tendon transfers have proved to be a successful treatment option in salvaging this difficult problem, providing pain relief and restoring shoulder function. Despite the excellent functional outcomes and pain suppression following operation, a variety of factors may affect the outcome; thus making indications and preoperative assessment a valuable component.

  5. A Technique for Facile and Precise Transfer of Mouse Embryos

    PubMed Central

    Sarvari, Ali; Naderi, Mohammad Mehdi; Sadeghi, Mohammad Reza; Akhondi, Mohammad Mehdi

    2013-01-01

    Background Successful Embryo Transfer (ET) technique is a fateful step of all efforts to achieve live births from in vitro produced embryos in assisted reproductive techniques or in knockout, transgenic or cloned animal projects. Small reproductive tract of mice and limitation of current techniques may not well satisfy the requirements for mass production of genetically modified mice. Genetic abnormalities of embryos, receptivity and uterine contractions, expulsion of embryos, blood, mucus or bacterial contamination on the transfer pipette tip, technical problems and even animal strain may affect embryo transfer outcome. Methods In this study, two techniques of embryo transfer in mice were compared. In conventional technique the oviduct wall was punctured with a 30-gauge needle and the loaded Pasteur pipette with embryos and medium was inserted into the hole. In new technique, embryos that were loaded in modified micropipette with minimal medium were transferred directly to the oviduct by manual piston micro-pump easily. Embryo viability was evaluated considering the percentage of live healthy newborns. Results Results of the two techniques were compared by t-test within the NPAR1WAY procedure of SAS software (ver. 9.2). The average live birth rates in the novel methods was significantly higher (42.4%) than the conventional method (21.7%, p<0.05). Conclusion In conclusion, using new embryo transfer technique improved birth rate by preventing embryos expulsion from the oviduct, saving time and easy transfer of embryos with minimum volume of medium. PMID:23626878

  6. Balance Contrast Enhancement using piecewise linear stretching

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Rahavan, R. V.; Govil, R. C.

    1993-04-01

    Balance Contrast Enhancement is one of the techniques employed to produce color composites with increased color contrast. It equalizes the three images used for color composition in range and mean. This results in a color composite with large variation in hue. Here, it is shown that piecewise linear stretching can be used for performing the Balance Contrast Enhancement. In comparison with the Balance Contrast Enhancement Technique using parabolic segment as transfer function (BCETP), the method presented here is algorithmically simple, constraint-free and produces comparable results.

  7. Performance of Optimized Actuator and Sensor Arrays in an Active Noise Control System

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Palumbo, D. L.; Padula, S. L.; Lyle, K. H.; Cline, J. H.; Cabell, R. H.

    1996-01-01

    Experiments have been conducted in NASA Langley's Acoustics and Dynamics Laboratory to determine the effectiveness of optimized actuator/sensor architectures and controller algorithms for active control of harmonic interior noise. Tests were conducted in a large scale fuselage model - a composite cylinder which simulates a commuter class aircraft fuselage with three sections of trim panel and a floor. Using an optimization technique based on the component transfer functions, combinations of 4 out of 8 piezoceramic actuators and 8 out of 462 microphone locations were evaluated against predicted performance. A combinatorial optimization technique called tabu search was employed to select the optimum transducer arrays. Three test frequencies represent the cases of a strong acoustic and strong structural response, a weak acoustic and strong structural response and a strong acoustic and weak structural response. Noise reduction was obtained using a Time Averaged/Gradient Descent (TAGD) controller. Results indicate that the optimization technique successfully predicted best and worst case performance. An enhancement of the TAGD control algorithm was also evaluated. The principal components of the actuator/sensor transfer functions were used in the PC-TAGD controller. The principal components are shown to be independent of each other while providing control as effective as the standard TAGD.

  8. A mini-invasive adductor magnus tendon transfer technique for medial patellofemoral ligament reconstruction: a technical note.

    PubMed

    Sillanpää, Petri J; Mäenpää, Heikki M; Mattila, Ville M; Visuri, Tuomo; Pihlajamäki, Harri

    2009-05-01

    Patellar dislocations are associated with injuries to the medial patellofemoral ligament (MPFL). Several techniques for MPFL reconstruction have been recently published with some disadvantages involved, including large skin incisions and donor site morbidity. Arthroscopic stabilizing techniques carry the potential of inadequate restoration of MPFL function. We present a minimally invasive technique for MPFL reconstruction using adductor magnus tendon autograft. This technique is easily performed, safe, and provides a stabilizing effect equal to current MPFL reconstructions. Skin incision of only 3-4 cm is located at the level of the proximal half of the patella. After identifying the distal insertion of the adductor magnus tendon, a tendon harvester is introduced to harvest the medial two-thirds of the tendon, while the distal insertion is left intact. The adductor magnus tendon is cut at 12-14 cm from its distal insertion and transferred into the patellar medial margin. Two suture anchors are inserted through the same incision at the superomedial aspect of the patella in the anatomic MPFL origin. The graft is tightened at 30 degrees knee flexion. Aftercare includes 4 weeks of brace treatment with restricted range of motion.

  9. Ubiquitous Learning Website: Scaffold Learners by Mobile Devices with Information-Aware Techniques

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Chen, G. D.; Chang, C. K.; Wang, C. Y.

    2008-01-01

    The portability and immediate communication properties of mobile devices influence the learning processes in interacting with peers, accessing resources and transferring data. For example, the short message and browsing functions in a cell phone provide users with timely and adaptive information access. Although many studies of mobile learning…

  10. Measurement techniques for the characterization in the frequency domain of regulated energy-storage DC-to-DC converters. M.S. Thesis

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bahler, D. D.

    1978-01-01

    Procedures are presented for obtaining valid frequency-domain transfer functions of regulated reactor energy-storage dc-to-dc converters. These procedures are for measuring loop gain, closed loop gain, output impedance, and audio susceptibility. The applications of these measurements are discussed.

  11. RTE: A UNIX library with on-line documentation and sample programs for microwave radiative transfer calculations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Reynolds, J. C.; Schroeder, J. A.

    1993-03-01

    The FORTRAN library that the NOAA Wave Propagation Laboratory (WPL) developed to perform radiative transfer calculations for an upward-looking microwave radiometer is described. Although the theory and algorithms have been used for many years in WPL radiometer research, the Radiative Transfer Equation (RTE) software has combined them into a toolbox that is portable, readable, application independent, and easy to update. RTE has been optimized for the UNIX environment. However, the FORTRAN source code can be compiled on any platform that provides a Standard FORTRAN 77 compiler. RTE allows a user to do cloud modeling, calibrate radiometers, simulate hypothetical radiometer systems, develop retrieval techniques, and compute weighting functions. The radiative transfer model used is valid for channel frequencies below 1000 GHz in clear conditions and for frequencies below 100 GHz when clouds are present.

  12. Probe-based measurement of lateral single-electron transfer between individual molecules

    PubMed Central

    Steurer, Wolfram; Fatayer, Shadi; Gross, Leo; Meyer, Gerhard

    2015-01-01

    The field of molecular electronics aims at using single molecules as functional building blocks for electronics components, such as switches, rectifiers or transistors. A key challenge is to perform measurements with atomistic control over the alignment of the molecule and its contacting electrodes. Here we use atomic force microscopy to examine charge transfer between weakly coupled pentacene molecules on insulating films with single-electron sensitivity and control over the atomistic details. We show that, in addition to the imaging capability, the probe tip can be used to control the charge state of individual molecules and to detect charge transfers to/from the tip, as well as between individual molecules. Our approach represents a novel route for molecular charge transfer studies with a host of opportunities, especially in combination with single atom/molecule manipulation and nanopatterning techniques. PMID:26387533

  13. Breakup and n -transfer effects on the fusion reactions Li,76+Sn,119120 around the Coulomb barrier

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fisichella, M.; Shotter, A. C.; Figuera, P.; Lubian, J.; Di Pietro, A.; Fernandez-Garcia, J. P.; Ferreira, J. L.; Lattuada, M.; Lotti, P.; Musumarra, A.; Pellegriti, M. G.; Ruiz, C.; Scuderi, V.; Strano, E.; Torresi, D.; Zadro, M.

    2017-03-01

    This paper presents values of complete fusion cross sections deduced from activation measurements for the reactions 6Li+120Sn and 7Li+119Sn , and for a projectile energy range from 17.5 to 28 MeV in the center-of-mass system. A new deconvolution analysis technique is used to link the basic activation data to the actual fusion excitation function. The complete fusion cross sections above the barrier are suppressed by about 70 % and 85 % with respect to the universal fusion function, used as a standard reference, in the 6Li and 7Li induced reactions, respectively. From a comparison of the excitation functions of the two systems at energies below the barrier, no significant differences can be observed, despite the two systems have different n -transfer Q values. This observation is supported by the results of coupled reaction channels (CRC) calculations.

  14. Photographic Image Restoration

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hite, Gerald E.

    1991-01-01

    Deblurring capabilities would significantly improve the Flight Science Support Office's ability to monitor the effects of lift-off on the shuttle and landing on the orbiter. A deblurring program was written and implemented to extract information from blurred images containing a straight line or edge and to use that information to deblur the image. The program was successfully applied to an image blurred by improper focussing and two blurred by different amounts of blurring. In all cases, the reconstructed modulation transfer function not only had the same zero contours as the Fourier transform of the blurred image but the associated point spread function also had structure not easily described by simple parameterizations. The difficulties posed by the presence of noise in the blurred image necessitated special consideration. An amplitude modification technique was developed for the zero contours of the modulation transfer function at low to moderate frequencies and a smooth filter was used to suppress high frequency noise.

  15. Practical Loop-Shaping Design of Feedback Control Systems

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kopasakis, George

    2010-01-01

    An improved methodology for designing feedback control systems has been developed based on systematically shaping the loop gain of the system to meet performance requirements such as stability margins, disturbance attenuation, and transient response, while taking into account the actuation system limitations such as actuation rates and range. Loop-shaping for controls design is not new, but past techniques do not directly address how to systematically design the controller to maximize its performance. As a result, classical feedback control systems are designed predominantly using ad hoc control design approaches such as proportional integral derivative (PID), normally satisfied when a workable solution is achieved, without a good understanding of how to maximize the effectiveness of the control design in terms of competing performance requirements, in relation to the limitations of the plant design. The conception of this improved methodology was motivated by challenges in designing control systems of the types needed for supersonic propulsion. But the methodology is generally applicable to any classical control-system design where the transfer function of the plant is known or can be evaluated. In the case of a supersonic aerospace vehicle, a major challenge is to design the system to attenuate anticipated external and internal disturbances, using such actuators as fuel injectors and valves, bypass doors, and ramps, all of which are subject to limitations in actuator response, rates, and ranges. Also, for supersonic vehicles, with long slim type of structures, coupling between the engine and the structural dynamics can produce undesirable effects that could adversely affect vehicle stability and ride quality. In order to design distributed controls that can suppress these potential adverse effects, within the full capabilities of the actuation system, it is important to employ a systematic control design methodology such as this that can maximize the effectiveness of the control design in a methodical and quantifiable way. The emphasis is in generating simple but rather powerful design techniques that will allow even designers with a layman s knowledge in controls to develop effective feedback control designs. Unlike conventional ad hoc methodologies of feedback control design, in this approach actuator rates are incorporated into the design right from the start: The relation between actuator speeds and the desired control bandwidth of the system is established explicitly. The technique developed is demonstrated via design examples in a step-by-step tutorial way. Given the actuation system rates and range limits together with design specifications in terms of stability margins, disturbance rejection, and transient response, the procedure involves designing the feedback loop gain to meet the requirements and maximizing the control system effectiveness, without exceeding the actuation system limits and saturating the controller. Then knowing the plant transfer function, the procedure involves designing the controller so that the controller transfer function together with the plant transfer function equate to the designed loop gain. The technique also shows what the limitations of the controller design are and how to trade competing design requirements such as stability margins and disturbance rejection. Finally, the technique is contrasted against other more familiar control design techniques, like PID control, to show its advantages.

  16. Using a Full Complex Site Transfer Function to Estimate Strong Ground Motion in Port-au-Prince (Haiti).

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    ST Fleur, S.; Courboulex, F.; Bertrand, E.; Mercier De Lepinay, B. F.; Hough, S. E.; Boisson, D.; Momplaisir, R.

    2017-12-01

    To assess the possible impact of a future earthquake in the urban area of Port-au-Prince (Haiti), we have implemented a simulation approach for complex ground motions produced by an earthquake. To this end, we have integrated local site effect in the prediction of strong ground motions in Port-au-Prince using the complex transfer functions method, which takes into account amplitude changes as well as phase changes. This technique is particularly suitable for basins where a conventional 1D digital approach proves inadequate, as is the case in Port-au-Prince. To do this, we use the results of the Standard Spectral Ratio (SSR) approach of St Fleur et al. (2016) to estimate the amplitude of the response of the site to a nearby rock site. Then, we determine the phase difference between sites, interpreted as changes in the phase of the signal related to local site conditions, using the signals of the 2010 earthquake aftershocks records. Finally, the accelerogram of the simulated earthquake is obtain using the technique of the inverse Fourier transform. The results of this study showed that the strongest soil motions are expected in neighborhoods of downtown Port-au-Prince and adjacent hills. In addition, this simulation method by complex transfer functions was validated by comparison with recorded actual data. Our simulated response spectra reproduce very well both the amplitude and the shape of the response spectra of recorded earthquakes. This new approach allowed to reproduce the lengthening of the signal that could be generated by surface waves at certain stations in the city of Port-au-Prince. However, two points of vigilance must be considered: (1) a good signal-to-noise ratio is necessary to obtain a robust estimate of the site-reference phase shift (ratio at least equal to 10); (2) unless the amplitude and phase changes are measured on strong motion records, this technique does not take non-linear effects into account.

  17. A General Approach to the Geostationary Transfer Orbit Mission Recovery

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Faber, Nicolas; Aresini, Andrea; Wauthier, Pascal; Francken, Philippe

    2007-01-01

    This paper discusses recovery scenarios for geosynchronous satellites injected in a non-nominal orbit due to a launcher underperformance. The theory on minimum-fuel orbital transfers is applied to develop an operational tool capable to design a recovery mission. To obtain promising initial guesses for the recovery three complementary techniques are used: p-optimized impulse function contouring, a numerical impulse function minimization and the solutions to the switching equations. The tool evaluates the feasibility of a recovery with the on-board propellant of the spacecraft and performs the complete mission design. This design takes into account for various mission operational constraints such as e.g., the requirement of multiple finite-duration burns, third-body orbital perturbations, spacecraft attitude constraints and ground station visibility. In a final case study, we analyze the consequences of a premature breakdown of an upper rocket stage engine during injection on a geostationary transfer orbit, as well as the possible recovery solution with the satellite on-board propellant.

  18. Fabrication of metal nanopatterns for organic field effect transistor electrodes by cracking and transfer printing

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wang, Xiaonan; Fu, Tingting; Wang, Zhe

    2018-04-01

    In this paper, we demonstrate a novel method for fabricating metal nanopatterns using cracking to address the limitations of traditional techniques. Parallel crack arrays were created in a polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) mold using a combination of surface modification and control of strain fields. The elastic PDMS containing the crack arrays was subsequently used as a stamp to prepare nanoscale metal patterns on a substrate by transfer printing. To illustrate the functionality of this technique, we employed the metal patterns as the source and drain contacts of an organic field effect transistor. Using this approach, we fabricated transistors with channel lengths ranging from 70-600 nm. The performance of these devices when the channel length was reduced was studied. The drive current density increases as expected, indicating the creation of operational transistors with recognizable properties.

  19. Examination of swallowing maneuver training and transfer of practiced behaviors to laryngeal vestibule kinematics in functional swallowing of healthy adults

    PubMed Central

    Guedes, Renata; Azola, Alba; Macrae, Phoebe; Sunday, Kirstyn; Mejia, Veerley; Vose, Alicia; Humbert, Ianessa A.

    2017-01-01

    Swallowing maneuvers are routinely trained in dysphagia rehabilitation with the assumption that practiced behaviors transfer to functional swallowing, however transfer is rarely examined in the deglutition literature. The goal of this study was to train the volitional laryngeal vestibule closure (vLVC) maneuver, which is a swallowing maneuver that targets prolonged laryngeal vestibule closure (LVC). In two different training experiments, 69 healthy adults underwent Long-hold (hold vLVC as long as possible) or Short-hold vLVC training (hold vLVC for 2 seconds). Before and after vLVC training, natural swallows (swallowing without a therapeutic technique) were completed. The outcome variables included laryngeal vestibule closure reaction time and the duration of laryngeal vestibule closure. Results indicate that during both Long-hold and Short-hold vLVC trainings, vLVC swallows had faster laryngeal vestibule closure reaction times and longer durations of laryngeal vestibule closure than in pre-training 5ml liquid swallows. However, only faster laryngeal vestibule closure reaction times transferred to post-training 5ml liquid swallows (20–24% faster), but not prolonged durations of laryngeal vestibule closure. Our findings suggest that swallowing maneuver training has the potential to induce transfer of what was practiced to functional swallowing behavior, although not all practiced behaviors may generalize. These findings are significant for bolstering the effectiveness of dysphagia management medical settings and should be tested in individuals with dysphagia. PMID:28322908

  20. Examination of swallowing maneuver training and transfer of practiced behaviors to laryngeal vestibule kinematics in functional swallowing of healthy adults.

    PubMed

    Guedes, Renata; Azola, Alba; Macrae, Phoebe; Sunday, Kirstyn; Mejia, Veerley; Vose, Alicia; Humbert, Ianessa A

    2017-05-15

    Swallowing maneuvers are routinely trained in dysphagia rehabilitation with the assumption that practiced behaviors transfer to functional swallowing, however transfer is rarely examined in the deglutition literature. The goal of this study was to train the volitional laryngeal vestibule closure (vLVC) maneuver, which is a swallowing maneuver that targets prolonged laryngeal vestibule closure (LVC). In two different training experiments, 69 healthy adults underwent Long-hold (hold vLVC as long as possible) or Short-hold vLVC training (hold vLVC for 2s). Before and after vLVC training, natural swallows (swallowing without a therapeutic technique) were completed. The outcome variables included laryngeal vestibule closure reaction time and the duration of laryngeal vestibule closure. Results indicate that during both Long-hold and Short-hold vLVC trainings, vLVC swallows had faster laryngeal vestibule closure reaction times and longer durations of laryngeal vestibule closure than in pre-training 5ml liquid swallows. However, only faster laryngeal vestibule closure reaction times transferred to post-training 5ml liquid swallows (20-24% faster), but not prolonged durations of laryngeal vestibule closure. Our findings suggest that swallowing maneuver training has the potential to induce transfer of what was practiced to functional swallowing behavior, although not all practiced behaviors may generalize. These findings are significant for bolstering the effectiveness of dysphagia management in medical settings and should be tested in individuals with dysphagia. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  1. Nerve Transfer Surgery for Penetrating Upper Extremity Injuries

    PubMed Central

    Karamanos, Efstathios; Rakitin, Ilya; Dream, Sophie; Siddiqui, Aamir

    2018-01-01

    Context Nerve transfer surgery is an option for repair of penetrating injuries of the upper extremity. In the right setting, it has advantages over tendon transfers and nerve grafting. Objective To review our experience since 2006 of nerve transfer surgery in the upper extremities. Design We included cases performed to repair penetrating trauma within three months of injury with at least three years’ follow-up. Main Outcome Measures Preoperative and postoperative muscle strength of the affected extremity. Results All 16 patients were males aged 16 to 43 years. Six patients underwent nerve transfer surgery because of elbow flexion; 5, finger extension; 3, finger flexion; and 2, wrist pronation. Nine patients (56%) had associated vascular injury, and 4 (25%) had fractures. Average follow-up was 6 years. No perioperative complications occurred. Patients had a mean of 3.7 operations after the initial trauma. All patients received physical therapy. All patients improved from 0 of 5 muscle strength preoperatively to a mean of 3.8 (range = 2/5 to 5/5) within 1 year after surgery. In all cases, strength was maintained, and 8 (50%) had continued improvement after Year 1. Ten (63%) returned to their previous employment level. Mean Disabilities of the Arm, Shoulder and Hand score improved from 68 to 83 postoperatively. Conclusion Nerve transfer is a safe, effective technique for correcting penetrating trauma-related nerve injury. In appropriate patients it offers advantages over other techniques. Outcomes can be maintained long term, and many patients can return to their previous level of function. PMID:29702048

  2. Millimeter-wave monolithic integrated circuit characterization by a picosecond optoelectronic technique

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hung, Hing-Loi A.; Smith, Thane; Huang, Ho C.; Polak-Dingels, Penny; Webb, Kevin J.

    1989-08-01

    The characterization of microwave and millimeter-wave monolithic integrated circits (MIMICs) using picosecond pulse-sampling techniques is developed with emphasis on improving broadband coverage and measurement accuracy. GaAs photoconductive swithces are used for signal generation and sampling operations. The measured time-domain response allows the spectral transfer function of the MIMIC to be obtained. This measurement technique is verified by characterization of the frequency response (magnitude and phase) of a reference 50-ohm microstrip line and a two-stage Ka-band MIMIC amplifier. The measured broadband results agree with those obtained from conventional frequency-domain measurements using a network analyzer. The application of this optical technique to on-wafer MIMIC characterization is described.

  3. Functional Interfaces Constructed by Controlled/Living Radical Polymerization for Analytical Chemistry.

    PubMed

    Wang, Huai-Song; Song, Min; Hang, Tai-Jun

    2016-02-10

    The high-value applications of functional polymers in analytical science generally require well-defined interfaces, including precisely synthesized molecular architectures and compositions. Controlled/living radical polymerization (CRP) has been developed as a versatile and powerful tool for the preparation of polymers with narrow molecular weight distributions and predetermined molecular weights. Among the CRP system, atom transfer radical polymerization (ATRP) and reversible addition-fragmentation chain transfer (RAFT) are well-used to develop new materials for analytical science, such as surface-modified core-shell particles, monoliths, MIP micro- or nanospheres, fluorescent nanoparticles, and multifunctional materials. In this review, we summarize the emerging functional interfaces constructed by RAFT and ATRP for applications in analytical science. Various polymers with precisely controlled architectures including homopolymers, block copolymers, molecular imprinted copolymers, and grafted copolymers were synthesized by CRP methods for molecular separation, retention, or sensing. We expect that the CRP methods will become the most popular technique for preparing functional polymers that can be broadly applied in analytical chemistry.

  4. Optimal Experiment Design for Thermal Characterization of Functionally Graded Materials

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Cole, Kevin D.

    2003-01-01

    The purpose of the project was to investigate methods to accurately verify that designed , materials meet thermal specifications. The project involved heat transfer calculations and optimization studies, and no laboratory experiments were performed. One part of the research involved study of materials in which conduction heat transfer predominates. Results include techniques to choose among several experimental designs, and protocols for determining the optimum experimental conditions for determination of thermal properties. Metal foam materials were also studied in which both conduction and radiation heat transfer are present. Results of this work include procedures to optimize the design of experiments to accurately measure both conductive and radiative thermal properties. Detailed results in the form of three journal papers have been appended to this report.

  5. Supercharged end-to-side anterior interosseous to ulnar motor nerve transfer for intrinsic musculature reinnervation.

    PubMed

    Barbour, John; Yee, Andrew; Kahn, Lorna C; Mackinnon, Susan E

    2012-10-01

    Functional motor recovery after peripheral nerve injury is predominantly determined by the time to motor end plate reinnervation and the absolute number of regenerated motor axons that reach target. Experimental models have shown that axonal regeneration occurs across a supercharged end-to-side (SETS) nerve coaptation. In patients with a recovering proximal ulnar nerve injury, a SETS nerve transfer conceptually is useful to protect and preserve distal motor end plates until the native axons fully regenerate. In addition, for nerve injuries in which incomplete regeneration is anticipated, a SETS nerve transfer may be useful to augment the regenerating nerve with additional axons and to more quickly reinnervate target muscle. We describe our technique for a SETS nerve transfer of the terminal anterior interosseous nerve (AIN) to the pronator quadratus muscle (PQ) end-to-side to the deep motor fascicle of the ulnar nerve in the distal forearm. In addition, we describe our postoperative therapy regimen for these transfers and an evaluation tool for monitoring progressive muscle reinnervation. Although the AIN-to-ulnar motor group SETS nerve transfer was specifically designed for ulnar nerve injuries, we believe that the SETS procedure might have broad clinical utility for second- and third-degree axonotmetic nerve injuries, to augment partial recovery and/or "babysit" motor end plates until the native parent axons regenerate to target. We would consider all donor nerves currently utilized in end-to-end nerve transfers for neurotmetic injuries as candidates for this SETS technique. Copyright © 2012 American Society for Surgery of the Hand. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  6. Free Neurovascular Latissimus Dorsi Muscle Transplantation for Reconstruction of Hip Abductors.

    PubMed

    Barrera-Ochoa, Sergi; Collado-Delfa, Jose Manuel; Sallent, Andrea; Lluch, Alejandro; Velez, Roberto

    2017-09-01

    Resection of tumors affecting the hip abductors can cause significant decrease in muscle strength and may lead to abnormal gait and poor function. We present a case report showing full functional recovery after resection of a synovial sarcoma affecting the right gluteus medius and minimus muscles with reconstruction free neurovascular latissimus dorsi muscle transplantation. The latissimus dorsi muscle was harvested following standard technique and fixed to the ilium and the greater trochanter. Receptor vessels were end-to-end anastomosed to the subscapular vessels followed by an end-to-end epineural suture between the superior gluteal nerve and the thoracodorsal nerve. A year after surgery, there is no evidence of recurrent disease; electromyographic analysis shows complete reinnervation of the latissimus dorsi muscle flap, and the patient has achieved full functional recovery. Free functional latisimus dorsi transfer could be considered as a viable reconstruction technique after hip abductors resection in tumor surgery.

  7. SFG synthesis of general high-order all-pass and all-pole current transfer functions using CFTAs.

    PubMed

    Tangsrirat, Worapong

    2014-01-01

    An approach of using the signal flow graph (SFG) technique to synthesize general high-order all-pass and all-pole current transfer functions with current follower transconductance amplifiers (CFTAs) and grounded capacitors has been presented. For general nth-order systems, the realized all-pass structure contains at most n + 1 CFTAs and n grounded capacitors, while the all-pole lowpass circuit requires only n CFTAs and n grounded capacitors. The resulting circuits obtained from the synthesis procedure are resistor-less structures and especially suitable for integration. They also exhibit low-input and high-output impedances and also convenient electronic controllability through the g m-value of the CFTA. Simulation results using real transistor model parameters ALA400 are also included to confirm the theory.

  8. SFG Synthesis of General High-Order All-Pass and All-Pole Current Transfer Functions Using CFTAs

    PubMed Central

    Tangsrirat, Worapong

    2014-01-01

    An approach of using the signal flow graph (SFG) technique to synthesize general high-order all-pass and all-pole current transfer functions with current follower transconductance amplifiers (CFTAs) and grounded capacitors has been presented. For general nth-order systems, the realized all-pass structure contains at most n + 1 CFTAs and n grounded capacitors, while the all-pole lowpass circuit requires only n CFTAs and n grounded capacitors. The resulting circuits obtained from the synthesis procedure are resistor-less structures and especially suitable for integration. They also exhibit low-input and high-output impedances and also convenient electronic controllability through the g m-value of the CFTA. Simulation results using real transistor model parameters ALA400 are also included to confirm the theory. PMID:24688375

  9. Separation of presampling and postsampling modulation transfer functions in infrared sensor systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Espinola, Richard L.; Olson, Jeffrey T.; O'Shea, Patrick D.; Hodgkin, Van A.; Jacobs, Eddie L.

    2006-05-01

    New methods of measuring the modulation transfer function (MTF) of electro-optical sensor systems are investigated. These methods are designed to allow the separation and extraction of presampling and postsampling components from the total system MTF. The presampling MTF includes all the effects prior to the sampling stage of the imaging process, such as optical blur and detector shape. The postsampling MTF includes all the effects after sampling, such as interpolation filters and display characteristics. Simulation and laboratory measurements are used to assess the utility of these techniques. Knowledge of these components and inclusion into sensor models, such as the U.S. Army RDECOM CERDEC Night Vision and Electronic Sensors Directorate's NVThermIP, will allow more accurate modeling and complete characterization of sensor performance.

  10. Are there advantages of the combined latissimus-dorsi transfer according to L'Episcopo compared to the isolated latissimus-dorsi transfer according to Herzberg after a mean follow-up of 6 years? A matched-pair analysis.

    PubMed

    Lichtenberg, Sven; Magosch, Petra; Habermeyer, Peter

    2012-11-01

    The aim of the study was to evaluate differences of clinical results between the latissimus-dorsi transfer combined with teres-major transfer (G1) and the isolated latissimus-dorsi transfer (G2) for the treatment of massive irreparable postero-superior rotator cuff tears. We performed the combined latissimus-dorsi/teres-major transfer in 17 patients at a mean age of 57 years. Furthermore, 17 patients at a mean age of 61 years were treated using the isolated latissimus-dorsi transfer. Both groups were followed-up clinically, radiologically, and with surface electromyography using the same study protocol. The Constant score (CS) improved significantly from 48.3 points pre-op to 69.5 points post-op after a follow-up of 58 months in G1. The active range of motion improved in G1 sig. for flexion (124° pre-op, 166.5° post-op) and for abduction (117° pre-op, 163° post-op). The CS improved significantly from 45.1 points pre-op to 74.2 points post-op after a follow-up of 51 months in G2. The flexion and abduction increased significantly from 133.3° pre-op to 176° post-op, resp. from 113.3° pre-op to 173° post-op. The comparison of both surgical techniques showed a significant better active flexion and abduction for G2. Both techniques achieved good functional results but the isolated latissimus-dorsi transfer produced a better active abduction and flexion, whereas the combined latissmus-dorsi/teres-major transfer achieved an increase in abduction strength. In contrast to the combined latissimus-dorsi/teres-major transfer, a progression of cuff tear arthropathy was not observed with the isolated latissimus-dorsi transfer. Copyright © 2012 Journal of Shoulder and Elbow Surgery Board of Trustees. Published by Mosby, Inc. All rights reserved.

  11. Risk Predictors and Causes of Technique Failure Within the First Year of Peritoneal Dialysis: An Australia and New Zealand Dialysis and Transplant Registry (ANZDATA) Study.

    PubMed

    See, Emily J; Johnson, David W; Hawley, Carmel M; Pascoe, Elaine M; Badve, Sunil V; Boudville, Neil; Clayton, Philip A; Sud, Kamal; Polkinghorne, Kevan R; Borlace, Monique; Cho, Yeoungjee

    2017-12-22

    Concern regarding technique failure is a major barrier to increased uptake of peritoneal dialysis (PD), and the first year of therapy is a particularly vulnerable time. A cohort study using competing-risk regression analyses to identify the key risk factors and risk periods for early transfer to hemodialysis therapy or death in incident PD patients. All adult patients who initiated PD therapy in Australia and New Zealand in 2000 through 2014. Patient demographics and comorbid conditions, duration of prior renal replacement therapy, timing of referral, PD modality, dialysis era, and center size. Technique failure within the first year, defined as transfer to hemodialysis therapy for more than 30 days or death. Of 16,748 patients included in the study, 4,389 developed early technique failure. Factors associated with increased risk included age older than 70 years, diabetes or vascular disease, prior renal replacement therapy, late referral to a nephrology service, or management in a smaller center. Asian or other race and use of continuous ambulatory PD were associated with reduced risk, as was initiation of PD therapy in 2010 through 2014. Although the risk for technique failure due to death or infection was constant during the first year, mechanical and other causes accounted for a greater number of cases within the initial 9 months of treatment. Potential for residual confounding due to limited data for residual kidney function, dialysis prescription, and socioeconomic factors. Several modifiable and nonmodifiable factors are associated with early technique failure in PD. Targeted interventions should be considered in high-risk patients to avoid the consequences of an unplanned transfer to hemodialysis therapy or death. Crown Copyright © 2017. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  12. Theorems on symmetries and flux conservation in radiative transfer using the matrix operator theory.

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kattawar, G. W.

    1973-01-01

    The matrix operator approach to radiative transfer is shown to be a very powerful technique in establishing symmetry relations for multiple scattering in inhomogeneous atmospheres. Symmetries are derived for the reflection and transmission operators using only the symmetry of the phase function. These results will mean large savings in computer time and storage for performing calculations for realistic planetary atmospheres using this method. The results have also been extended to establish a condition on the reflection matrix of a boundary in order to preserve reciprocity. Finally energy conservation is rigorously proven for conservative scattering in inhomogeneous atmospheres.

  13. Toe-to-hand transfer.

    PubMed

    Yoshimura, M

    1980-07-01

    Toe-to-hand transfer was performed in 28 patients, involving 33 fingers, using microvascular technique. Of this number, 26 patients (31 fingers) had experienced trauma, and the remaining 2 patients (2 fingers) had a congenital deformity. The toew used for grafting were the great toe (1), the second tow (30), and third toe (2). Success was achieved in all cases, sensory recovery was good, and remarkable improvement was attained in function and cosmetic appearance. Metacarpal hand, amputation of thumb, and amputation thumb and three fingers were good indications for this procedure, which gave satisfactory aesthetic results, even in patients with amputation of single digits.

  14. Laser-induced forward transfer for printed electronics applications

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fernández-Pradas, J. M.; Sopeña, P.; González-Torres, S.; Arrese, J.; Cirera, A.; Serra, P.

    2018-02-01

    Laser-induced forward transfer (LIFT) is a printing technique based on the action of a laser pulse that is focused on a thin film of a precursor ink for getting the transfer of a droplet onto a receiver substrate. The experiments presented in this article aim to demonstrate the ability of LIFT to produce electronic circuits on paper, a substrate that is flexible, cheap and recyclable. Tests were conducted to study the printing of conductive tracks with an Ag ink. The printing of a suspension of carbon nanofibers was also studied to demonstrate the ability of LIFT for printing inks with particles with some microns in size that provoke inkjet nozzles to clog. As a proof-of-concept of the LIFT possibilities, both inks were used to print entirely by LIFT a functional humidity sensor on a piece of paper. All the LIFT experiments were performed with a Nd:YAG laser that delivers pulses of a few hundreds of ns in an attempt to approach the technique to laser systems that are already introduced in many production lines for marking and labeling.

  15. Restoration of moving binary images degraded owing to phosphor persistence.

    PubMed

    Cherri, A K; Awwal, A A; Karim, M A; Moon, D L

    1991-09-10

    The degraded images of dynamic objects obtained by using a phosphor-based electro-optical display are analyzed in terms of dynamic modulation transfer function (DMTF) and temporal characteristics of the display system. The direct correspondence between the DMTF and image smear is used in developing real-time techniques for the restoration of degraded images.

  16. Effects of Consecutive Wideband Tympanometry Trials on Energy Absorbance Measures of the Middle Ear

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Burdiek, Laina M.; Sun, Xiao-Ming

    2014-01-01

    Purpose: Wideband acoustic immittance (WAI) is a new technique for assessing middle ear transfer function. It includes energy absorbance (EA) measures and can be acquired with the ear canal pressure varied, known as "wideband tympanometry" (WBTymp). The authors of this study aimed to investigate effects of consecutive WBTymp testing on…

  17. The continuous assembly and transfer of nanoelements

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kumar, Arun

    Patterned nanoelements on flexible polymeric substrates at micro/nano scale at high rate, low cost, and commercially viable route offer an opportunity for manufacturing devices with micro/nano scale features. These micro/nano scale now made with various nanoelement can enhance the device functionality in sensing and switching due to their improved conductivity and better mechanical properties. In this research the fundamental understanding of high rate assembly and transfer of nanoelements has been developed. To achieve this objective, three sub topics were made. In the first step, the use of electrophoresis for the controlled assembly of CNT's on interdigitated templates has been shown. The time scale of assembly reported is shorter than the previously reported assembly time (60 seconds). The mass deposited was also predicted using the Hamaker's law. It is also shown that pre-patterned CNT's could be transferred from the rigid templates onto flexible polymeric substrates using a thermoforming process. The time scale of transfer is less than one minute (50 seconds) and was found to be dependent on polymer chemistry. It was found that CNT's preferentially transfer from Au electrode to non-polar polymeric substrates (polyurethane and polyethylene terephalathate glycol) in the thermoforming process. In the second step, a novel process (Pulsed Electrophoresis) has been shown for the first time to assist the assembly of conducting polyaniline on gold nanowire interdigitated templates. This technique offers dynamic control over heat build-up, which has been a main drawback in the DC electrophoresis and AC dielectrophoresis as well as the main cause of nanowire template damage. The use of this technique allowed higher voltages to be applied, resulting in shorter assembly times (e.g., 17.4 seconds, assembly resolution of 100 nm). The pre-patterned templates with PANi deposition were subsequently used to transfer the nanoscale assembled PANi from the rigid templates to thermoplastic polyurethane using the thermoforming process. In the third step, a novel integration of high rate pulsed electrophoretic assembly with thermally assisted transfer in a roll-to-roll process has been shown. This technique allowed the whole assembly and transfer process to take place in only 30 seconds. Further, a processing window is developed to control the percent area coverage of PANi with the aid of the belt speed. Also shown is the effect of different types of polymer on the quality of transfer, and it concluded that the transfer is affected by the polymer chemistry.

  18. Equilibrium-point control of human elbow-joint movement under isometric environment by using multichannel functional electrical stimulation

    PubMed Central

    Matsui, Kazuhiro; Hishii, Yasuo; Maegaki, Kazuya; Yamashita, Yuto; Uemura, Mitsunori; Hirai, Hiroaki; Miyazaki, Fumio

    2014-01-01

    Functional electrical stimulation (FES) is considered an effective technique for aiding quadriplegic persons. However, the human musculoskeletal system has highly non-linearity and redundancy. It is thus difficult to stably and accurately control limbs using FES. In this paper, we propose a simple FES method that is consistent with the motion-control mechanism observed in humans. We focus on joint motion by a pair of agonist-antagonist muscles of the musculoskeletal system, and define the “electrical agonist-antagonist muscle ratio (EAA ratio)” and “electrical agonist-antagonist muscle activity (EAA activity)” in light of the agonist-antagonist muscle ratio and agonist-antagonist muscle activity, respectively, to extract the equilibrium point and joint stiffness from electromyography (EMG) signals. These notions, the agonist-antagonist muscle ratio and agonist-antagonist muscle activity, are based on the hypothesis that the equilibrium point and stiffness of the agonist-antagonist motion system are controlled by the central nervous system. We derived the transfer function between the input EAA ratio and force output of the end-point. We performed some experiments in an isometric environment using six subjects. This transfer-function model is expressed as a cascade-coupled dead time element and a second-order system. High-speed, high-precision, smooth control of the hand force were achieved through the agonist-antagonist muscle stimulation pattern determined by this transfer function model. PMID:24987326

  19. Equilibrium-point control of human elbow-joint movement under isometric environment by using multichannel functional electrical stimulation.

    PubMed

    Matsui, Kazuhiro; Hishii, Yasuo; Maegaki, Kazuya; Yamashita, Yuto; Uemura, Mitsunori; Hirai, Hiroaki; Miyazaki, Fumio

    2014-01-01

    Functional electrical stimulation (FES) is considered an effective technique for aiding quadriplegic persons. However, the human musculoskeletal system has highly non-linearity and redundancy. It is thus difficult to stably and accurately control limbs using FES. In this paper, we propose a simple FES method that is consistent with the motion-control mechanism observed in humans. We focus on joint motion by a pair of agonist-antagonist muscles of the musculoskeletal system, and define the "electrical agonist-antagonist muscle ratio (EAA ratio)" and "electrical agonist-antagonist muscle activity (EAA activity)" in light of the agonist-antagonist muscle ratio and agonist-antagonist muscle activity, respectively, to extract the equilibrium point and joint stiffness from electromyography (EMG) signals. These notions, the agonist-antagonist muscle ratio and agonist-antagonist muscle activity, are based on the hypothesis that the equilibrium point and stiffness of the agonist-antagonist motion system are controlled by the central nervous system. We derived the transfer function between the input EAA ratio and force output of the end-point. We performed some experiments in an isometric environment using six subjects. This transfer-function model is expressed as a cascade-coupled dead time element and a second-order system. High-speed, high-precision, smooth control of the hand force were achieved through the agonist-antagonist muscle stimulation pattern determined by this transfer function model.

  20. Repair of Chronic Tibialis Anterior Tendon Rupture With a Major Defect Using Gracilis Allograft.

    PubMed

    Burton, Alex; Aydogan, Umur

    2016-08-01

    Tibialis anterior tendon (TAT) rupture is an uncommon injury, however, it can cause substantial deficit. Diagnosis is often delayed due to lack of initial symptoms; yet loss of function over time typically causes the patient to present for treatment. This delay usually ends up with major defects creating a great technical challenge for the operating surgeon. We present a novel technique and operative algorithm for the management of chronic TAT ruptures with a major gap after a delayed diagnosis not otherwise correctable with currently described techniques in the literature. This technique has been performed in 4 cases without any complications with fairly successful functional outcomes. For the reconstruction of chronic TAT rupture with an average delay of nine weeks after initial injury and gap of greater than 10 cm, a thorough operative algorithm was implemented in 4 patients using a double bundle gracilis allograft. Patients were then kept nonweightbearing for 6 weeks followed by weightbearing as tolerated. They began physical therapy with a focus on ankle exercises and gradual return to normal activity at 8 weeks, with resistance training exercises allowed at 12 weeks. At a mean follow-up time of 24.5 months, all patients reported significant pain relief with normal gait pattern. There were no reported intra- or postoperative complications. The average Foot and Ankle Ability Measure score increased to 90 from 27.5 in the postoperative period. All patients were able to return their previous activity levels. Gracilis allograft reconstruction as used in this study is a viable and reproducible alternative to primary repair with postoperative results being favorable without using complex tendon transfer techniques or autograft use necessitating the functional sacrifice of transferred or excised tendon. To the best of our knowledge, this is the first study demonstrating a successful technique and operative algorithm of gracilis allograft reconstruction of the TAT with a substantial deficit of greater than 10 cm with favorable results. Level IV: Operative algorithm with case series. © 2016 The Author(s).

  1. Determination of the moisture content of bromobutyl rubber stoppers as a function of processing: implications for the stability of lyophilized products.

    PubMed

    Templeton, Allen C; Placek, Jiri; Xu, Hui; Mahajan, Rajiv; Hunke, William A; Reed, Robert A

    2003-01-01

    The purpose of the present study is to apply and contrast several analytical techniques to understand the change in moisture content of 20 mm diameter bromobutyl rubber stoppers as a function of typical stopper processing conditions. Three separate methods were examined and Karl-Fischer titration and techniques based on capacitance measurements at a thin-film sensor were found to provide comparable results. Stopper moisture levels were examined in stoppers: (i) as received from the manufacturer, (ii) following steam sterilization, (iii) as a function of various drying cycles, and (iv) during simulated hold conditions prior to use. Finally, the transfer of moisture from stopper to an actual product is examined on storage and general agreement observed between stopper drying conditions and cake moisture levels.

  2. Upper-limb biomechanical analysis of wheelchair transfer techniques in two toilet configurations.

    PubMed

    Tsai, Chung-Ying; Boninger, Michael L; Bass, Sarah R; Koontz, Alicia M

    2018-06-01

    Using proper technique is important for minimizing upper limb kinetics during wheelchair transfers. The objective of the study was to 1) evaluate the transfer techniques used during toilet transfers and 2) determine the impact of technique on upper limb joint loading for two different toilet configurations. Twenty-six manual wheelchair users (23 men and 3 women) performed transfers in a side and front wheelchair-toilet orientation while their habitual transfer techniques were evaluated using the Transfer Assessment Instrument. A motion analysis system and force sensors were used to record biomechanical data during the transfers. More than 20% of the participants failed to complete five transfer skills in the side setup compared to three skills in the front setup. Higher quality skills overall were associated with lower peak forces and moments in both toilet configurations (-0.68 < r < -0.40, p < 0.05). In the side setup, participants who properly placed their hands in a stable position and used proper leading handgrips had lower shoulder resultant joint forces and moments than participants who did not perform these skills correctly (p ≤ 0.04). In the front setup, positioning the wheelchair within three inches of the transfer target was associated with reduced peak trailing forces and moments across all three upper limb joints (p = 0.02). Transfer skills training, making toilet seats level with the wheelchair seat, positioning the wheelchair closer to the toilet and mounting grab bars in a more ideal location for persons who do sitting pivot transfers may facilitate better quality toilet transfers. Published by Elsevier Ltd.

  3. Scalable graphene coatings for enhanced condensation heat transfer.

    PubMed

    Preston, Daniel J; Mafra, Daniela L; Miljkovic, Nenad; Kong, Jing; Wang, Evelyn N

    2015-05-13

    Water vapor condensation is commonly observed in nature and routinely used as an effective means of transferring heat with dropwise condensation on nonwetting surfaces exhibiting heat transfer improvement compared to filmwise condensation on wetting surfaces. However, state-of-the-art techniques to promote dropwise condensation rely on functional hydrophobic coatings that either have challenges with chemical stability or are so thick that any potential heat transfer improvement is negated due to the added thermal resistance of the coating. In this work, we show the effectiveness of ultrathin scalable chemical vapor deposited (CVD) graphene coatings to promote dropwise condensation while offering robust chemical stability and maintaining low thermal resistance. Heat transfer enhancements of 4× were demonstrated compared to filmwise condensation, and the robustness of these CVD coatings was superior to typical hydrophobic monolayer coatings. Our results indicate that graphene is a promising surface coating to promote dropwise condensation of water in industrial conditions with the potential for scalable application via CVD.

  4. Fabrication of functional fibronectin patterns by nanosecond excimer laser direct write for tissue engineering applications.

    PubMed

    Grigorescu, S; Hindié, M; Axente, E; Carreiras, F; Anselme, K; Werckmann, J; Mihailescu, I N; Gallet, O

    2013-07-01

    Laser direct write techniques represent a prospective alternative for engineering a new generation of hybrid biomaterials via the creation of patterns consisting of biological proteins onto practically any type of substrate. In this paper we report on the characterization of fibronectin features obtained onto titanium substrates by UV nanosecond laser transfer. Fourier-transform infrared spectroscopy measurements evidenced no modification in the secondary structure of the post-transferred protein. The molecular weight of the transferred protein was identical to the initial fibronectin, no fragment bands being found in the transferred protein's Western blot migration profile. The presence of the cell-binding domain sequence and the mannose groups within the transferred molecules was revealed by anti-fibronectin monoclonal antibody immunolabelling and FITC-Concanavalin-A staining, respectively. The in vitro tests performed with MC3T3-E1 osteoblast-like cells and Swiss-3T3 fibroblasts showed that the cells' morphology and spreading were strongly influenced by the presence of the fibronectin spots.

  5. Apodized coupled resonator waveguides.

    PubMed

    Capmany, J; Muñoz, P; Domenech, J D; Muriel, M A

    2007-08-06

    In this paper we propose analyse the apodisation or windowing of the coupling coefficients in the unit cells of coupled resonator waveguide devices (CROWs) as a means to reduce the level of secondary sidelobes in the bandpass characteristic of their transfer functions. This technique is regularly employed in the design of digital filters and has been applied as well in the design of other photonic devices such as corrugated waveguide filters and fiber Bragg gratings. The apodisation of both Type-I and Type-II structures is discussed for several windowing functions.

  6. Placement of direct composite veneers utilizing a silicone buildup guide and intraoral mock-up.

    PubMed

    Behle, C

    2000-04-01

    The indications for direct composite resins have recently been expanded to include predictable and convenient application in the aesthetic zone. The availability of composite materials with improved physical and optical characteristics facilitates the development of enhanced aesthetics while maintaining vital function. This article presents a simplified technique that combines function with aesthetics by utilizing an intraoral composite mock-up for initial communication and a lingual/incisal silicone stent of the mock-up to transfer the information to the definitive restorative buildup.

  7. In Vivo Imaging of Tissue Physiological Function using EPR Spectroscopy | NCI Technology Transfer Center | TTC

    Cancer.gov

    Electron paramagnetic resonance (EPR) is a technique for studying chemical species that have one or more unpaired electrons.  The current invention describes Echo-based Single Point Imaging (ESPI), a novel EPR image formation strategy that allows in vivo imaging of physiological function.  The National Cancer Institute's Radiation Biology Branch is seeking statements of capability or interest from parties interested in in-licensing an in vivo imaging using Electron paramagnetic resonance (EPR) to measure active oxygen species.

  8. Process techniques of charge transfer time reduction for high speed CMOS image sensors

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhongxiang, Cao; Quanliang, Li; Ye, Han; Qi, Qin; Peng, Feng; Liyuan, Liu; Nanjian, Wu

    2014-11-01

    This paper proposes pixel process techniques to reduce the charge transfer time in high speed CMOS image sensors. These techniques increase the lateral conductivity of the photo-generated carriers in a pinned photodiode (PPD) and the voltage difference between the PPD and the floating diffusion (FD) node by controlling and optimizing the N doping concentration in the PPD and the threshold voltage of the reset transistor, respectively. The techniques shorten the charge transfer time from the PPD diode to the FD node effectively. The proposed process techniques do not need extra masks and do not cause harm to the fill factor. A sub array of 32 × 64 pixels was designed and implemented in the 0.18 μm CIS process with five implantation conditions splitting the N region in the PPD. The simulation and measured results demonstrate that the charge transfer time can be decreased by using the proposed techniques. Comparing the charge transfer time of the pixel with the different implantation conditions of the N region, the charge transfer time of 0.32 μs is achieved and 31% of image lag was reduced by using the proposed process techniques.

  9. Metal-Free Photoinduced Electron Transfer-Atom Transfer Radical Polymerization Integrated with Bioinspired Polydopamine Chemistry as a Green Strategy for Surface Engineering of Magnetic Nanoparticles.

    PubMed

    Yang, Yang; Liu, Xuegang; Ye, Gang; Zhu, Shan; Wang, Zhe; Huo, Xiaomei; Matyjaszewski, Krzysztof; Lu, Yuexiang; Chen, Jing

    2017-04-19

    Developing green and efficient technologies for surface modification of magnetic nanoparticles (MNPs) is of crucial importance for their biomedical and environmental applications. This study reports, for the first time, a novel strategy by integrating metal-free photoinduced electron transfer-atom transfer radical polymerization (PET-ATRP) with the bioinspired polydopamine (PDA) chemistry for controlled architecture of functional polymer brushes from MNPs. Conformal PDA encapsulation layers were initially generated on the surfaces of MNPs, which served as the protective shells while providing an ideal platform for tethering 2-bromo-2-phenylacetic acid (BPA), a highly efficient initiator. Metal-free PET-ATRP technique was then employed for controlled architecture of poly(glycidyl methacrylate) (PGMA) brushes from the core-shell MNPs by using diverse organic dyes as photoredox catalysts. Impacts of light sources (including UV and visible lights), photoredox catalysts, and polymerization time on the composition and morphology of the PGMA brushes were investigated. Moreover, the versatility of the PGMA-functionalized core-shell MNPs was demonstrated by covalent attachment of ethylenediamine (EDA), a model functional molecule, which afforded the MNPs with improved hydrophilicity, dispersibility, and superior binding ability to uranyl ions. The green methodology by integrating metal-free PET-ATRP with facile PDA chemistry would provide better opportunities for surface modification of MNPs and miscellaneous nanomaterials for biomedical and electronic applications.

  10. Molecular Basis for Electron Flow Within Metal-and Electrode-Reducing Biofilms

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Bond, Daniel R.

    2016-11-01

    Electrochemical, spectral, genetic, and biochemical techniques were developed to reveal that a diverse suite of redox proteins and structural macromolecules outside the cell work together to move electrons long distances between Geobacter cells to metals and electrodes. In this project, we greatly expanded the known participants in the electron transfer pathway of Geobacter. For example, in addition to well-studied pili, polysaccharides contribute to anchoring, different cytochromes are required under different conditions, strategies change with redox potential, and the localization of these components can change depending on where cells are located in a biofilm. By inventing new electrodes compatible with real-timemore » spectral measurements, we were able to visualize the redox status of biofilms in action, leading to a hypothesis that long-distance electron transfer is ultimately limiting in these systems and redox potentials change within biofilms. The goals of this project were met, as we were able to 1) identify new elements crucial to the expression, assembly and function of the extracellular electron transfer phenotype 2) expand spectral and electrochemical techniques to define the mechanism and route of electron transfer through the matrix, and 3) combine this knowledge to build the next generation of genetic tools for study of this complex process.« less

  11. Crustal Properties Across the Mid-Continent Rift via Transfer Function Analysis

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Frederiksen, A. W.; Tyomkin, Y.; Campbell, R.; van der Lee, S.; Zhang, H.

    2015-12-01

    The Mid-Continent Rift (MCR), a failed Proterozoic rift structure in central North America, is a dominant feature of North American gravity maps. The rift underwent a combination of extension, magmatism, and later compression, and it is difficult to predict how these events affected the overall crustal thickness and bulk composition in the vicinity of the rift axis, though the associated gravity high indicates that large-volume mafic magmatism took place. The Superior Province Rifting Earthscope Experiment (SPREE) project instrumented the MCR with Flexible Array broadband seismographs from 2011 through 2013 in Minnesota and Wisconsin, along two lines crossing the rift axis as well as a line following the axis. We examine teleseismic P-coda data from SPREE and nearby Transportable Array instruments using a new technique: transfer-function analysis. In this approach, possible models of crustal structure are used to generate a predicted transfer function relating the radial and vertical components of the P coda at a particular site. The transfer function then allows generation of a misfit (between the true radial component and a synthetic radial component predicted from the vertical trace) without the need to perform receiver-function deconvolution, thus avoiding the deconvolution problems encountered with receiver functions in sedimentary basins. We use the transfer-function approach to perform a grid search over three crustal properties: crustal thickness, crustal P/S velocity ratio, and the thickness of an overlying sedimentary basin. Results for our SPREE/TA data set indicate that the crust is significantly thickened along the rift axis, with maximum thicknesses approaching 50 km; the crust is thinner (ca. 40 km) outside of the rift zone. The crustal thickness structure is particularly complex beneath southeastern Minnesota, where very strong Moho topography is present, as well as up to 2 km of sediment; further north, the Moho is smoother and the basin is not present. P/S ratio varies along the rift axis, suggesting a higher mafic component (higher ratio) in southern Minnesota. The complexity we see along the MCR is consistent with the results obtained by Zhang et al. (this conference) using receiver function analysis.

  12. Voyager image processing at the Image Processing Laboratory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jepsen, P. L.; Mosher, J. A.; Yagi, G. M.; Avis, C. C.; Lorre, J. J.; Garneau, G. W.

    1980-09-01

    This paper discusses new digital processing techniques as applied to the Voyager Imaging Subsystem and devised to explore atmospheric dynamics, spectral variations, and the morphology of Jupiter, Saturn and their satellites. Radiometric and geometric decalibration processes, the modulation transfer function, and processes to determine and remove photometric properties of the atmosphere and surface of Jupiter and its satellites are examined. It is exhibited that selected images can be processed into 'approach at constant longitude' time lapse movies which are useful in observing atmospheric changes of Jupiter. Photographs are included to illustrate various image processing techniques.

  13. Voyager image processing at the Image Processing Laboratory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Jepsen, P. L.; Mosher, J. A.; Yagi, G. M.; Avis, C. C.; Lorre, J. J.; Garneau, G. W.

    1980-01-01

    This paper discusses new digital processing techniques as applied to the Voyager Imaging Subsystem and devised to explore atmospheric dynamics, spectral variations, and the morphology of Jupiter, Saturn and their satellites. Radiometric and geometric decalibration processes, the modulation transfer function, and processes to determine and remove photometric properties of the atmosphere and surface of Jupiter and its satellites are examined. It is exhibited that selected images can be processed into 'approach at constant longitude' time lapse movies which are useful in observing atmospheric changes of Jupiter. Photographs are included to illustrate various image processing techniques.

  14. On the design of decoupling controllers for advanced rotorcraft in the hover case

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Fan, M. K. H.; Tits, A.; Barlow, J.; Tsing, N. K.; Tischler, M.; Takahashi, M.

    1991-01-01

    A methodology for design of helicopter control systems is proposed that can account for various types of concurrent specifications: stability, decoupling between longitudinal and lateral motions, handling qualities, and physical limitations of the swashplate motions. This is achieved by synergistic use of analytical techniques (Q-parameterization of all stabilizing controllers, transfer function interpolation) and advanced numerical optimization techniques. The methodology is used to design a controller for the UH-60 helicopter in hover. Good results are achieved for decoupling and handling quality specifications.

  15. Development of optimized techniques and requirements for computer enhancement of structural weld radiographs. Volume 1: Technical report

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Adams, J. R.; Hawley, S. W.; Peterson, G. R.; Salinger, S. S.; Workman, R. A.

    1971-01-01

    A hardware and software specification covering requirements for the computer enhancement of structural weld radiographs was considered. Three scanning systems were used to digitize more than 15 weld radiographs. The performance of these systems was evaluated by determining modulation transfer functions and noise characteristics. Enhancement techniques were developed and applied to the digitized radiographs. The scanning parameters of spot size and spacing and film density were studied to optimize the information content of the digital representation of the image.

  16. Development of a laser-induced heat flux technique for measurement of convective heat transfer coefficients in a supersonic flowfield

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Porro, A. Robert; Keith, Theo G., Jr.; Hingst, Warren R.; Chriss, Randall M.; Seablom, Kirk D.

    1991-01-01

    A technique is developed to measure the local convective heat transfer coefficient on a model surface in a supersonic flow field. The technique uses a laser to apply a discrete local heat flux at the model test surface, and an infrared camera system determines the local temperature distribution due to heating. From this temperature distribution and an analysis of the heating process, a local convective heat transfer coefficient is determined. The technique was used to measure the load surface convective heat transfer coefficient distribution on a flat plate at nominal Mach numbers of 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, and 4.0. The flat plate boundary layer initially was laminar and became transitional in the measurement region. The experimental results agreed reasonably well with theoretical predictions of convective heat transfer of flat plate laminar boundary layers. The results indicate that this non-intrusive optical measurement technique has the potential to obtain high quality surface convective heat transfer measurements in high speed flowfields.

  17. A laser-induced heat flux technique for convective heat transfer measurements in high speed flows

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Porro, A. R.; Keith, T. G., Jr.; Hingst, W. R.

    1991-01-01

    A technique is developed to measure the local convective heat transfer coefficient on a model surface in a supersonic flow field. The technique uses a laser to apply a discrete local heat flux at the model test surface, and an infrared camera system determines the local temperature distribution due to the heating. From this temperature distribution and an analysis of the heating process, a local convective heat transfer coefficient is determined. The technique was used to measure the local surface convective heat transfer coefficient distribution on a flat plate at nominal Mach numbers of 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, and 4.0. The flat plate boundary layer initially was laminar and became transitional in the measurement region. The experimentally determined convective heat transfer coefficients were generally higher than the theoretical predictions for flat plate laminar boundary layers. However, the results indicate that this nonintrusive optical measurement technique has the potential to measure surface convective heat transfer coefficients in high speed flow fields.

  18. A laser-induced heat flux technique for convective heat transfer measurements in high speed flows

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Porro, A. R.; Keith, T. G., Jr.; Hingst, W. R.

    1991-01-01

    A technique is developed to measure the local convective heat transfer coefficient on a model surface in a supersonic flow field. The technique uses a laser to apply a discrete local heat flux at the model test surface, and an infrared camera system determines the local temperature distribution due to the heating. From this temperature distribution and an analysis of the heating process, a local convective heat transfer coefficient is determined. The technique was used to measure the local surface convective heat transfer coefficient distribution on a flat plate at nominal Mach numbers of 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, and 4.0. The flat plate boundary layer initially was laminar and became transitional in the measurement region. The experimentally determined convective heat transfer coefficients were generally higher than the theoretical predictions for flat plate laminar boundary layers. However, the results indicate that this nonintrusive optical measurement technique has the potential to measure surface convective heat transfer coefficients in high-speed flowfields.

  19. Open surgical treatment for chronic midportion Achilles tendinopathy: faster recovery with the soleus fibres transfer technique.

    PubMed

    Benazzo, Francesco; Zanon, Giacomo; Klersy, Catherine; Marullo, Matteo

    2016-06-01

    The study aimed to compare two methods of open surgical treatment for midportion Achilles tendinopathy in sportsmen. A novel technique consisting in transferring some soleus fibres into the degenerated tendon to improve its vascularization and longitudinal tenotomies are evaluated and compared. From 2006 to 2011, fifty-two competitive and noncompetitive athletes affected by midportion Achilles tendinopathy were surgically treated and prospectively evaluated at 6 months and at a final 4-year mean follow-up. Twenty patients had longitudinal tenotomies, and thirty-two had soleus fibres transfer. Clinical outcome was evaluated by the American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society (AOFAS) score and the Victorian Institute of Sports Assessment-Achilles (VISA-A) score. Time to return to walk and to run and tendon thickening were also recorded. Patients in the soleus transfer group had a higher increase in AOFAS and VISA-A score at 6 months and at the mean 4-year final follow-up (by 5.4 points, 95 % CI 2.9-7.9, p < 0.001 and by 5.7 points, 95 % CI 2.5-8.9, p = 0.001, for AOFAS and VISA, respectively). They also needed less time to return to run: 98.9 ± 17.4 days compared to 122.2 ± 26.3 days for the longitudinal tenotomies group (p = 0.0019). The soleus transfer group had a greater prevalence of tendon thickening (59.4 % compared to 30.0 % in the longitudinal tenotomies group, p = 0.037). Open surgery for midportion Achilles tendinopathy is safe and effective in medium term. Despite similar outcomes in postoperative functional scores, soleus transfer allows a faster recovery but has a higher incidence of tendon thickening. These results should suggest the use of the soleus graft technique in high-level athletes. Prospective comparative study, Level II.

  20. Toe-to-hand transfer: Evolving Indications and Relevant Outcomes

    PubMed Central

    Waljee, Jennifer F.; Chung, Kevin C.

    2014-01-01

    In the late 19th century, the first toe to hand transfer was performed in Vienna, Switzerland as a staged procedure by Nicolandi.(1) Since that time, the advent of microsurgery has revolutionized toe to hand transfers. In 1966, Buncke performed the first microvascular toe to thumb transfer in a rhesus monkey.(2) The first toe to thumb transfer using microsurgical techniques in humans was performed by Cobbett in 1969, followed shortly thereafter by the first transfer of a second toe to the thumb position.(3,4) Today, due to expanding microsurgical techniques and surgeon innovation, the indications and techniques for toe-to-hand transfer procedures continue to evolve and now encompass patients with a variety of acquired and congenital hand defects.(5) PMID:23790426

  1. Coordinate space translation technique for simulation of electronic process in the ion-atom collision.

    PubMed

    Wang, Feng; Hong, Xuhai; Wang, Jian; Kim, Kwang S

    2011-04-21

    Recently we developed a theoretical model of ion-atom collisions, which was made on the basis of a time-dependent density functional theory description of the electron dynamics and a classical treatment of the heavy particle motion. Taking advantage of the real-space grid method, we introduce a "coordinate space translation" technique to allow one to focus on a certain space of interest such as the region around the projectile or the target. Benchmark calculations are given for collisions between proton and oxygen over a wide range of impact energy. To extract the probability of charge transfer, the formulation of Lüdde and Dreizler [J. Phys. B 16, 3973 (1983)] has been generalized to ensemble-averaging application in the particular case of O((3)P). Charge transfer total cross sections are calculated, showing fairly good agreements between experimental data and present theoretical results.

  2. Spectrometry: Report of panel

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Farmer, C. Barney; Murcray, David G.; Abreu, Vincent; Gille, John C.; Hanel, Rudolph A.; Hoell, James M., Jr.; Jamieson, John A.; Zwick, Harold

    1987-01-01

    Spectroscopic measurements are required to define the spectral background and provide the detailed spectral information that is essential for the design of species-specific systems and the analysis of data obtained from them. This function of spectroscopic measurements is expected to be an important part of any tropospheric remote-sensing program, and both emission and absorption spectroscopy are relevant in this context. The data from such observations are of value to tropospheric science in their own right, during the initial phases while species-specific techniques and instruments are under development. In addition, there are a number of unresolved problems in tropospheric radiative transfer and spectroscopy which presently limit the accuracy and reliability of all remote sensing methods. Only through a supporting program of spectroscopic measurements can progress be made in improving the understanding of these aspects of radiative transfer and ultimately reaching the desired confidence in the accuracy to species-specific monitoring techniques.

  3. Exact first order scattering correction for vector radiative transfer in coupled atmosphere and ocean systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhai, Peng-Wang; Hu, Yongxiang; Josset, Damien B.; Trepte, Charles R.; Lucker, Patricia L.; Lin, Bing

    2012-06-01

    We have developed a Vector Radiative Transfer (VRT) code for coupled atmosphere and ocean systems based on the successive order of scattering (SOS) method. In order to achieve efficiency and maintain accuracy, the scattering matrix is expanded in terms of the Wigner d functions and the delta fit or delta-M technique is used to truncate the commonly-present large forward scattering peak. To further improve the accuracy of the SOS code, we have implemented the analytical first order scattering treatment using the exact scattering matrix of the medium in the SOS code. The expansion and truncation techniques are kept for higher order scattering. The exact first order scattering correction was originally published by Nakajima and Takana.1 A new contribution of this work is to account for the exact secondary light scattering caused by the light reflected by and transmitted through the rough air-sea interface.

  4. Microcontact Peeling: A Cell Micropatterning Technique for Circumventing Direct Adsorption of Proteins to Hydrophobic PDMS.

    PubMed

    Yokoyama, Sho; Matsui, Tsubasa S; Deguchi, Shinji

    2017-06-19

    Microcontact printing (μCPr) is one of the most popular techniques used for cell micropatterning. In conventional μCPr, a polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) stamp with microfeatures is used to adsorb extracellular matrix (ECM) proteins onto the featured surface and transfer them onto particular areas of a cell culture substrate. However, some types of functional proteins other than ECM have been reported to denature upon direct adsorption to hydrophobic PDMS. Here we describe a detailed protocol of an alternative technique--microcontact peeling (μCPe)--that allows for cell micropatterning while circumventing the step of adsorbing proteins to bare PDMS. This technique employs microfeatured materials with a relatively high surface energy such as copper, instead of using a microfeatured PDMS stamp, to peel off a cell-adhesive layer present on the surface of substrates. Consequently, cell-nonadhesive substrates are exposed at the specific surface that undergoes the physical contact with the microfeatured material. Thus, although μCPe and μCPr are apparently similar, the former does not comprise a process of transferring biomolecules through hydrophobic PDMS. © 2017 by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Copyright © 2017 John Wiley & Sons, Inc.

  5. A variable resolution x-ray detector for computed tomography: I. Theoretical basis and experimental verification.

    PubMed

    DiBianca, F A; Gupta, V; Zeman, H D

    2000-08-01

    A computed tomography imaging technique called variable resolution x-ray (VRX) detection provides detector resolution ranging from that of clinical body scanning to that of microscopy (1 cy/mm to 100 cy/mm). The VRX detection technique is based on a new principle denoted as "projective compression" that allows the detector resolution element to scale proportionally to the image field size. Two classes of VRX detector geometry are considered. Theoretical aspects related to x-ray physics and data sampling are presented. Measured resolution parameters (line-spread function and modulation-transfer function) are presented and discussed. A VRX image that resolves a pair of 50 micron tungsten hairs spaced 30 microns apart is shown.

  6. Towards an improved ensemble precipitation forecast: A probabilistic post-processing approach

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Khajehei, Sepideh; Moradkhani, Hamid

    2017-03-01

    Recently, ensemble post-processing (EPP) has become a commonly used approach for reducing the uncertainty in forcing data and hence hydrologic simulation. The procedure was introduced to build ensemble precipitation forecasts based on the statistical relationship between observations and forecasts. More specifically, the approach relies on a transfer function that is developed based on a bivariate joint distribution between the observations and the simulations in the historical period. The transfer function is used to post-process the forecast. In this study, we propose a Bayesian EPP approach based on copula functions (COP-EPP) to improve the reliability of the precipitation ensemble forecast. Evaluation of the copula-based method is carried out by comparing the performance of the generated ensemble precipitation with the outputs from an existing procedure, i.e. mixed type meta-Gaussian distribution. Monthly precipitation from Climate Forecast System Reanalysis (CFS) and gridded observation from Parameter-Elevation Relationships on Independent Slopes Model (PRISM) have been employed to generate the post-processed ensemble precipitation. Deterministic and probabilistic verification frameworks are utilized in order to evaluate the outputs from the proposed technique. Distribution of seasonal precipitation for the generated ensemble from the copula-based technique is compared to the observation and raw forecasts for three sub-basins located in the Western United States. Results show that both techniques are successful in producing reliable and unbiased ensemble forecast, however, the COP-EPP demonstrates considerable improvement in the ensemble forecast in both deterministic and probabilistic verification, in particular in characterizing the extreme events in wet seasons.

  7. Structural and spectroscopic characterization, reactivity study and charge transfer analysis of the newly synthetized 2-(6-hydroxy-1-benzofuran-3-yl) acetic acid

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Murthy, P. Krishna; Krishnaswamy, G.; Armaković, Stevan; Armaković, Sanja J.; Suchetan, P. A.; Desai, Nivedita R.; Suneetha, V.; SreenivasaRao, R.; Bhargavi, G.; Aruna Kumar, D. B.

    2018-06-01

    The title compound 2-(6-hydroxy-1-benzofuran-3-yl) acetic acid (abbreviated as HBFAA) has been synthetized and characterized by FT-IR, FT-Raman and NMR spectroscopic techniques. Solid state crystal structure of HBFAA has been determined by single crystal X-ray diffraction technique. The crystal structure features O-H⋯O and C-H⋯O intermolecular interactions resulting in a two dimensional supramolecular architecture. The presence of various intermolecular interactions is well supported by the Hirshfeld surface analysis. The molecular properties of HBFAA were performed by Density functional theory (DFT) using B3LYP/6-311G++(d,p) method at ground state in gas phase, compile these results with experimental values and shows mutual agreement. The vibrational spectral analysis were carried out using FT-IR and FT-Raman spectroscopic techniques and assignment of each vibrational wavenumber made on the basis of potential energy distribution (PED). And also frontier orbital analysis (FMOs), global reactivity descriptors, non-linear optical properties (NLO) and natural bond orbital analysis (NBO) of HBFAA were computed with same method. Efforts were made in order to understand global and local reactivity properties of title compound by calculations of MEP, ALIE, BDE and Fukui function surfaces in gas phase, together with thermodynamic properties. Molecular dynamics simulation and radial distribution functions were also used in order to understand the influence of water to the stability of title compound. Charge transfer between molecules of HBFAA has been investigated thanks to the combination of MD simulations and DFT calculations.

  8. Laser printing of 3D metallic interconnects

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Beniam, Iyoel; Mathews, Scott A.; Charipar, Nicholas A.; Auyeung, Raymond C. Y.; Piqué, Alberto

    2016-04-01

    The use of laser-induced forward transfer (LIFT) techniques for the printing of functional materials has been demonstrated for numerous applications. The printing gives rise to patterns, which can be used to fabricate planar interconnects. More recently, various groups have demonstrated electrical interconnects from laser-printed 3D structures. The laser printing of these interconnects takes place through aggregation of voxels of either molten metal or of pastes containing dispersed metallic particles. However, the generated 3D structures do not posses the same metallic conductivity as a bulk metal interconnect of the same cross-section and length as those formed by wire bonding or tab welding. An alternative is to laser transfer entire 3D structures using a technique known as lase-and-place. Lase-and-place is a LIFT process whereby whole components and parts can be transferred from a donor substrate onto a desired location with one single laser pulse. This paper will describe the use of LIFT to laser print freestanding, solid metal foils or beams precisely over the contact pads of discrete devices to interconnect them into fully functional circuits. Furthermore, this paper will also show how the same laser can be used to bend or fold the bulk metal foils prior to transfer, thus forming compliant 3D structures able to provide strain relief for the circuits under flexing or during motion from thermal mismatch. These interconnect "ridges" can span wide gaps (on the order of a millimeter) and accommodate height differences of tens of microns between adjacent devices. Examples of these laser printed 3D metallic bridges and their role in the development of next generation electronics by additive manufacturing will be presented.

  9. Monitoring hydraulic stimulation using telluric sounding

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Rees, Nigel; Heinson, Graham; Conway, Dennis

    2018-01-01

    The telluric sounding (TS) method is introduced as a potential tool for monitoring hydraulic fracturing at depth. The advantage of this technique is that it requires only the measurement of electric fields, which are cheap and easy when compared with magnetotelluric measurements. Additionally, the transfer function between electric fields from two locations is essentially the identity matrix for a 1D Earth no matter what the vertical structure. Therefore, changes in the earth resulting from the introduction of conductive bodies underneath one of these sites can be associated with deviations away from the identity matrix, with static shift appearing as a galvanic multiplier at all periods. Singular value decomposition and eigenvalue analysis can reduce the complexity of the resulting telluric distortion matrix to simpler parameters that can be visualised in the form of Mohr circles. This technique would be useful in constraining the lateral extent of resistivity changes. We test the viability of utilising the TS method for monitoring on both a synthetic dataset and for a hydraulic stimulation of an enhanced geothermal system case study conducted in Paralana, South Australia. The synthetic data example shows small but consistent changes in the transfer functions associated with hydraulic stimulation, with grids of Mohr circles introduced as a useful diagnostic tool for visualising the extent of fluid movement. The Paralana electric field data were relatively noisy and affected by the dead band making the analysis of transfer functions difficult. However, changes in the order of 5% were observed from 5 s to longer periods. We conclude that deep monitoring using the TS method is marginal at depths in the order of 4 km and that in order to have meaningful interpretations, electric field data need to be of a high quality with low levels of site noise.[Figure not available: see fulltext.

  10. NMR Stratagems for the Study of Multiple Kinetic Hydrogen/Deuterium Isotope Effectsof Proton Exchange. Example: Di-p-fluorophenylformamidine/THF

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Limbach, Hans-Heinrich; Meschede, Ludger; Scherer, Gerd

    1989-05-01

    Stratagems are presented for the determination of kinetic isotope effects of proton exchange reactions by dynamic NMR spectroscopy. In such experiments, lineshape analyses and/or polarization transfer experiments are performed on the exchanging protons or deuterons as well as on remote spins, as a function of the deuterium fraction in the mobile proton sites. These methods are NMR analogs of previous proton inventory techniques involving classical kinetic methods. A theory is developed in order to derive the kinetic isotope effects as well as the number of transferred protons from the experimental NMR spectra. The technique is then applied to the problem of proton exchange in the system 15N,15N'-di-p-fluorophenylibrmamidine, a nitrogen analog of formic acid, dissolved in tetrahydrofuran-d8 (THF). DFFA forms two conformers in THF to which s-trans and s-cis structures have been assigned. Only the s-trans conformer is able to dimerize and exchange protons. Lineshape simulations and magnetization transfer experiments were carried out at 189,2 K, at a concentration of 0.02 mol l-1, as a function of the deuterium fraction D in the 1H-15N sites. Using 1H NMR spectroscopy, a linear dependence of the inverse proton lifetimes on D was observed. From this it was concluded that two protons are transported in the rate limiting step of the proton exchange. This result is expected for a double proton transfer in an s-trans dimer with a cyclic structure. The full kinetic HH/HD/DD isotope effects of 233:11:1 at 189 K were determined through 19F NMR experiments on the same samples. The deviation from the rule of geometric mean, although substantial, is much smaller than found in previous studies of intramolecular HH transfer reactions. Possible causes of this effect are discussed.

  11. Relationships between the decoupled and coupled transfer functions: Theoretical studies and experimental validation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wang, Zengwei; Zhu, Ping; Liu, Zhao

    2018-01-01

    A generalized method for predicting the decoupled transfer functions based on in-situ transfer functions is proposed. The method allows predicting the decoupled transfer functions using coupled transfer functions, without disassembling the system. Two ways to derive relationships between the decoupled and coupled transfer functions are presented. Issues related to immeasurability of coupled transfer functions are also discussed. The proposed method is validated by numerical and experimental case studies.

  12. Resonance line transfer calculations by doubling thin layers. I - Comparison with other techniques. II - The use of the R-parallel redistribution function. [planetary atmospheres

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Yelle, Roger V.; Wallace, Lloyd

    1989-01-01

    A versatile and efficient technique for the solution of the resonance line scattering problem with frequency redistribution in planetary atmospheres is introduced. Similar to the doubling approach commonly used in monochromatic scattering problems, the technique has been extended to include the frequency dependence of the radiation field. Methods for solving problems with external or internal sources and coupled spectral lines are presented, along with comparison of some sample calculations with results from Monte Carlo and Feautrier techniques. The doubling technique has also been applied to the solution of resonance line scattering problems where the R-parallel redistribution function is appropriate, both neglecting and including polarization as developed by Yelle and Wallace (1989). With the constraint that the atmosphere is illuminated from the zenith, the only difficulty of consequence is that of performing precise frequency integrations over the line profiles. With that problem solved, it is no longer necessary to use the Monte Carlo method to solve this class of problem.

  13. A facile alternative technique for large-area graphene transfer via sacrificial polymer

    DOE PAGES

    Auchter, Eric; Marquez, Justin; Yarbro, Stephen L.; ...

    2017-12-07

    A novel method of transferring large-area graphene sheets onto a variety of substrates using Formvar (polyvinyl formal) is presented. Due to the ease at which formvar can be dissolved in chloroform this method allows for a consistent, a clean, and a more rapid transfer than other techniques including the PMMA assisted one. This novel transfer method is demonstrated by transferring large-area graphene onto a range of substrates including commercial TEM grids, silicon dioxide and glass. Raman spectroscopy was used to confirm the presence of graphene and characterize the morphological properties of the large-area sheets. SEM and AFM analyses demonstrated themore » effectiveness of our rapid transfer technique for clean crystalline large-area graphene sheets. The removal of the sacrificial polymer was found to be one to two orders of magnitude faster than PMMA methods. Ultimately this facile transfer technique offers new opportunities for a wide range of applications for large-area graphene through the utilization of a new sacrificial polymer.« less

  14. A facile alternative technique for large-area graphene transfer via sacrificial polymer

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Auchter, Eric; Marquez, Justin; Yarbro, Stephen L.

    A novel method of transferring large-area graphene sheets onto a variety of substrates using Formvar (polyvinyl formal) is presented. Due to the ease at which formvar can be dissolved in chloroform this method allows for a consistent, a clean, and a more rapid transfer than other techniques including the PMMA assisted one. This novel transfer method is demonstrated by transferring large-area graphene onto a range of substrates including commercial TEM grids, silicon dioxide and glass. Raman spectroscopy was used to confirm the presence of graphene and characterize the morphological properties of the large-area sheets. SEM and AFM analyses demonstrated themore » effectiveness of our rapid transfer technique for clean crystalline large-area graphene sheets. The removal of the sacrificial polymer was found to be one to two orders of magnitude faster than PMMA methods. Ultimately this facile transfer technique offers new opportunities for a wide range of applications for large-area graphene through the utilization of a new sacrificial polymer.« less

  15. An experimental and numerical study of endwall heat transfer in a turbine blade cascade including tangential heat conduction analysis

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ratto, Luca; Satta, Francesca; Tanda, Giovanni

    2018-06-01

    This paper presents an experimental and numerical investigation of heat transfer in the endwall region of a large scale turbine cascade. The steady-state liquid crystal technique has been used to obtain the map of the heat transfer coefficient for a constant heat flux boundary condition. In the presence of two- and three-dimensional flows with significant spatial variations of the heat transfer coefficient, tangential heat conduction could lead to error in the heat transfer coefficient determination, since local heat fluxes at the wall-to-fluid interface tend to differ from point to point and surface temperatures to be smoothed out, thus making the uniform-heat-flux boundary condition difficult to be perfectly achieved. For this reason, numerical simulations of flow and heat transfer in the cascade including the effect of tangential heat conduction inside the endwall have been performed. The major objective of numerical simulations was to investigate the influence of wall heat conduction on the convective heat transfer coefficient determined during a nominal iso-flux heat transfer experiment and to interpret possible differences between numerical and experimental heat transfer results. Results were presented and discussed in terms of local Nusselt number and a convenient wall heat flux function for two values of the Reynolds number (270,000 and 960,000).

  16. Energy transfer of highly vibrationally excited naphthalene: collisions with CHF3, CF4, and Kr.

    PubMed

    Chen Hsu, Hsu; Tsai, Ming-Tsang; Dyakov, Yuri A; Ni, Chi-Kung

    2011-08-07

    Energy transfer of highly vibrationally excited naphthalene in the triplet state in collisions with CHF(3), CF(4), and Kr was studied using a crossed-beam apparatus along with time-sliced velocity map ion imaging techniques. Highly vibrationally excited naphthalene (2.0 eV vibrational energy) was formed via the rapid intersystem crossing of naphthalene initially excited to the S(2) state by 266 nm photons. The shapes of the collisional energy-transfer probability density functions were measured directly from the scattering results of highly vibrationally excited naphthalene. In comparison to Kr atoms, the energy transfer in collisions between CHF(3) and naphthalene shows more forward scatterings, larger cross section for vibrational to translational (V → T) energy transfer, smaller cross section for translational to vibrational and rotational (T → VR) energy transfer, and more energy transferred from vibration to translation, especially in the range -ΔE(d) = -100 to -800 cm(-1). On the other hand, the difference of energy transfer properties between collisional partners Kr and CF(4) is small. The enhancement of the V → T energy transfer in collisions with CHF(3) is attributed to the large attractive interaction between naphthalene and CHF(3) (1-3 kcal/mol).

  17. Introduction to Flight Test Engineering (Introduction aux techniques des essais en vol)

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2005-07-01

    or aircraft parameters • Calculations in the frequency domain ( Fast Fourier Transform) • Data analysis with dedicated software for: • Signal...density Fast Fourier Transform Transfer function analysis Frequency response analysis Etc. PRESENTATION Color/black & white Display screen...envelope by operating the airplane at increasing ranges - representing increasing risk - of engine operation, airspeeds both fast and slow, altitude

  18. Analysis of Lunar Seismic Signals: Determination of Instrumental Parameters and Seismic Velocity Distributions. Ph.D. Thesis

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Horvath, P.

    1979-01-01

    Inverse filters were designed to correct the effect of instrumental response, coupling of the seismometer to the ground, and near surface structures. The least squares technique was used to determine the instrumental constants and the transfer functions of the long period lunar seismographs. The influence of noise and the results of these calculations are discussed.

  19. Optical voltage reference

    DOEpatents

    Rankin, Richard; Kotter, Dale

    1994-01-01

    An optical voltage reference for providing an alternative to a battery source. The optical reference apparatus provides a temperature stable, high precision, isolated voltage reference through the use of optical isolation techniques to eliminate current and impedance coupling errors. Pulse rate frequency modulation is employed to eliminate errors in the optical transmission link while phase-lock feedback is employed to stabilize the frequency to voltage transfer function.

  20. A noncoherent optical analog image processor.

    PubMed

    Swindell, W

    1970-11-01

    The description of a machine that performs a variety of image processing operations is given, together with a theoretical discussion of its operation. Spatial processing is performed by corrective convolution techniques. Density processing is achieved by means of an electrical transfer function generator included in the video circuit. Examples of images processed for removal of image motion blur, defocus, and atmospheric seeing blur are shown.

  1. Site Transfer Functions of Three-Component Ground Motion in Western Turkey

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ozgur Kurtulmus, Tevfik; Akyol, Nihal; Camyildiz, Murat; Gungor, Talip

    2015-04-01

    Because of high seismicity accommodating crustal deformation and deep graben structures, on which have, urbanized and industrialized large cities in western Turkey, the importance of site-specific seismic hazard assessments becomes more crucial. Characterizing source, site and path effects is important for both assessing the seismic hazard in a specific region and generation of the building codes/or renewing previous ones. In this study, we evaluated three-component recordings for micro- and moderate-size earthquakes with local magnitudes ranging between 2.0 and 5.6. This dataset is used for site transfer function estimations, utilizing two different spectral ratio approaches 'Standard Spectral Ratio-(SSR)' and 'Horizontal to Vertical Spectral Ratio-(HVSR)' and a 'Generalized Inversion Technique-(GIT)' to highlight site-specific seismic hazard potential of deep basin structures of the region. Obtained transfer functions revealed that the sites located near the basin edges are characterized by broader HVSR curves. Broad HVSR peaks could be attributed to the complexity of wave propagation related to significant 2D/3D velocity variations at the sediment-bedrock interface near the basin edges. Comparison of HVSR and SSR estimates for the sites located on the grabens showed that SSR estimates give larger values at lower frequencies which could be attributed to lateral variations in regional velocity and attenuation values caused by basin geometry and edge effects. However, large amplitude values of vertical component GIT site transfer functions were observed at varying frequency ranges for some of the stations. These results imply that vertical component of ground motion is not amplification free. Contamination of HVSR site transfer function estimates at different frequency bands could be related to complexities in the wave field caused by deep or shallow heterogeneities in the region such as differences in the basin geometries, fracturing and fluid saturation along different propagation paths. The results also show that, even if the site is located on a horst, the presence of weathered zones near the surface could cause moderate frequency dependent site effects.

  2. Power cepstrum technique with application to model helicopter acoustic data

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Martin, R. M.; Burley, C. L.

    1986-01-01

    The application of the power cepstrum to measured helicopter-rotor acoustic data is investigated. A previously applied correction to the reconstructed spectrum is shown to be incorrect. For an exact echoed signal, the amplitude of the cepstrum echo spike at the delay time is linearly related to the echo relative amplitude in the time domain. If the measured spectrum is not entirely from the source signal, the cepstrum will not yield the desired echo characteristics and a cepstral aliasing may occur because of the effective sample rate in the frequency domain. The spectral analysis bandwidth must be less than one-half the echo ripple frequency or cepstral aliasing can occur. The power cepstrum editing technique is a useful tool for removing some of the contamination because of acoustic reflections from measured rotor acoustic spectra. The cepstrum editing yields an improved estimate of the free field spectrum, but the correction process is limited by the lack of accurate knowledge of the echo transfer function. An alternate procedure, which does not require cepstral editing, is proposed which allows the complete correction of a contaminated spectrum through use of both the transfer function and delay time of the echo process.

  3. Validation Tests of Fiber Optic Strain-Based Operational Shape and Load Measurements

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bakalyar, John A.; Jutte, Christine

    2012-01-01

    Aircraft design has been progressing toward reduced structural weight to improve fuel efficiency, increase performance, and reduce cost. Lightweight aircraft structures are more flexible than conventional designs and require new design considerations. Intelligent sensing allows for enhanced control and monitoring of aircraft, which enables increased structurally efficiency. The NASA Dryden Flight Research Center (DFRC) has developed an instrumentation system and analysis techniques that combine to make distributed structural measurements practical for lightweight vehicles. Dryden's Fiber Optic Strain Sensing (FOSS) technology enables a multitude of lightweight, distributed surface strain measurements. The analysis techniques, referred to as the Displacement Transfer Functions (DTF) and Load Transfer Functions (LTF), use surface strain values to calculate structural deflections and operational loads. The combined system is useful for real-time monitoring of aeroelastic structures, along with many other applications. This paper describes how the capabilities of the measurement system were demonstrated using subscale test articles that represent simple aircraft structures. Empirical FOSS strain data were used within the DTF to calculate the displacement of the article and within the LTF to calculate bending moments due to loads acting on the article. The results of the tests, accuracy of the measurements, and a sensitivity analysis are presented.

  4. Training high performance skills using above real-time training

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Guckenberger, Dutch; Uliano, Kevin C.; Lane, Norman E.

    1993-01-01

    The Above Real-Time Training (ARTT) concept is a unique approach to training high performance skills. ARTT refers to a training paradigm that places the operator in a simulated environment that functions at faster than normal time. Such a training paradigm represents a departure from the intuitive, but not often supported, feeling that the best practice is determined by the training environment with the highest fidelity. This approach is hypothesized to provide greater 'transfer value' per simulation trial, by incorporating training techniques and instructional features into the simulator. These techniques allow individuals to acquire these critical skills faster and with greater retention. ARTT also allows an individual trained in 'fast time' to operate at what appears to be a more confident state, when the same task is performed in a real-time environment. Two related experiments are discussed. The findings appear to be consistent with previous findings that show positive effects of task variation during training. Moreover, ARTT has merit in improving or maintaining transfer with sharp reductions in training time. There are indications that the effectiveness of ARTT varies as a function of task content and possibly task difficulty. Other implications for ARTT are discussed along with future research directions.

  5. Supinator to ulnar nerve transfer via in situ anterior interosseous nerve bridge to restore intrinsic muscle function in combined proximal median and ulnar nerve injury: a novel cadaveric study.

    PubMed

    Namazi, Hamid; HajiVandi, Shahin

    2017-05-01

    In cases of high ulnar nerve palsy, result of nerve repair in term of intrinsic muscle recovery is unsatisfactory. Distal nerve transfer can diminish the regeneration time and improve the results. But, there was no perfect distal nerve transfer for restoring intrinsic hand function in combined proximal median and ulnar nerve injuries. This cadaveric study aims to evaluate the possibility and feasibility of supinator nerve transfer to motor branch of ulnar nerve (MUN). Ten cadaveric upper limbs dissected to identify the location of the supinator branch, anterior interosseous nerve (AIN), and MUN. The AIN was cut from its origin and transferred to the supinator branches. Also, the AIN was distally cut and transferred to the MUN. After nerve coaptation, surface area, fascicle count, and axon number were determined by histologic methods. In all limbs, the proximal and distal stumps of AIN reached the supinator branch and the MUN without tension, respectively. The mean of axon number in the supinator, proximal stump of AIN, distal stump of AIN and MUN branches were 32,426, 45,542, 25,288, and 35,426, respectively. This study showed that transfer of the supinator branches to the MUN is possible via the in situ AIN bridge. The axon count data showed a favorable match between the supinator branches, AIN, and MUN. Therefore, it is suggested that this technique can be useful for patients with combined high median and ulnar nerve injuries. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  6. Thin metal thermistors for shock temperature measurements of polymers

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Taylor, N. E.; Williamson, D. M.; Picard, A.; Cunningham, L. K.; Jardine, A. P.

    2015-06-01

    Equations of state can be used to predict the relationship between pressure, volume and temperature. However, in shock physics, they are usually only constrained by experimental observations of pressure and volume. Direct observation of temperature in a shock is therefore valuable in constraining equations of state. Bloomquist and Sheffield (1980, 1981) and Rosenberg and Partom (1984) have attempted such observations in poly(methyl methacrylate) (PMMA). However, their results disagree strongly above 2 GPa shock pressure. The present authors previously presented an improved fabrication technique, to examine this outstanding issue. This technique made use of the fact that the electrical resistivity of most metals is a known function of both pressure and temperature. By fabricating a thin metal thermistor gauge and measuring its change in resistance during a shock experiment of known pressure, its temperature can be recovered. Heat transfer into the gauge depends strongly on the gauge dimensions and the thermal conductivity of the shocked PMMA. Here we present several improvements to the technique. By varying the gauge thickness over the range 100 nm to 10 μ m we assess the heat transfer into the gauge.

  7. Leveraging Experiential Learning Techniques for Transfer

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Furman, Nate; Sibthorp, Jim

    2013-01-01

    Experiential learning techniques can be helpful in fostering learning transfer. Techniques such as project-based learning, reflective learning, and cooperative learning provide authentic platforms for developing rich learning experiences. In contrast to more didactic forms of instruction, experiential learning techniques foster a depth of learning…

  8. Impulsive time-free transfers between halo orbits

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hiday, L. A.; Howell, K. C.

    1992-08-01

    A methodology is developed to design optimal time-free impulsive transfers between three-dimensional halo orbits in the vicinity of the interior L1 libration point of the sun-earth/moon barycenter system. The transfer trajectories are optimal in the sense that the total characteristics velocity required to implement the transfer exhibits a local minimum. Criteria are established whereby the implementation of a coast in the initial orbit, a coast in the final orbit, or dual coasts accomplishes a reduction in fuel expenditure. The optimality of a reference two-impulse transfer can be determined by examining the slope at the endpoints of a plot of the magnitude of the primer vector on the reference trajectory. If the initial and final slopes of the primer magnitude are zero, the transfer trajectory is optimal; otherwise, the execution of coasts is warranted. The optimal time of flight on the time-free transfer, and consequently, the departure and arrival locations on the halo orbits are determined by the unconstrained minimization of a function of two variables using a multivariable search technique. Results indicate that the cost can be substantially diminished by the allowance for coasts in the initial and final libration-point orbits.

  9. Impulsive Time-Free Transfers Between Halo Orbits

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hiday-Johnston, L. A.; Howell, K. C.

    1996-12-01

    A methodology is developed to design optimal time-free impulsive transfers between three-dimensional halo orbits in the vicinity of the interior L 1 libration point of the Sun-Earth/Moon barycenter system. The transfer trajectories are optimal in the sense that the total characteristic velocity required to implement the transfer exhibits a local minimum. Criteria are established whereby the implementation of a coast in the initial orbit, a coast in the final orbit, or dual coasts accomplishes a reduction in fuel expenditure. The optimality of a reference two-impulse transfer can be determined by examining the slope at the endpoints of a plot of the magnitude of the primer vector on the reference trajectory. If the initial and final slopes of the primer magnitude are zero, the transfer trajectory is optimal; otherwise, the execution of coasts is warranted. The optimal time of flight on the time-free transfer, and consequently, the departure and arrival locations on the halo orbits are determined by the unconstrained minimization of a function of two variables using a multivariable search technique. Results indicate that the cost can be substantially diminished by the allowance for coasts in the initial and final libration-point orbits.

  10. Laser induced forward transfer technique for the immobilization of biomaterials in biosensors applications (Conference Presentation)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Papazoglou, Symeon; Chatzipetrou, Marianeza; Massaouti, Maria; Zergioti, Ioanna

    2017-02-01

    Laser Induced Forward Transfer (LIFT) is a direct write technique, able to create micropatterns of biomaterials on sensing devices. In this conference we will present a new approach using LIFT for the printing and direct immobilization of biomaterials on a great variety of surfaces, for bio-sensor applications. The basic requirement for the fabrication of a biosensor is to stabilize a biomaterial that brings the physicochemical changes in close proximity to a transducer. In this direction, several immobilization methods such as covalent binding and crosslinking have been implemented. The presence of the additional functionalization steps in the biosensors fabrication, is among the main disadvantages of chemical immobilization methods. Our approach employs the LIFT technique for the direct immobilization of biomaterials, either by physical adsorption or by covalent bonding of the biomaterials. The physical adsorption of the biomaterials, occurs on hydrophobic or super-hydrophobic surfaces, due to the transition of the wetting properties of the surfaces upon the impact of the biomaterials with high velocity. The unique characteristic of LIFT technique to create high speed liquid jets, leads to the penetration of the biomaterial in the micro/nano roughness of the surface, resulting in their direct immobilization, without the need of any chemical functionalization layers. Moreover, we will also present the direct immobilization of biomaterials on Screen Printed Electrodes, for enzymatic biosensors, with a limit of detection (LOD) for catechol at 150 nM, and protein biosensors, used for the detection of herbicides, with an LOD of 8-10 nM.

  11. Absolute calibration technique for broadband ultrasonic transducers

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Yost, William T. (Inventor); Cantrell, John H. (Inventor)

    1994-01-01

    Calibrating an ultrasonic transducer can be performed with a reduced number of calculations and testing. A wide-band pulser is connected to an ultrasonic transducer under test to generate ultrasonic waves in a liquid. A single frequency is transmitted to the electrostatic acoustic transducer (ESAT) and the voltage change produced is monitored. Then a broadband ultrasonic pulse is generated by the ultrasonic transducer and received by the ESAT. The output of the ESAT is amplified and input to a digitized oscilloscope for fast Fourier transform. The resulting plot is normalized with the monitored signal from the single frequency pulse. The plot is then corrected for characteristics of the membrane and diffraction effects. The transfer function of the final plot is determined. The transfer function gives the final sensitivity of the ultrasonic transducer as a function of frequency. The advantage of the system is the speed of calibrating the transducer by a reduced number of measurements and removal of the membrane and diffraction effects.

  12. Modified slanted-edge method for camera modulation transfer function measurement using nonuniform fast Fourier transform technique

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Duan, Yaxuan; Xu, Songbo; Yuan, Suochao; Chen, Yongquan; Li, Hongguang; Da, Zhengshang; Gao, Limin

    2018-01-01

    ISO 12233 slanted-edge method experiences errors using fast Fourier transform (FFT) in the camera modulation transfer function (MTF) measurement due to tilt angle errors in the knife-edge resulting in nonuniform sampling of the edge spread function (ESF). In order to resolve this problem, a modified slanted-edge method using nonuniform fast Fourier transform (NUFFT) for camera MTF measurement is proposed. Theoretical simulations for images with noise at a different nonuniform sampling rate of ESF are performed using the proposed modified slanted-edge method. It is shown that the proposed method successfully eliminates the error due to the nonuniform sampling of the ESF. An experimental setup for camera MTF measurement is established to verify the accuracy of the proposed method. The experiment results show that under different nonuniform sampling rates of ESF, the proposed modified slanted-edge method has improved accuracy for the camera MTF measurement compared to the ISO 12233 slanted-edge method.

  13. Dynamic gas temperature measurement system. Volume 2: Operation and program manual

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Purpura, P. T.

    1983-01-01

    The hot section technology (HOST) dynamic gas temperature measurement system computer program acquires data from two type B thermocouples of different diameters. The analysis method determines the in situ value of an aerodynamic parameter T, containing the heat transfer coefficient from the transfer function of the two thermocouples. This aerodynamic parameter is used to compute a fequency response spectrum and compensate the dynamic portion of the signal of the smaller thermocouple. The calculations for the aerodynamic parameter and the data compensation technique are discussed. Compensated data are presented in either the time or frequency domain, time domain data as dynamic temperature vs time, or frequency domain data.

  14. An evaluation of analog and numerical techniques for unsteady heat transfer measurement with thin-film gauges in transient facilities

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    George, William K.; Rae, William J.; Woodward, Scott H.

    1991-01-01

    The importance of frequency response considerations in the use of thin-film gages for unsteady heat transfer measurements in transient facilities is considered, and methods for evaluating it are proposed. A departure frequency response function is introduced and illustrated by an existing analog circuit. A Fresnel integral temperature which possesses the essential features of the film temperature in transient facilities is introduced and is used to evaluate two numerical algorithms. Finally, criteria are proposed for the use of finite-difference algorithms for the calculation of the unsteady heat flux from a sampled temperature signal.

  15. Model of multistep electron transfer in a single-mode polar medium

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Feskov, S. V.; Yudanov, V. V.

    2017-09-01

    A mathematical model of multistep photoinduced electron transfer (PET) in a polar medium with a single relaxation time (Debye solvent) is developed. The model includes the polarization nonequilibrity formed in the vicinity of the donor-acceptor molecular system at the initial steps of photoreaction and its influence on the subsequent steps of PET. It is established that the results from numerical simulation of transient luminescence spectra of photoexcited donor-acceptor complexes (DAC) conform to calculated data obtained on the basis of the familiar experimental technique used to measure the relaxation function of solvent polarization in the vicinity of DAC in the picosecond and subpicosecond ranges.

  16. Comparative study of phrenic nerve transfers with and without nerve graft for elbow flexion after global brachial plexus injury.

    PubMed

    Liu, Yuzhou; Lao, Jie; Gao, Kaiming; Gu, Yudong; Zhao, Xin

    2014-01-01

    Nerve transfer is a valuable surgical technique in peripheral nerve reconstruction, especially in brachial plexus injuries. Phrenic nerve transfer for elbow flexion was proved to be one of the optimal procedures in the treatment of brachial plexus injuries in the study of Gu et al. The aim of this study was to compare phrenic nerve transfers with and without nerve graft for elbow flexion after brachial plexus injury. A retrospective review of 33 patients treated with phrenic nerve transfer for elbow flexion in posttraumatic global root avulsion brachial plexus injury was carried out. All the 33 patients were confirmed to have global root avulsion brachial plexus injury by preoperative and intraoperative electromyography (EMG), physical examination and especially by intraoperative exploration. There were two types of phrenic nerve transfers: type1 - the phrenic nerve to anterolateral bundle of anterior division of upper trunk (14 patients); type 2 - the phrenic nerve via nerve graft to anterolateral bundle of musculocutaneous nerve (19 patients). Motor function and EMG evaluation were performed at least 3 years after surgery. The efficiency of motor function in type 1 was 86%, while it was 84% in type 2. The two groups were not statistically different in terms of Medical Research Council (MRC) grade (p=1.000) and EMG results (p=1.000). There were seven patients with more than 4 month's delay of surgery, among whom only three patients regained biceps power to M3 strength or above (43%). A total of 26 patients had reconstruction done within 4 months, among whom 25 patients recovered to M3 strength or above (96%). There was a statistically significant difference of motor function between the delay of surgery within 4 months and more than 4 months (p=0.008). Phrenic nerve transfers with and without nerve graft for elbow flexion after brachial plexus injury had no significant difference for biceps reinnervation according to MRC grading and EMG. A delay of the surgery after the 4 months might imply a bad prognosis for the recovery of the function. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  17. MAPLE fabrication of thin films based on kanamycin functionalized magnetite nanoparticles with anti-pathogenic properties

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Grumezescu, Valentina; Andronescu, Ecaterina; Holban, Alina Maria; Mogoantă, Laurenţiu; Mogoşanu, George Dan; Grumezescu, Alexandru Mihai; Stănculescu, Anca; Socol, Gabriel; Iordache, Florin; Maniu, Horia; Chifiriuc, Mariana Carmen

    2015-05-01

    In this study we aimed to evaluate the biocompatibility and antimicrobial activity of kanamycin functionalized 5 nm-magnetite (Fe3O4@KAN) nanoparticles thin films deposited by Matrix Assisted Pulsed Laser Evaporation (MAPLE) technique. A laser deposition regime was established in order to stoichiometrically transfer Fe3O4@KAN thin films on silicone and glass substrates. Morphological and physico-chemical properties of powders and coatings were characterized by XRD, TEM, SEM, AFM and IR microscopy (IRM). Our nanostructured thin films have proved efficiency in the prevention of microbial adhesion and mature biofilms development as a result of antibiotic release in its active form. Furthermore, kanamycin functionalized nanostructures exhibit a good biocompatibility, both in vivo and in vitro, demonstrating their potential for implants application. This is the first study reporting the assessment of the in vivo biocompatibility of a magnetite-antimicrobial thin films produced by MAPLE technique.

  18. Dynamic eye socket reconstruction after extended total maxillectomy using temporalis transfer.

    PubMed

    Motomura, Hisashi; Hatano, Takaharu; Kobayashi, Rie; Sakahara, Daisuke; Fujii, Naho; Mineo, Mari

    2014-03-01

    The functional and cosmetic results of the reconstructive surgery after extended total maxillectomy greatly depend on the quality of the orbital reconstruction. In order to achieve good orbital reconstruction, we developed the dynamic eye socket reconstruction using temporalis transfer. In this report, I will present the details of the technique, including tips and innovations for dynamic eye socket reconstruction.Two patients (2 males, aged 70 and 72 years old) who underwent extensive resection of midfacial tumours were treated with dynamic eye socket reconstruction using temporalis transfer. The follow up period was 16 and 102 months. No acute complications were observed. The movements of the upper/lower eyelids including crow's feet were observed and a good shape in the reconstructed medial/lateral canthal area was maintained in all patients.This procedure provides both the eyelids with movement and also a good shape in the reconstructed medial/lateral canthal region. Furthermore, it contributes to achieving satisfactory functional and cosmetic results in the orbital reconstruction. Copyright © 2013 British Association of Plastic, Reconstructive and Aesthetic Surgeons. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  19. Vertical Photon Transport in Cloud Remote Sensing Problems

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Platnick, S.

    1999-01-01

    Photon transport in plane-parallel, vertically inhomogeneous clouds is investigated and applied to cloud remote sensing techniques that use solar reflectance or transmittance measurements for retrieving droplet effective radius. Transport is couched in terms of weighting functions which approximate the relative contribution of individual layers to the overall retrieval. Two vertical weightings are investigated, including one based on the average number of scatterings encountered by reflected and transmitted photons in any given layer. A simpler vertical weighting based on the maximum penetration of reflected photons proves useful for solar reflectance measurements. These weighting functions are highly dependent on droplet absorption and solar/viewing geometry. A superposition technique, using adding/doubling radiative transfer procedures, is derived to accurately determine both weightings, avoiding time consuming Monte Carlo methods. Superposition calculations are made for a variety of geometries and cloud models, and selected results are compared with Monte Carlo calculations. Effective radius retrievals from modeled vertically inhomogeneous liquid water clouds are then made using the standard near-infrared bands, and compared with size estimates based on the proposed weighting functions. Agreement between the two methods is generally within several tenths of a micrometer, much better than expected retrieval accuracy. Though the emphasis is on photon transport in clouds, the derived weightings can be applied to any multiple scattering plane-parallel radiative transfer problem, including arbitrary combinations of cloud, aerosol, and gas layers.

  20. A guide to the synthesis of block copolymers using reversible-addition fragmentation chain transfer (RAFT) polymerization.

    PubMed

    Keddie, Daniel J

    2014-01-21

    The discovery of reversible-deactivation radical polymerization (RDRP) has provided an avenue for the synthesis of a vast array of polymers with a rich variety of functionality and architecture. The preparation of block copolymers has received significant focus in this burgeoning research field, due to their diverse properties and potential in a wide range of research environments. This tutorial review will address the important concepts behind the design and synthesis of block copolymers using reversible addition-fragmentation chain transfer (RAFT) polymerization. RAFT polymerization is arguably the most versatile of the RDRP methods due to its compatibility with a wide range of functional monomers and reaction media along with its relative ease of use. With an ever increasing array of researchers that possess a variety of backgrounds now turning to RDRP, and RAFT in particular, to prepare their required polymeric materials, it is pertinent to discuss the important points which enable the preparation of high purity functional block copolymers with targeted molar mass and narrow molar mass distribution using RAFT polymerization. The key principles of appropriate RAFT agent selection, the order of monomer addition in block synthesis and potential issues with maintaining high end-group fidelity are addressed. Additionally, techniques which allow block copolymers to be accessed using a combination of RAFT polymerization and complementary techniques are touched upon.

  1. Tutorial on X-ray photon counting detector characterization.

    PubMed

    Ren, Liqiang; Zheng, Bin; Liu, Hong

    2018-01-01

    Recent advances in photon counting detection technology have led to significant research interest in X-ray imaging. As a tutorial level review, this paper covers a wide range of aspects related to X-ray photon counting detector characterization. The tutorial begins with a detailed description of the working principle and operating modes of a pixelated X-ray photon counting detector with basic architecture and detection mechanism. Currently available methods and techniques for charactering major aspects including energy response, noise floor, energy resolution, count rate performance (detector efficiency), and charge sharing effect of photon counting detectors are comprehensively reviewed. Other characterization aspects such as point spread function (PSF), line spread function (LSF), contrast transfer function (CTF), modulation transfer function (MTF), noise power spectrum (NPS), detective quantum efficiency (DQE), bias voltage, radiation damage, and polarization effect are also remarked. A cadmium telluride (CdTe) pixelated photon counting detector is employed for part of the characterization demonstration and the results are presented. This review can serve as a tutorial for X-ray imaging researchers and investigators to understand, operate, characterize, and optimize photon counting detectors for a variety of applications.

  2. An asymptotic expansion approach to the inverse radiative transfer problem. [to infer concentration profiles of the atmosphere from measurements made onboard a satellite

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Gomberg, R. I.; Buglia, J. J.

    1979-01-01

    An iterative technique which recovers density profiles in a nonhomogeneous absorbing atmosphere is derived. The technique is based on the concept of factoring a function of the density profile into the product of a known term and a term which is not known, but whose power series expansion can be found. This series converges rapidly under a wide range of conditions. A demonstration example of simulated data from a high resolution infrared heterodyne instrument is inverted. For the examples studied, the technique is shown to be capable of extracting features of ozone profiles in the troposphere and to be particularly stable.

  3. Measurement techniques and applications of charge transfer to aerospace research

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Smith, A.

    1978-01-01

    A technique of developing high-velocity low-intensity neutral gas beams for use in aerospace research problems is described. This technique involves ionization of gaseous species with a mass spectrometer and focusing the resulting primary ion beam into a collision chamber containing a static gas at a known pressure and temperature. Equations are given to show how charge-transfer cross sections are obtained from a total-current measurement technique. Important parameters are defined for the charge-transfer process.

  4. State of the art in treatment of facial paralysis with temporalis tendon transfer.

    PubMed

    Sidle, Douglas M; Simon, Patrick

    2013-08-01

    Temporalis tendon transfer is a technique for dynamic facial reanimation. Since its inception, nearly 80 years ago, it has undergone a wealth of innovation to produce the modern operation. The purpose of this review is to update the literature as to the current techniques and perioperative management of patients undergoing temporalis tendon transfer. The modern technique focuses on the minimally invasive approaches and aesthetic refinements to enhance the final product of the operation. The newest techniques as well as preoperative assessment and postoperative rehabilitation are discussed. When temporalis tendon transfer is indicated for facial reanimation, the modern operation offers a refined technique that produces an aesthetically acceptable outcome. Preoperative smile assessment and postoperative smile rehabilitation are necessary and are important adjuncts to a successful operation.

  5. A High-yield Two-step Transfer Printing Method for Large-scale Fabrication of Organic Single-crystal Devices on Arbitrary Substrates

    PubMed Central

    Deng, Wei; Zhang, Xiujuan; Pan, Huanhuan; Shang, Qixun; Wang, Jincheng; Zhang, Xiaohong; Zhang, Xiwei; Jie, Jiansheng

    2014-01-01

    Single-crystal organic nanostructures show promising applications in flexible and stretchable electronics, while their applications are impeded by the large incompatibility with the well-developed photolithography techniques. Here we report a novel two-step transfer printing (TTP) method for the construction of organic nanowires (NWs) based devices onto arbitrary substrates. Copper phthalocyanine (CuPc) NWs are first transfer-printed from the growth substrate to the desired receiver substrate by contact-printing (CP) method, and then electrode arrays are transfer-printed onto the resulting receiver substrate by etching-assisted transfer printing (ETP) method. By utilizing a thin copper (Cu) layer as sacrificial layer, microelectrodes fabricated on it via photolithography could be readily transferred to diverse conventional or non-conventional substrates that are not easily accessible before with a high transfer yield of near 100%. The ETP method also exhibits an extremely high flexibility; various electrodes such as Au, Ti, and Al etc. can be transferred, and almost all types of organic devices, such as resistors, Schottky diodes, and field-effect transistors (FETs), can be constructed on planar or complex curvilinear substrates. Significantly, these devices can function properly and exhibit closed or even superior performance than the device counterparts fabricated by conventional approach. PMID:24942458

  6. Photorefractive keratectomy at 193 nm using an erodible mask

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gordon, Michael; Brint, Stephen F.; Durrie, Daniel S.; Seiler, Theo; Friedman, Marc D.; Johnsson, N. M. F.; King, Michael C.; Muller, David F.

    1992-08-01

    Clinical experience with more than ten thousand sighted eyes has demonstrated great promise for correcting myopia with photorefractive keratectomy (PRK). Previously reported techniques have incorporated computer-controlled irises, diaphragms, and apertures to regulate the desired distribution of 193 nm radiation onto the eye. This paper reports on an entirely new approach for performing PRK which utilizes an erodible mask to control the shape transfer process. Compared to the more traditional techniques, the erodible mask offers promise of correcting a broad range of refractive errors. In this paper the erodible mask and associated hardware are described in detail. We describe the shape transfer experiments used to predict the functional relationship between the desired refractive correction and the mask shape. We report on early clinical results from five patients with myopic astigmatism. We conclude that the early shape transfer experiments overestimated the spherical component of the correction by 1.25 diopters and underestimated the cylindrical component by approximately 0.85 diopters. The data suggest there may be biological effects which evoke different healing responses when myopic PRK corrections are performed with and without astigmatism. Clinical trials are proceeding with the mask shapes adjusted for these observations.

  7. Structural investigation, spectroscopic and energy level studies of Schiff base: 2-[(3‧-N-salicylidenephenyl)benzimidazole] using experimental and DFT methods

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Suman, G. R.; Bubbly, S. G.; Gudennavar, S. B.; Muthu, S.; Roopashree, B.; Gayatri, V.; Nanje Gowda, N. M.

    2017-07-01

    The Schiff base 2-[(3‧-N-salicylidenephenyl)benzimidazole] (Spbzl) was characterized by FT-Raman, 1H NMR, 13C NMR and single crystal X-ray diffraction technique. Crystallographic studies reveal the presence of two water molecules in the asymmetry unit which aid the intermolecular hydrogen bonding with imidazole ring, and the trans-conformation of the azomethine bond. Theoretical computations conducted using density functional theory (DFT) analysis support the experimental facts. Energy levels estimated by DFT studies are in good agreement with the values obtained from cyclic voltammetry technique. Frontier molecular orbital analysis shows that charge transfer has taken place from donor to acceptor moiety, which is also supported by the high hyperpolarizability values in both gaseous and solution phases, indicating high charge transfer capability of the molecule. A comparative theoretical study of Spbzl with derivative 4-((3-(1H-benzimidazol-2-yl)phenylimino)methyl)-3-hydroxybenzoic acid (Pbzlb) having an added anchor group COOH substituted at para position in the acceptor ring has been made. The result shows the feasibility of charge transfer to the semiconductor surface in dye sensitized solar cell (DSSC) applications for Pbzlb.

  8. Sun-Earth L1 Region Halo-To-Halo Orbit and Halo-To-LisaJous Orbit Transfers

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Roberts, Craig E.; DeFazio, Robert

    2004-01-01

    Practical techniques for designing transfer trajectories between Libration Point Orbits (LPOs) are presented. Motivation for development of these techniques was provided by a hardware contingency experienced by the Solar Heliospheric Observatory (SOHO), a joint mission of the European Space Agency (ESA) and the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) orbiting the L1 point of the Sun-Earth system. A potential solution to the problem involved a transfer from SOHO s periodic halo orbit to a new LPO of substantially different dimensions. Assuming the SOHO halo orbit as the departure orbit, several practical LPO transfer techniques were developed to obtain new Lissajous or periodic halo orbits that satisfy mission requirements and constraints. While not implemented for the SOHO mission, practical LPO transfer techniques were devised that are generally applicable to current and future LPO missions.

  9. "Self-Peel-Off" Transfer Produces Ultrathin Polyvinylidene-Fluoride-Based Flexible Nanodevices.

    PubMed

    Tai, Yanlong; Lubineau, Gilles

    2017-04-01

    Here, a new strategy, self-peel-off transfer, for the preparation of ultrathin flexible nanodevices made from polyvinylidene-fluoride (PVDF) is reported. In this process, a functional pattern of nanoparticles is transferred via peeling from a temporary substrate to the final PVDF film. This peeling process takes advantage of the differences in the work of adhesion between the various layers (the PVDF layer, the nanoparticle-pattern layer and the substrate layer) and of the high stresses generated by the differential thermal expansion of the layers. The work of adhesion is mainly guided by the basic physical/chemical properties of these layers and is highly sensitive to variations in temperature and moisture in the environment. The peeling technique is tested on a variety of PVDF-based functional films using gold/palladium nanoparticles, carbon nanotubes, graphene oxide, and lithium iron phosphate. Several PVDF-based flexible nanodevices are prepared, including a single-sided wireless flexible humidity sensor in which PVDF is used as the substrate and a double-sided flexible capacitor in which PVDF is used as the ferroelectric layer and the carrier layer. Results show that the nanodevices perform with high repeatability and stability. Self-peel-off transfer is a viable preparation strategy for the design and fabrication of flexible, ultrathin, and light-weight nanodevices.

  10. Modelling the bidirectional reflectance distribution function (BRDF) of seawater polluted by an oil film.

    PubMed

    Otremba, Zbigniew; Piskozub, Jacek

    2004-04-19

    The Bi-directional Reflectance Distribution Function (BRDF) of both clean seawaters and those polluted with oil film was determined using the Monte Carlo radiative transfer technique in which the spectrum of complex refractive index of Romashkino crude oil and the optical properties of case II water for chosen wavelengths was considered. The BRDF values were recorded for 1836 solid angular sectors of throughout the upper hemisphere. The visibility of areas polluted with oil observed from various directions and for various wavelengths is discussed.

  11. Identification of human operator performance models utilizing time series analysis

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Holden, F. M.; Shinners, S. M.

    1973-01-01

    The results of an effort performed by Sperry Systems Management Division for AMRL in applying time series analysis as a tool for modeling the human operator are presented. This technique is utilized for determining the variation of the human transfer function under various levels of stress. The human operator's model is determined based on actual input and output data from a tracking experiment.

  12. Gaussian-Beam Laser-Resonator Program

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Cross, Patricia L.; Bair, Clayton H.; Barnes, Norman

    1989-01-01

    Gaussian Beam Laser Resonator Program models laser resonators by use of Gaussian-beam-propagation techniques. Used to determine radii of beams as functions of position in laser resonators. Algorithm used in program has three major components. First, ray-transfer matrix for laser resonator must be calculated. Next, initial parameters of beam calculated. Finally, propagation of beam through optical elements computed. Written in Microsoft FORTRAN (Version 4.01).

  13. Optical voltage reference

    DOEpatents

    Rankin, R.; Kotter, D.

    1994-04-26

    An optical voltage reference for providing an alternative to a battery source is described. The optical reference apparatus provides a temperature stable, high precision, isolated voltage reference through the use of optical isolation techniques to eliminate current and impedance coupling errors. Pulse rate frequency modulation is employed to eliminate errors in the optical transmission link while phase-lock feedback is employed to stabilize the frequency to voltage transfer function. 2 figures.

  14. Upper limb joint kinetics of three sitting pivot wheelchair transfer techniques in individuals with spinal cord injury.

    PubMed

    Kankipati, Padmaja; Boninger, Michael L; Gagnon, Dany; Cooper, Rory A; Koontz, Alicia M

    2015-07-01

    Repeated measures design. This study compared the upper extremity (UE) joint kinetics between three transfer techniques. Research laboratory. Twenty individuals with spinal cord injury performed three transfer techniques from their wheelchair to a level tub bench. Two of the techniques involved a head-hips method with leading hand position close (HH-I) and far (HH-A) from the body, and the third technique with the trunk upright (TU) and hand far from body. Motion analysis equipment recorded upper body movements and force sensors recorded their hand and feet reaction forces during the transfers. Several significant differences were found between HH-A and HH-I and TU and HH-I transfers indicating that hand placement was a key factor influencing the UE joint kinetics. Peak resultant hand, elbow, and shoulder joint forces were significantly higher for the HH-A and TU techniques at the trailing arm (P < 0.036) and lower at the leading arm (P < 0.021), compared to the HH-I technique. Always trailing with the same arm if using HH-A or TU could predispose that arm to overuse related pain and injuries. Technique training should focus on initial hand placement close to the body followed by the amount of trunk flexion needed to facilitate movement.

  15. Turbine blade unsteady aerodynamic loading and heat transfer

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Johnston, David Alan

    Stator indexing to minimize the unsteady aerodynamic loading of closely spaced airfoil rows in turbomachinery is a new technique for the passive control of flow-induced vibrations. This technique, along with the effects of steady blade loading, were studied by means of experiments performed in a two-stage low-speed research turbine. With the second vane row fixed, the inlet vane row was indexed to six positions over one vane-pitch cycle for a range of stage loadings. The aerodynamic forcing function to the first-stage rotor was measured in the rotating reference frame, with the resulting rotor blade unsteady aerodynamic response quantified by rotor blades instrumented with dynamic pressure transducers. Reductions in the unsteady lift magnitude were achieved at all turbine operating conditions, with attenuation ranging from 37% to 74% of the maximum unsteady lift. Additionally, in complementary experiments, the effects of stator indexing and steady blade loading on the unsteady heat transfer of the first- and second-stage rotors was studied for the design and highest blade loading conditions using platinum-film heat gages. The attenuation of unsteady heat transfer coefficient was blade-loading dependent and location dependent along the chord and span, ranging 10% to 90% of maximum. Due to the high degree of location dependence of attenuation, stator indexing is therefore best suited to minimize unsteady heat transfer in local hot spots of the blade rather than the blade as a whole.

  16. An improved water-filled impedance tube.

    PubMed

    Wilson, Preston S; Roy, Ronald A; Carey, William M

    2003-06-01

    A water-filled impedance tube capable of improved measurement accuracy and precision is reported. The measurement instrument employs a variation of the standardized two-sensor transfer function technique. Performance improvements were achieved through minimization of elastic waveguide effects and through the use of sound-hard wall-mounted acoustic pressure sensors. Acoustic propagation inside the water-filled impedance tube was found to be well described by a plane wave model, which is a necessary condition for the technique. Measurements of the impedance of a pressure-release terminated transmission line, and the reflection coefficient from a water/air interface, were used to verify the system.

  17. Effect of pole zero location on system dynamics of boost converter for micro grid

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lavanya, A.; Vijayakumar, K.; Navamani, J. D.; Jayaseelan, N.

    2018-04-01

    Green clean energy like photo voltaic, wind energy, fuel cell can be brought together by microgrid.For low voltage sources like photovoltaic cell boost converter is very much essential. This paper explores the dynamic analysis of boost converter in a continuous conduction mode (CCM). The transient performance and stability analysis is carried out in this paper using time domain analysis and frequency domain analysis techniques. Boost converter is simulated using both PSIM and MATLAB software. Furthermore, state space model obtained and the transfer function is derived. The converter behaviour when a step input is applied is analyzed and stability of the converter is analyzed from bode plot frequency for open loop. Effect of the locations of poles and zeros in the transfer function of boost converter and how the performance parameters are affected is discussed in this paper. Closed loop performance with PI controller is also analyzed for boost converter.

  18. Protein self-assembly onto nanodots leads to formation of conductive bio-based hybrids

    PubMed Central

    Hu, Xiao; Dong, Chenbo; Su, Rigu; Xu, Quan; Dinu, Cerasela Zoica

    2016-01-01

    The next generation of nanowires that could advance the integration of functional nanosystems into synthetic applications from photocatalysis to optical devices need to demonstrate increased ability to promote electron transfer at their interfaces while ensuring optimum quantum confinement. Herein we used the biological recognition and the self-assembly properties of tubulin, a protein involved in building the filaments of cellular microtubules, to create stable, free standing and conductive sulfur-doped carbon nanodots-based conductive bio-hybrids. The physical and chemical properties (e.g., composition, morphology, diameter etc.) of such user-synthesized hybrids were investigated using atomic and spectroscopic techniques, while the electron transfer rate was estimated using peak currents formed during voltammetry scanning. Our results demonstrate the ability to create individually hybrid nanowires capable to reduce energy losses; such hybrids could possibly be used in the future for the advancement and implementation into nanometer-scale functional devices. PMID:27922059

  19. Optimizing an Actuator Array for the Control of Multi-Frequency Noise in Aircraft Interiors

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Palumbo, D. L.; Padula, S. L.

    1997-01-01

    Techniques developed for selecting an optimized actuator array for interior noise reduction at a single frequency are extended to the multi-frequency case. Transfer functions for 64 actuators were obtained at 5 frequencies from ground testing the rear section of a fully trimmed DC-9 fuselage. A single loudspeaker facing the left side of the aircraft was the primary source. A combinatorial search procedure (tabu search) was employed to find optimum actuator subsets of from 2 to 16 actuators. Noise reduction predictions derived from the transfer functions were used as a basis for evaluating actuator subsets during optimization. Results indicate that it is necessary to constrain actuator forces during optimization. Unconstrained optimizations selected actuators which require unrealistically large forces. Two methods of constraint are evaluated. It is shown that a fast, but approximate, method yields results equivalent to an accurate, but computationally expensive, method.

  20. Making perceptual learning practical to improve visual functions.

    PubMed

    Polat, Uri

    2009-10-01

    Task-specific improvement in performance after training is well established. The finding that learning is stimulus-specific and does not transfer well between different stimuli, between stimulus locations in the visual field, or between the two eyes has been used to support the notion that neurons or assemblies of neurons are modified at the earliest stage of cortical processing. However, a debate regarding the proposed mechanism underlying perceptual learning is an ongoing issue. Nevertheless, generalization of a trained task to other functions is an important key, for both understanding the neural mechanisms and the practical value of the training. This manuscript describes a structured perceptual learning method that previously used (amblyopia, myopia) and a novel technique and results that were applied for presbyopia. In general, subjects were trained for contrast detection of Gabor targets under lateral masking conditions. Training improved contrast sensitivity and diminished the lateral suppression when it existed (amblyopia). The improvement was transferred to unrelated functions such as visual acuity. The new results of presbyopia show substantial improvement of the spatial and temporal contrast sensitivity, leading to improved processing speed of target detection as well as reaction time. Consequently, the subjects, who were able to eliminate the need for reading glasses, benefited. Thus, here we show that the transfer of functions indicates that the specificity of improvement in the trained task can be generalized by repetitive practice of target detection, covering a sufficient range of spatial frequencies and orientations, leading to an improvement in unrelated visual functions. Thus, perceptual learning can be a practical method to improve visual functions in people with impaired or blurred vision.

  1. Bottom-up and top-down influences at untrained conditions determine perceptual learning specificity and transfer

    PubMed Central

    Xiong, Ying-Zi; Zhang, Jun-Yun; Yu, Cong

    2016-01-01

    Perceptual learning is often orientation and location specific, which may indicate neuronal plasticity in early visual areas. However, learning specificity diminishes with additional exposure of the transfer orientation or location via irrelevant tasks, suggesting that the specificity is related to untrained conditions, likely because neurons representing untrained conditions are neither bottom-up stimulated nor top-down attended during training. To demonstrate these top-down and bottom-up contributions, we applied a “continuous flash suppression” technique to suppress the exposure stimulus into sub-consciousness, and with additional manipulations to achieve pure bottom-up stimulation or top-down attention with the transfer condition. We found that either bottom-up or top-down influences enabled significant transfer of orientation and Vernier discrimination learning. These results suggest that learning specificity may result from under-activations of untrained visual neurons due to insufficient bottom-up stimulation and/or top-down attention during training. High-level perceptual learning thus may not functionally connect to these neurons for learning transfer. DOI: http://dx.doi.org/10.7554/eLife.14614.001 PMID:27377357

  2. Chemical and charge transfer studies on interfaces of a conjugated polymer and ITO

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    David, Tanya M. S.; Arasho, Wondwosson; Smith, O'Neil; Hong, Kunlun; Bonner, Carl; Sun, Sam-Shajing

    2017-08-01

    Conjugated oligomers and polymers are very attractive for potential future plastic electronic and opto-electronic device applications such as plastic photo detectors and solar cells, thermoelectric devices, field effect transistors, and light emitting diodes. Understanding and optimizing charge transport between an active polymer layer and conductive substrate is critical to the optimization of polymer based electronic and opto-electronic devices. This study focused on the design, synthesis, self-assembly, and electron transfers and transports of a phosphonic acid end-functionalized polyphenylenevinylene (PPV) that was covalently attached and self-assembled onto an Indium Tin Oxide (ITO) substrate. This study demonstrated how atomic force microscopy (AFM) can be an effective characterization technique in conjunction with conventional electron transfer methods, including cyclic voltammetry (CV), towards determining electron transfer rates in polymer and polymer/conductor interface systems. This study found that the electron transfer rates of covalently attached and self-assembled films were much faster than the spin coated films. The knowledge from this study can be very useful for designing potential polymer based electronic and opto-electronic thin film devices.

  3. A general stagnation-point convective heating equation for arbitrary gas mixtures

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Sutton, K.; Graves, R. A., Jr.

    1971-01-01

    The stagnation-point convective heat transfer to an axisymmetric blunt body for arbitrary gases in chemical equilibrium was investigated. The gases considered were base gases of nitrogen, oxygen, hydrogen, helium, neon, argon, carbon dioxide, ammonia, and methane and 22 gas mixtures composed of the base gases. Enthalpies ranged from 2.3 to 116.2 MJ/kg, pressures ranged from 0.001 to 100 atmospheres, and the wall temperatures were 300 and 1111 K. A general equation for the stagnation-point convective heat transfer in base gases and gas mixtures was derived and is a function of the mass fraction, the molecular weight, and a transport parameter of the base gases. The relation compares well with present boundary-layer computer results and with other analytical and experimental results. In addition, the analysis verified that the convective heat transfer in gas mixtures can be determined from a summation relation involving the heat transfer coefficients of the base gases. The basic technique developed for the prediction of stagnation-point convective heating to an axisymmetric blunt body could be applied to other heat transfer problems.

  4. Sinusoidal modulation analysis for optical system MTF measurements.

    PubMed

    Boone, J M; Yu, T; Seibert, J A

    1996-12-01

    The modulation transfer function (MTF) is a commonly used metric for defining the spatial resolution characteristics of imaging systems. While the MTF is defined in terms of how an imaging system demodulates the amplitude of a sinusoidal input, this approach has not been in general use to measure MTFs in the medical imaging community because producing sinusoidal x-ray patterns is technically difficult. However, for optical systems such as charge coupled devices (CCD), which are rapidly becoming a part of many medical digital imaging systems, the direct measurement of modulation at discrete spatial frequencies using a sinusoidal test pattern is practical. A commercially available optical test pattern containing spatial frequencies ranging from 0.375 cycles/mm to 80 cycles/mm was sued to determine the MRF of a CCD-based optical system. These results were compared with the angulated slit method of Fujita [H. Fujita, D. Tsia, T. Itoh, K. Doi, J. Morishita, K. Ueda, and A. Ohtsuka, "A simple method for determining the modulation transfer function in digital radiography," IEEE Trans. Medical Imaging 11, 34-39 (1992)]. The use of a semiautomated profiled iterated reconstruction technique (PIRT) is introduced, where the shift factor between successive pixel rows (due to angulation) is optimized iteratively by least-squares error analysis rather than by hand measurement of the slit angle. PIRT was used to find the slit angle for the Fujita technique and to find the sine-pattern angle for the sine-pattern technique. Computer simulation of PIRT for the case of the slit image (a line spread function) demonstrated that it produced a more accurate angle determination than "hand" measurement, and there is a significant difference between the errors in the two techniques (Wilcoxon Signed Rank Test, p < 0.001). The sine-pattern method and the Fujita slit method produced comparable MTF curves for the CCD camera evaluated.

  5. Fabrication of ultra-fine nanostructures using edge transfer printing.

    PubMed

    Xue, Mianqi; Li, Fengwang; Cao, Tingbing

    2012-03-21

    The exploration of new methods and techniques for application in diverse fields, such as photonics, microfluidics, biotechnology and flexible electronics is of increasing scientific and technical interest for multiple uses over distance of 10-100 nm. This article discusses edge transfer printing--a series of unconventional methods derived from soft lithography for nanofabrication. It possesses the advantages of easy fabrication, low-cost and great serviceability. In this paper, we show how to produce exposed edges and use various materials for edge transfer printing, while nanoskiving, nanotransfer edge printing and tunable cracking for nanogaps are introduced. Besides this, different functional materials, such as metals, inorganic semiconductors and polymers, as well as localised heating and charge patterning, are described here as unconventional "inks" for printing. Edge transfer printing, which can effectively produce sub-100 nm scale ultra-fine structures, has broad applications, including metallic nanowires as nanoelectrodes, semiconductor nanowires for chemical sensors, heterostructures of organic semiconductors, plasmonic devices and so forth. This journal is © The Royal Society of Chemistry 2012

  6. Thermal conductivity investigation of adhesive-free bond laser components

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Li, Da; Hong, Pengda; Vedula, MahaLakshmi; Meissner, Helmuth E.

    2017-02-01

    An interferometric method has been developed and employed at Onyx Optics, Inc. to accurately measure the thermal conductivity of laser-active crystals as function of dopant concentration or inactive materials such as single crystals, optical ceramics and glasses relative to a standard of assumed to be known thermal conductivity [1]. This technique can also provide information on heat transfer resistance at the interface between two materials in close thermal contact. While the technique appears generally applicable to composites between optically homogeneous materials, we report on thermal conductivities and heat transfer coefficients of selected adhesive-free bond (AFB®) laser composites. Single crystal bars and AFB bonded crystal doublets with the combinations of various rare-earth (Nd3+, Yb3+, Er3+, and Tm3+ trivalent ion doped YAG, and un-doped YAG have been fabricated with the AFB technique. By loading the test sample in a vacuum cryostat, with a precisely controlled heat load at one end of the doublets, the temperature distribution inside the single crystal or the composite samples can been precisely mapped by measuring the optical path difference interferometrically, given the material's thermal-optical properties. No measurable heat transfer resistance can be identified for the AFB interfaces between low-concentration doped YAG and un-doped YAG. For the heavily doped RE3+:YAG, for example, 10% Yb:YAG, the thermal conductivity measured in our experiment is 8.3 W/m•K, using the thermal conductivity of undoped YAG reported in [1] as basis. The thermal transfer resistance of the AFB interface with un-doped YAG, if there is any at the AFB interface, could be less than 1.29×10-6 m2•K/W.

  7. The influence of electric charge transferred during electro-mechanical reshaping on mechanical behavior of cartilage

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Protsenko, Dimitry E.; Lim, Amanda; Wu, Edward C.; Manuel, Cyrus; Wong, Brian J. F.

    2011-03-01

    Electromechanical reshaping (EMR) of cartilage has been suggested as an alternative to the classical surgical techniques of modifying the shape of facial cartilages. The method is based on exposure of mechanically deformed cartilaginous tissue to a low level electric field. Electro-chemical reactions within the tissue lead to reduction of internal stress, and establishment of a new equilibrium shape. The same reactions offset the electric charge balance between collagen and proteoglycan matrix and interstitial fluid responsible for maintenance of cartilage mechanical properties. The objective of this study was to investigate correlation between the electric charge transferred during EMR and equilibrium elastic modulus. We used a finite element model based on the triphasic theory of cartilage mechanical properties to study how electric charges transferred in the electro-chemical reactions in cartilage can change its mechanical responses to step displacements in unconfined compression. The concentrations of the ions, the strain field and the fluid and ion velocities within the specimen subject to an applied mechanical deformation were estimated and apparent elastic modulus (the ratio of the equilibrium axial stress to the axial strain) was calculated as a function of transferred charge. The results from numerical calculations showed that the apparent elastic modulus decreases with increase in electric charge transfer. To compare numerical model with experimental observation we measured elastic modulus of cartilage as a function of electric charge transferred in electric circuit during EMR. Good correlation between experimental and theoretical data suggests that electric charge disbalance is responsible for alteration of cartilage mechanical properties.

  8. Atom Probe Tomographic Analysis of Biological Systems Enabled by Advanced Specimen Preparation Approaches

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Perea, D. E.; Evans, J. E.

    2017-12-01

    The ability to image biointerfaces over nanometer to micrometer length scales is fundamental to correlating biological composition and structure to physiological function, and is aided by a multimodal approach using advanced complementary microscopic and spectroscopic characterization techniques. Atom Probe Tomography (APT) is a rapidly expanding technique for atomic-scale three-dimensional structural and chemical analysis. However, the regular application of APT to soft biological materials is lacking in large part due to difficulties in specimen preparation and inabilities to yield meaningful tomographic reconstructions that produce atomic scale compositional distributions as no other technique currently can. Here we describe the atomic-scale tomographic analysis of biological materials using APT that is facilitated by an advanced focused ion beam based approach. A novel specimen preparation strategy is used in the analysis of horse spleen ferritin protein embedded in an organic polymer resin which provides chemical contrast to distinguish the inorganic-organic interface of the ferrihydrite mineral core and protein shell of the ferritin protein. One-dimensional composition profiles directly reveal an enhanced concentration of P and Na at the surface of the ferrihydrite mineral core. We will also describe the development of a unique multifunctional environmental transfer hub allowing controlled cryogenic transfer of specimens under vacuum pressure conditions between an Atom Probe and cryo-FIB/SEM. The utility of the environmental transfer hub is demonstrated through the acquisition of previously unavailable mass spectral analysis of an intact organometallic molecule made possible via controlled cryogenic transfer. The results demonstrate a viable application of APT analysis to study complex biological organic/inorganic interfaces relevant to energy and the environment. References D.E. Perea et al. An environmental transfer hub for multimodal atom probe tomography, Adv. Struct. Chem. Imag, 2017, 3:12 The research was performed at the Environmental Molecular Sciences Laboratory; a national scientific user facility sponsored by the Department of Energy's Office of Biological and Environmental Research located at Pacific Northwest National Laboratory.

  9. Fundamentals of functional imaging II: emerging MR techniques and new methods of analysis.

    PubMed

    Luna, A; Martín Noguerol, T; Mata, L Alcalá

    2018-05-01

    Current multiparameter MRI protocols integrate structural, physiological, and metabolic information about cancer. Emerging techniques such as arterial spin-labeling (ASL), blood oxygen level dependent (BOLD), MR elastography, chemical exchange saturation transfer (CEST), and hyperpolarization provide new information and will likely be integrated into daily clinical practice in the near future. Furthermore, there is great interest in the study of tumor heterogeneity as a prognostic factor and in relation to resistance to treatment, and this interest is leading to the application of new methods of analysis of multiparametric protocols. In parallel, new oncologic biomarkers that integrate the information from MR with clinical, laboratory, genetic, and histologic findings are being developed, thanks to the application of big data and artificial intelligence. This review analyzes different emerging MR techniques that are able to evaluate the physiological, metabolic, and mechanical characteristics of cancer, as well as the main clinical applications of these techniques. In addition, it summarizes the most novel methods of analysis of functional radiologic information in oncology. Copyright © 2018 SERAM. Publicado por Elsevier España, S.L.U. All rights reserved.

  10. SAM-based Cell Transfer to Photopatterned Hydrogels for Microengineering Vascular-Like Structures

    PubMed Central

    Sadr, Nasser; Zhu, Mojun; Osaki, Tatsuya; Kakegawa, Takahiro; Yang, Yunzhi; Moretti, Matteo; Fukuda, Junji; Khademhosseini, Ali

    2011-01-01

    A major challenge in tissue engineering is to reproduce the native 3D microvascular architecture fundamental for in vivo functions. Current approaches still lack a network of perfusable vessels with native 3D structural organization. Here we present a new method combining self-assembled monolayer (SAM)-based cell transfer and gelatin methacrylate hydrogel photopatterning techniques for microengineering vascular structures. Human umbilical vein cell (HUVEC) transfer from oligopeptide SAM-coated surfaces to the hydrogel revealed two SAM desorption mechanisms: photoinduced and electrochemically triggered. The former, occurs concomitantly to hydrogel photocrosslinking, and resulted in efficient (>97%) monolayer transfer. The latter, prompted by additional potential application, preserved cell morphology and maintained high transfer efficiency of VE-cadherin positive monolayers over longer culture periods. This approach was also applied to transfer HUVECs to 3D geometrically defined vascular-like structures in hydrogels, which were then maintained in perfusion culture for 15 days. As a step toward more complex constructs, a cell-laden hydrogel layer was photopatterned around the endothelialized channel to mimic the vascular smooth muscle structure of distal arterioles. This study shows that the coupling of the SAM-based cell transfer and hydrogel photocrosslinking could potentially open up new avenues in engineering more complex, vascularized tissue constructs for regenerative medicine and tissue engineering applications. PMID:21802723

  11. Removal of GaAs growth substrates from II-VI semiconductor heterostructures

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bieker, S.; Hartmann, P. R.; Kießling, T.; Rüth, M.; Schumacher, C.; Gould, C.; Ossau, W.; Molenkamp, L. W.

    2014-04-01

    We report on a process that enables the removal of II-VI semiconductor epilayers from their GaAs growth substrate and their subsequent transfer to arbitrary host environments. The technique combines mechanical lapping and layer selective chemical wet etching and is generally applicable to any II-VI layer stack. We demonstrate the non-invasiveness of the method by transferring an all-II-VI magnetic resonant tunneling diode. High resolution x-ray diffraction proves that the crystal integrity of the heterostructure is preserved. Transport characterization confirms that the functionality of the device is maintained and even improved, which is ascribed to completely elastic strain relaxation of the tunnel barrier layer.

  12. Application of the sequential quadratic programming algorithm for reconstructing the distribution of optical parameters based on the time-domain radiative transfer equation.

    PubMed

    Qi, Hong; Qiao, Yao-Bin; Ren, Ya-Tao; Shi, Jing-Wen; Zhang, Ze-Yu; Ruan, Li-Ming

    2016-10-17

    Sequential quadratic programming (SQP) is used as an optimization algorithm to reconstruct the optical parameters based on the time-domain radiative transfer equation (TD-RTE). Numerous time-resolved measurement signals are obtained using the TD-RTE as forward model. For a high computational efficiency, the gradient of objective function is calculated using an adjoint equation technique. SQP algorithm is employed to solve the inverse problem and the regularization term based on the generalized Gaussian Markov random field (GGMRF) model is used to overcome the ill-posed problem. Simulated results show that the proposed reconstruction scheme performs efficiently and accurately.

  13. Convective Heat Transfer Enhancement Using Alternating Magnetic Fields and Particle Laden Fluid Applied to the Microscale

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2010-05-11

    convective heat transfer , researchers have been drawn to the high heat flux potentials of microfluidic devices. Microchannel flows, with hydraulic...novel heat transfer enhancement technique proven on the conventional scale to the mini and microchannel scales. 1.3 Background: Conventional...S.G., 2004, “Single-Phase Heat Transfer Enhancement Techniques in Microchannel and Minichannel Flows,” International Conference on Microchannels

  14. Identifying research needs for wheelchair transfers in the built environment.

    PubMed

    Crytzer, Theresa Marie; Cooper, Rory; Jerome, Genevieve; Koontz, Alicia

    2017-02-01

    The purpose of this study is to describe the results of focus groups held during the Independent Wheelchair Transfer (IWT) Workgroup. The aims were to facilitate exchange of ideas on (1) the impact of the built environment on the wheelchair transfer process within the community (i.e. moving from wheelchair to and from other surfaces (e.g. furniture, toilet seat, bath bench, car seat) to participate in daily activities), (2) wheelchair users' needs during transfers in the built environment, and (3) future research directions. Live web-based conferencing using Adobe Connect technology (Clarix Technologies, Inc., Pittsford, NY) was utilized to conduct three focus groups composed of experts in the field of assistive technology. Investigators independently reviewed focus group meeting transcripts and used qualitative methods to identify main themes. Thirty-one experts in assistive technology and related fields participated in focus groups. Nine main themes were found including the effect of transfer skills training, space considerations in the built environment, wheelchair configuration, and the interaction between the built environment, user preferences, and transfer techniques. All groups raised issues about the transfer process in areas of the built environment with limited access, the effect of wheelchair users' transfer techniques, and user preferences during transfers. The area of independent transfers is multi-faceted and several factors require consideration when contemplating environmental changes to improve accessibility for wheelchair users. Obvious opportunity exists for research which could lead to advances in transfer technology, environments, and techniques for wheelchair users. Implications for Rehabilitation Tremendous opportunities for research collaborations in the field of assistive technology: To develop new terminology to describe wheelchair transfers. To improve the design of the built environment for wheelchair users. To investigate wheelchair transfer training techniques.

  15. Salvage of mangled upper extremity using the Masquelet technique in a child: A case report.

    PubMed

    Alassaf, Nabil; Alhoukail, Amro; Alsahli, Abdullah; Althubaiti, Ghazi

    2017-01-01

    To report our experience with the Masquelet concept in a pediatric upper extremity following an open injury to the elbow. A case report and literature review. An 11-year-old boy was transferred to our institution after a motor vehicle collision. There was a primary loss of the ulnohumeral articulation and the surrounding soft tissues as well as the ulnar nerve. Reconstruction used the Masquelet-induced membrane technique and a soft tissue flap. At the 30-month follow-up, the extremity was pain free and functional. This case highlights the value of the Masquelet technique in pediatric extremity injuries, where there is a loss of a major articular segment, as well as significant soft tissue compromise.

  16. Upper limb joint kinetics of three sitting pivot wheelchair transfer techniques in individuals with spinal cord injury

    PubMed Central

    Kankipati, Padmaja; Boninger, Michael L.; Gagnon, Dany; Cooper, Rory A.; Koontz, Alicia M.

    2015-01-01

    Study design Repeated measures design. Objective This study compared the upper extremity (UE) joint kinetics between three transfer techniques. Setting Research laboratory. Methods Twenty individuals with spinal cord injury performed three transfer techniques from their wheelchair to a level tub bench. Two of the techniques involved a head–hips method with leading hand position close (HH-I) and far (HH-A) from the body, and the third technique with the trunk upright (TU) and hand far from body. Motion analysis equipment recorded upper body movements and force sensors recorded their hand and feet reaction forces during the transfers. Results Several significant differences were found between HH-A and HH-I and TU and HH-I transfers indicating that hand placement was a key factor influencing the UE joint kinetics. Peak resultant hand, elbow, and shoulder joint forces were significantly higher for the HH-A and TU techniques at the trailing arm (P < 0.036) and lower at the leading arm (P < 0.021), compared to the HH-I technique. Conclusion Always trailing with the same arm if using HH-A or TU could predispose that arm to overuse related pain and injuries. Technique training should focus on initial hand placement close to the body followed by the amount of trunk flexion needed to facilitate movement. PMID:25130053

  17. Inter-satellite time transfer: Techniques and applications

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Detoma, Edoardo; Wardrip, S. Clark

    1990-01-01

    A brief review is presented of the well known time transfer techniques that have been studied and tested throughout the years. The applicability of time transfer techniques to a timing service as provided through a TDRS/DRS System, the problems related to the choice of the timing signal within the constraints imposed by the existing systems, and the possible practical implementations, including a description of the time synchronization support via TDRSS to the Gamma Ray Observatory (GRO) are discussed.

  18. A facile, bio-based, novel approach for synthesis of covalently functionalized graphene nanoplatelet nano-coolants toward improved thermo-physical and heat transfer properties.

    PubMed

    Sadri, Rad; Hosseini, Maryam; Kazi, S N; Bagheri, Samira; Abdelrazek, Ali H; Ahmadi, Goodarz; Zubir, Nashrul; Ahmad, Roslina; Abidin, N I Z

    2018-01-01

    In this study, we synthesized covalently functionalized graphene nanoplatelet (GNP) aqueous suspensions that are highly stable and environmentally friendly for use as coolants in heat transfer systems. We evaluated the heat transfer and hydrodynamic properties of these nano-coolants flowing through a horizontal stainless steel tube subjected to a uniform heat flux at its outer surface. The GNPs functionalized with clove buds using the one-pot technique. We characterized the clove-treated GNPs (CGNPs) using X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) and transmission electron microscopy (TEM). We then dispersed the CGNPs in distilled water at three particle concentrations (0.025, 0.075 and 0.1wt%) in order to prepare the CGNP-water nanofluids (nano-coolants). We used ultraviolet-visible (UV-vis) spectroscopy to examine the stability and solubility of the CGNPs in the distilled water. There is significant enhancement in thermo-physical properties of CGNPs nanofluids relative those for distilled water. We validated our experimental set-up by comparing the friction factor and Nusselt number for distilled water obtained from experiments with those determined from empirical correlations, indeed, our experimental set-up is reliable and produces results with reasonable accuracy. We conducted heat transfer experiments for the CGNP-water nano-coolants flowing through the horizontal heated tube in fully developed turbulent condition. Our results are indeed promising since there is a significant enhancement in the Nusselt number and convective heat transfer coefficient for the CGNP-water nanofluids, with only a negligible increase in the friction factor and pumping power. More importantly, we found that there is a significant increase in the performance index, which is a positive indicator that our nanofluids have potential to substitute conventional coolants in heat transfer systems because of their overall thermal performance and energy savings benefits. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  19. Survey of digital filtering

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Nagle, H. T., Jr.

    1972-01-01

    A three part survey is made of the state-of-the-art in digital filtering. Part one presents background material including sampled data transformations and the discrete Fourier transform. Part two, digital filter theory, gives an in-depth coverage of filter categories, transfer function synthesis, quantization and other nonlinear errors, filter structures and computer aided design. Part three presents hardware mechanization techniques. Implementations by general purpose, mini-, and special-purpose computers are presented.

  20. Watt-Level Continuous-Wave Emission from a Bi-Functional Quantum Cascade Laser/Detector

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2017-04-18

    facet continuous wave emission at 15◦C. Apart from the general performance benets, this enables sensing techiques which rely on continuous wave...record achieved with strained material at this wavelength. Keywords quantum cascade laser, quantum cascade detector, lab- on -a-chip, monolithic integrated...materials, which makes their integration on Si particularly dicult. Heterogeneous integration using transfer techniques allows both single device and wafer

  1. A Versatile Integrated Ambient Ionization Source Platform.

    PubMed

    Ai, Wanpeng; Nie, Honggang; Song, Shiyao; Liu, Xiaoyun; Bai, Yu; Liu, Huwei

    2018-04-30

    The pursuit of high-throughput sample analysis from complex matrix demands development of multiple ionization techniques with complementary specialties. A versatile integrated ambient ionization source (iAmIS) platform is proposed in this work, based on the idea of integrating multiple functions, enhancing the efficiency of current ionization techniques, extending the applications, and decreasing the cost of the instrument. The design of the iAmIS platform combines flowing atmospheric pressure afterglow (FAPA) source/direct analysis in real time (DART), dielectric barrier discharge ionization (DBDI)/low-temperature plasma (LTP), desorption electrospray ionization (DESI), and laser desorption (LD) technique. All individual and combined ionization modes can be easily attained by modulating parameters. In particular, the FAPA/DART&DESI mode can realize the detection of polar and nonpolar compounds at the same time with two different ionization mechanisms: proton transfer and charge transfer. The introduction of LD contributes to the mass spectrometry imaging and the surface-assisted laser desorption (SALDI) under ambient condition. Compared with other individual or multi-mode ion source, the iAmIS platform provides the flexibility of choosing different ionization modes, broadens the scope of the analyte detection, and facilitates the analysis of complex samples. Graphical abstract ᅟ.

  2. Rapid and high throughput fabrication of high temperature stable structures through PDMS transfer printing

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hohenberger, Erik; Freitag, Nathan; Korampally, Venumadhav

    2017-07-01

    We report on a facile and low cost fabrication approach for structures—gratings and enclosed nanochannels, through simple solution processed chemistries in conjunction with nanotransfer printing techniques. The ink formulation primarily consisting of an organosilicate polymeric network with a small percentage of added 3-aminopropyl triethoxysilane crosslinker allows one to obtain robust structures that are not only stable towards high temperature processing steps as high as 550 °C but also exhibit exceptional stability against a host of organic solvent washes. No discernable structure distortion was observed compared to the as-printed structures (room temperature processed) when printed structures were subjected to temperatures as high as 550 °C. We further demonstrate the applicability of this technique towards the fabrication of more complex nanostructures such as enclosed channels through a double transfer method, leveraging the exceptional room temperature cross-linking ability of the printed structures and their subsequent resistance to dissolution in organic solvent washes. The exceptional temperature and physico-chemical stability of the nanotransfer printed structures makes this a useful fabrication tool that may be applied as is, or integrated with conventional lithographic techniques for the large area fabrication of functional nanostructures and devices.

  3. A Versatile Integrated Ambient Ionization Source Platform

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ai, Wanpeng; Nie, Honggang; Song, Shiyao; Liu, Xiaoyun; Bai, Yu; Liu, Huwei

    2018-04-01

    The pursuit of high-throughput sample analysis from complex matrix demands development of multiple ionization techniques with complementary specialties. A versatile integrated ambient ionization source (iAmIS) platform is proposed in this work, based on the idea of integrating multiple functions, enhancing the efficiency of current ionization techniques, extending the applications, and decreasing the cost of the instrument. The design of the iAmIS platform combines flowing atmospheric pressure afterglow (FAPA) source/direct analysis in real time (DART), dielectric barrier discharge ionization (DBDI)/low-temperature plasma (LTP), desorption electrospray ionization (DESI), and laser desorption (LD) technique. All individual and combined ionization modes can be easily attained by modulating parameters. In particular, the FAPA/DART&DESI mode can realize the detection of polar and nonpolar compounds at the same time with two different ionization mechanisms: proton transfer and charge transfer. The introduction of LD contributes to the mass spectrometry imaging and the surface-assisted laser desorption (SALDI) under ambient condition. Compared with other individual or multi-mode ion source, the iAmIS platform provides the flexibility of choosing different ionization modes, broadens the scope of the analyte detection, and facilitates the analysis of complex samples. [Figure not available: see fulltext.

  4. Delaminated Transfer of CVD Graphene

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Clavijo, Alexis; Mao, Jinhai; Tilak, Nikhil; Altvater, Michael; Andrei, Eva

    Single layer graphene is commonly synthesized by dissociation of a carbonaceous gas at high temperatures in the presence of a metallic catalyst in a process known as Chemical Vapor Deposition or CVD. Although it is possible to achieve high quality graphene by CVD, the standard transfer technique of etching away the metallic catalyst is wasteful and jeopardizes the quality of the graphene film by contamination from etchants. Thus, development of a clean transfer technique and preservation of the parent substrate remain prominent hurdles to overcome. In this study, we employ a copper pretreatment technique and optimized parameters for growth of high quality single layer graphene at atmospheric pressure. We address the transfer challenge by utilizing the adhesive properties between a polymer film and graphene to achieve etchant-free transfer of graphene films from a copper substrate. Based on this concept we developed a technique for dry delamination and transferring of graphene to hexagonal boron nitride substrates, which produced high quality graphene films while at the same time preserving the integrity of the copper catalyst for reuse. DOE-FG02-99ER45742, Ronald E. McNair Postbaccalaureate Achievement Program.

  5. Matrix Formalism of Synchrobetatron Coupling

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Huang, Xiaobiao; /SLAC

    In this paper we present a complete linear synchrobetatron coupling formalism by studying the transfer matrix which describes linear horizontal and longitudinal motions. With the technique established in the linear horizontal-vertical coupling study [D. Sagan and D. Rubin, Phys. Rev. ST Accel. Beams 2, 074001 (1999)], we found a transformation to block diagonalize the transfer matrix and decouple the betatron motion and the synchrotron motion. By separating the usual dispersion term from the horizontal coordinate first, we were able to obtain analytic expressions of the transformation under reasonable approximations. We also obtained the perturbations to the betatron tune and themore » Courant-Snyder functions. The closed orbit changes due to finite energy gains at rf cavities and radiation energy losses were also studied by the 5 x 5 extended transfer matrix with the fifth column describing kicks in the 4-dimension phase space.« less

  6. Charge Transfer Effect on Raman and Surface Enhanced Raman Spectroscopy of Furfural Molecules.

    PubMed

    Wan, Fu; Shi, Haiyang; Chen, Weigen; Gu, Zhaoliang; Du, Lingling; Wang, Pinyi; Wang, Jianxin; Huang, Yingzhou

    2017-08-02

    The detection of furfural in transformer oil through surface enhanced Raman spectroscopy (SERS) is one of the most promising online monitoring techniques in the process of transformer aging. In this work, the Raman of individual furfural molecules and SERS of furfural-M x (M = Ag, Au, Cu) complexes are investigated through density functional theory (DFT). In the Raman spectrum of individual furfural molecules, the vibration mode of each Raman peak is figured out, and the deviation from experimental data is analyzed by surface charge distribution. In the SERS of furfural-M x complexes, the influence of atom number and species on SERS chemical enhancement factors (EFs) are studied, and are further analyzed by charge transfer effect. Our studies strengthen the understanding of charge transfer effect in the SERS of furfural molecules, which is important in the online monitoring of the transformer aging process through SERS.

  7. Charge Transfer Effect on Raman and Surface Enhanced Raman Spectroscopy of Furfural Molecules

    PubMed Central

    Wan, Fu; Shi, Haiyang; Chen, Weigen; Gu, Zhaoliang; Du, Lingling; Wang, Pinyi; Wang, Jianxin

    2017-01-01

    The detection of furfural in transformer oil through surface enhanced Raman spectroscopy (SERS) is one of the most promising online monitoring techniques in the process of transformer aging. In this work, the Raman of individual furfural molecules and SERS of furfural-Mx (M = Ag, Au, Cu) complexes are investigated through density functional theory (DFT). In the Raman spectrum of individual furfural molecules, the vibration mode of each Raman peak is figured out, and the deviation from experimental data is analyzed by surface charge distribution. In the SERS of furfural-Mx complexes, the influence of atom number and species on SERS chemical enhancement factors (EFs) are studied, and are further analyzed by charge transfer effect. Our studies strengthen the understanding of charge transfer effect in the SERS of furfural molecules, which is important in the online monitoring of the transformer aging process through SERS. PMID:28767053

  8. Heat Transfer Measurements during DC Casting of Aluminium Part I: Measurement Technique

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bakken, J. A.; Bergström, T.

    A method for determination of surface heat transfer to the cooling water and mould based on in-situ temperature measurements in the DC cast ingot has been developed. Three or more steel mantled coaxial thermocouples (0.5 mm diam.) are mounted on a wire frame called a "harp". Allowing the "harp" to freeze into the solid ingots during the casting time-temperature plots T1 (t), T2(t), T3 (t) are obtained for three moving points positioned typically 3, 7 and 11 mm from the ingot surface. From these measurements surface temperature, heat flux and heat transfer coefficients are computed as functions of vertical distance. The computer program is based on steady-state two-dimensional heat balances with convective terms for two fixed volume elements: one around thermocouple T1 and one surface element. A special numerical smoothing procedure is incorporated. The heat of solidification is taken into account.

  9. Spectroscopic and theoretical study of the charge transfer interaction effect on the vibrational modes and nonlinear optical properties in L-asparaginium nitrate crystal

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Elleuch, Nabil; Abid, Younes; Feki, Habib

    2016-09-01

    Single crystals of L-asparaginium nitrate (LAsnN) were grown by slow evaporation technique. To confirm the crystalline nature of the obtained compound, samples were the subject of an XRPD. The density functional theory (DFT) computations were carried out at B3LYP/6-31G (d) level to reach the optimized geometry, the vibrational spectra and the NLO properties. The excellent agreement between simulated and observed vibrational spectra led to a reliable vibrational assignment. To demonstrate the various charge transfer interactions that stabilize the compound and led to the high nonlinear optical activity, NBO analysis was performed. Also, owing to the hydrogen bond formation, a lowering in the HOMO-LUMO energy gap is noticed. Moreover, as a result of the charge transfer interactions, the symmetry of the nitrate ions was lost and some forbidden modes were excited.

  10. Punch stretching process monitoring using acoustic emission signal analysis. II - Application of frequency domain deconvolution

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Liang, Steven Y.; Dornfeld, David A.; Nickerson, Jackson A.

    1987-01-01

    The coloring effect on the acoustic emission signal due to the frequency response of the data acquisition/processing instrumentation may bias the interpretation of AE signal characteristics. In this paper, a frequency domain deconvolution technique, which involves the identification of the instrumentation transfer functions and multiplication of the AE signal spectrum by the inverse of these system functions, has been carried out. In this way, the change in AE signal characteristics can be better interpreted as the result of the change in only the states of the process. Punch stretching process was used as an example to demonstrate the application of the technique. Results showed that, through the deconvolution, the frequency characteristics of AE signals generated during the stretching became more distinctive and can be more effectively used as tools for process monitoring.

  11. Calibration of polarimetric radar systems with good polarization isolation

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Sarabandi, Kamal; Ulaby, Fawwaz T.; Tassoudji, M. Ali

    1990-01-01

    A practical technique is proposed for calibrating single-antenna polarimetric radar systems using a metal sphere plus any second target with a strong cross-polarized radar cross section. This technique assumes perfect isolation between antenna ports. It is shown that all magnitudes and phases (relative to one of the like-polarized linear polarization configurations) of the radar transfer function can be calibrated without knowledge of the scattering matrix of the second target. Comparison of the values measured (using this calibration technique) for a tilted cylinder at X-band with theoretical values shows agreement within + or - 0.3 dB in magnitude and + or - 5 degrees in phase. The radar overall cross-polarization isolation was 25 dB. The technique is particularly useful for calibrating a radar under field conditions, because it does not require the careful alignment of calibration targets.

  12. Diagnosing collisionless energy transfer using field-particle correlations: Vlasov-Poisson plasmas

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Howes, Gregory G.; Klein, Kristopher G.; Li, Tak Chu

    2017-02-01

    Turbulence plays a key role in the conversion of the energy of large-scale fields and flows to plasma heat, impacting the macroscopic evolution of the heliosphere and other astrophysical plasma systems. Although we have long been able to make direct spacecraft measurements of all aspects of the electromagnetic field and plasma fluctuations in near-Earth space, our understanding of the physical mechanisms responsible for the damping of the turbulent fluctuations in heliospheric plasmas remains incomplete. Here we propose an innovative field-particle correlation technique that can be used to measure directly the secular energy transfer from fields to particles associated with collisionless damping of the turbulent fluctuations. Furthermore, this novel procedure yields information about the collisionless energy transfer as a function of particle velocity, providing vital new information that can help to identify the dominant collisionless mechanism governing the damping of the turbulent fluctuations. Kinetic plasma theory is used to devise the appropriate correlation to diagnose Landau damping, and the field-particle correlation technique is thoroughly illustrated using the simplified case of the Landau damping of Langmuir waves in a 1D-1V (one dimension in physical space and one dimension in velocity space) Vlasov-Poisson plasma. Generalizations necessary to apply the field-particle correlation technique to diagnose the collisionless damping of turbulent fluctuations in the solar wind are discussed, highlighting several caveats. This novel field-particle correlation technique is intended to be used as a primary analysis tool for measurements from current, upcoming and proposed spacecraft missions that are focused on the kinetic microphysics of weakly collisional heliospheric plasmas, including the Magnetospheric Multiscale (MMS), Solar Probe Plus, Solar Orbiter and Turbulence Heating ObserveR (THOR) missions.

  13. Maternal thyroid function in women undergoing controlled ovarian hyperstimulation during in-vitro fertilization and its relation to reproductive outcome.

    PubMed

    Abdul Karim, Abdul K; Azrai Abu, Muhammad; Chelliah, Buvanes; Mohd Razi, Zainul R; Omar, Mohd H; Othman, Hanita; Man, Zuraidah C

    2017-10-01

    We conducted a study to evaluate the changes in thyroid function during controlled ovarian hyperstimulation (COH) and its association with the outcome of assisted reproductive technique (ART). This is a prospective cohort study done in University Hospital Fertility Clinic for one year duration. A total of 88 euthyroid women who underwent COH as part of planned in-vitro fertilization (IVF) were invited to participate in this study. Serum thyroid function of each women will be monitored before stimulation (T1), day 10-13 of cycle (T2), during oocyte retrieval (T3), one week following embryo transfer (T4), and at four weeks after embryo transfer (T5). Reproductive outcome of IVF will be observed and documented. Nine women had ongoing singleton pregnancy, seven suffered from miscarriage, while the rest had implantation failure. Serum thyroid-stimulating hormone (TSH) and free thyroxine (fT4) increased throughout stimulation, peaking at 32-36 hours after hCG administration compared to baseline (1.250 vs. 1.740 mIU/L and 13.94 vs. 15.25 pmol/L). It remains elevated until one week following embryo transfer. The increment of serum TSH exceeded the upper limit, acceptable for first trimester (<1.60 mIU/L). However, the evolution of serum TSH and fT4 did not significantly differ with pregnancy outcome. In euthyroid women, thyroid function changed significantly during COH, but these changes were not different between the three reproductive outcomes. Thus, we do not suggest continuous thyroid function monitoring during COH.

  14. Modification of an impulse-factoring orbital transfer technique to account for orbit determination and maneuver execution errors

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kibler, J. F.; Green, R. N.; Young, G. R.; Kelly, M. G.

    1974-01-01

    A method has previously been developed to satisfy terminal rendezvous and intermediate timing constraints for planetary missions involving orbital operations. The method uses impulse factoring in which a two-impulse transfer is divided into three or four impulses which add one or two intermediate orbits. The periods of the intermediate orbits and the number of revolutions in each orbit are varied to satisfy timing constraints. Techniques are developed to retarget the orbital transfer in the presence of orbit-determination and maneuver-execution errors. Sample results indicate that the nominal transfer can be retargeted with little change in either the magnitude (Delta V) or location of the individual impulses. Additonally, the total Delta V required for the retargeted transfer is little different from that required for the nominal transfer. A digital computer program developed to implement the techniques is described.

  15. The measurement of the heat-transfer coefficient between high-temperature liquids and solid surfaces

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Utigard, T. A.; Warczok, A.; Desclaux, P.

    1994-01-01

    Two experimental techniques were developed for the purpose of measuring the heat-transfer coefficient between liquid slags/salts and solid surfaces. This was carried out because the heat-transfer coefficient is important for the design and operation of metallurgical reactors. A “cold-finger” technique was developed for the purpose of carrying out heat-transfer measurements during steady-state conditions simulating heat fluxes through furnace sidewalls. A lump capacitance method was developed and tested for the purpose of simulating transient conditions. To determine the effect of fluid flow on the heat-transfer coefficient, nitrogen gas stirring was used. The two techniques were tested in molten (1) and NaNO3, (2) NaCl, (3) Na3AlF6, and (4) 2FeO·SiO2, giving consistent results. It was found that the heat-transfer coefficient increases with increasing bath superheat and stirring.

  16. Techniques for on-orbit cryogenic servicing

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    DeLee, C. H.; Barfknecht, P.; Breon, S.; Boyle, R.; DiPirro, M.; Francis, J.; Huynh, J.; Li, X.; McGuire, J.; Mustafi, S.; Tuttle, J.; Wegel, D.

    2014-11-01

    NASA (National Aeronautics and Space Administration) has a renewed interest in on-orbit cryogen storage and transfer to support its mission to explore near-earth objects such as asteroids and comets. The Cryogenic Propellant Storage and Transfer Technology Demonstration Mission (CPST-TDM), managed by the NASA Glenn Research Center (GRC) and scheduled for launch in 2018, will demonstrate numerous key technologies applicable to a cryopropellant fuel depot. As an adjunct to the CPST-TDM work, experiments at NASA Goddard Space Flight Center (GSFC) will support the development of techniques to manage and transfer cryogens on-orbit and expand these techniques as they may be applicable to servicing science missions using solid cryogens such as the Wide-field Infrared Survey Explorer (WISE). The results of several ground experiments are described, including autogenous pressurization used for transfer of liquid nitrogen and argon, characterization of the transfer and solidification of argon, and development of robotic tools for cryogen transfer.

  17. Comparison of VLBI, TV and traveling clock techniques for time transfer

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Spencer, J. H.; Waltman, E. B.; Johnston, K. J.; Santini, N. J.; Klepczynski, W. J.; Matsakis, D. N.; Angerhofer, P. E.; Kaplan, G. M.

    1982-01-01

    A three part experiment was conducted to develop and compare time transfer techniques. The experiment consisted of (1) a very long baseline interferometer (VLBI), (2) a high precision portable clock time transfer system between the two sites, and (3) a television time transfer. A comparison of the VLBI and traveling clock shows each technique can perform satisfactorily at the five nsec level. There was a systematic offset of 59 nsec between the two methods, which we attributed to a difference in epochs between VLBI formatter and station clock. The VLBI method had an internal random error of one nsec at the three sigma level for a two day period. Thus, the Mark II system performed well, and VLBI shows promise of being an accurate method of time transfer. The TV system, which had technical problems during the experiment, transferred time with a random error of about 50 nsec.

  18. 5 CFR 351.303 - Identification of positions with a transferring function.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-01-01

    ... transferring function. 351.303 Section 351.303 Administrative Personnel OFFICE OF PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT CIVIL SERVICE REGULATIONS REDUCTION IN FORCE Transfer of Function § 351.303 Identification of positions with a transferring function. (a) The competitive area losing the function is responsible for identifying the...

  19. 5 CFR 351.303 - Identification of positions with a transferring function.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-01-01

    ... transferring function. 351.303 Section 351.303 Administrative Personnel OFFICE OF PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT CIVIL SERVICE REGULATIONS REDUCTION IN FORCE Transfer of Function § 351.303 Identification of positions with a transferring function. (a) The competitive area losing the function is responsible for identifying the...

  20. 3,4-Ethylenedioxythiophene functionalized graphene with palladium nanoparticles for enhanced electrocatalytic oxygen reduction reaction

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Choe, Ju Eun; Ahmed, Mohammad Shamsuddin; Jeon, Seungwon

    2015-05-01

    Poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene) functionalized graphene with palladium nanoparticles (denoted as Pd/PEDOT/rGO) has been synthesized for electrochemical oxygen reduction reaction (ORR) in alkaline solution. The structural features of catalyst are characterized by scanning electron microscopy, transmission electron microscopy (TEM), energy-dispersive X-ray spectroscopy and X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy. The TEM images suggest a well dispersed PdNPs onto PEDOT/rGO film. The ORR activity of Pd/PEDOT/rGO has been investigated via cyclic voltammetry (CV), rotating disk electrode (RDE) and rotating ring disk electrode (RRDE) techniques in 0.1 M KOH aqueous solution. Comparative CV analysis suggests a general approach of intermolecular charge-transfer in between graphene sheet and PdNPs via PEDOT which leads to the better PdNPs dispersion and subsequently superior ORR kinetics. The results from ORR measurements show that Pd/PEDOT/rGO has remarkable electrocatalytic activity and stability compared to Pd/rGO and state-of-the-art Pt/C. The Koutecky-Levich and Tafel analysis suggest that the proposed main path in the ORR mechanism has direct four-electron transfer process with faster transfer kinetic rate on the Pd/PEDOT/rGO.

  1. Review of Orbital Propellant Transfer Techniques and the Feasibility of a Thermal Bootstrap Propellant Transfer Concepts

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Yoshikawa, H. H.; Madison, I. B.

    1971-01-01

    This study was performed in support of the NASA Task B-2 Study Plan for Space Basing. The nature of space-based operations implies that orbital transfer of propellant is a prime consideration. The intent of this report is (1) to report on the findings and recommendations of existing literature on space-based propellant transfer techniques, and (2) to determine possible alternatives to the recommended methods. The reviewed literature recommends, in general, the use of conventional liquid transfer techniques (i.e., pumping) in conjunction with an artificially induced gravitational field. An alternate concept that was studied, the Thermal Bootstrap Transfer Process, is based on the compression of a two-phase fluid with subsequent condensation to a liquid (vapor compression/condensation). This concept utilizes the intrinsic energy capacities of the tanks and propellant by exploiting temperature differentials and available energy differences. The results indicate the thermodynamic feasibility of the Thermal Bootstrap Transfer Process for a specific range of tank sizes, temperatures, fill-factors and receiver tank heat transfer coefficients.

  2. Defining functional distance using manifold embeddings of gene ontology annotations

    PubMed Central

    Lerman, Gilad; Shakhnovich, Boris E.

    2007-01-01

    Although rigorous measures of similarity for sequence and structure are now well established, the problem of defining functional relationships has been particularly daunting. Here, we present several manifold embedding techniques to compute distances between Gene Ontology (GO) functional annotations and consequently estimate functional distances between protein domains. To evaluate accuracy, we correlate the functional distance to the well established measures of sequence, structural, and phylogenetic similarities. Finally, we show that manual classification of structures into folds and superfamilies is mirrored by proximity in the newly defined function space. We show how functional distances place structure–function relationships in biological context resulting in insight into divergent and convergent evolution. The methods and results in this paper can be readily generalized and applied to a wide array of biologically relevant investigations, such as accuracy of annotation transference, the relationship between sequence, structure, and function, or coherence of expression modules. PMID:17595300

  3. Meniscal Preservation is Important for the Knee Joint

    PubMed Central

    Patil, Shantanu Sudhakar; Shekhar, Anshu; Tapasvi, Sachin Ramchandra

    2017-01-01

    Native joint preservation has gained importance in recent years. This is mostly to find solutions for limitations of arthroplasty. In the knee joint, the menisci perform critical functions, adding stability during range of motion and efficiently transferring load across the tibiofemoral articulation while protecting the cartilage. The menisci are the most common injury seen by orthopedicians, especially in the younger active patients. Advances in technology and our knowledge on functioning of the knee joint have made meniscus repair an important mode of treatment. This review summarizes the various techniques of meniscus tear repair and also describes biological enhancements of healing. PMID:28966381

  4. Application of higher harmonic blade feathering for helicopter vibration reduction

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Powers, R. W.

    1978-01-01

    Higher harmonic blade feathering for helicopter vibration reduction is considered. Recent wind tunnel tests confirmed the effectiveness of higher harmonic control in reducing articulated rotor vibratory hub loads. Several predictive analyses developed in support of the NASA program were shown to be capable of calculating single harmonic control inputs required to minimize a single 4P hub response. In addition, a multiple-input, multiple-output harmonic control predictive analysis was developed. All techniques developed thus far obtain a solution by extracting empirical transfer functions from sampled data. Algorithm data sampling and processing requirements are minimal to encourage adaptive control system application of such techniques in a flight environment.

  5. SAR calibration technology review

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Walker, J. L.; Larson, R. W.

    1981-01-01

    Synthetic Aperture Radar (SAR) calibration technology including a general description of the primary calibration techniques and some of the factors which affect the performance of calibrated SAR systems are reviewed. The use of reference reflectors for measurement of the total system transfer function along with an on-board calibration signal generator for monitoring the temporal variations of the receiver to processor output is a practical approach for SAR calibration. However, preliminary error analysis and previous experimental measurements indicate that reflectivity measurement accuracies of better than 3 dB will be difficult to achieve. This is not adequate for many applications and, therefore, improved end-to-end SAR calibration techniques are required.

  6. Microwave remote sensing: Active and passive. Volume 1 - Microwave remote sensing fundamentals and radiometry

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ulaby, F. T.; Moore, R. K.; Fung, A. K.

    1981-01-01

    The three components of microwave remote sensing (sensor-scene interaction, sensor design, and measurement techniques), and the applications to geoscience are examined. The history of active and passive microwave sensing is reviewed, along with fundamental principles of electromagnetic wave propagation, antennas, and microwave interaction with atmospheric constituents. Radiometric concepts are reviewed, particularly for measurement problems for atmospheric and terrestrial sources of natural radiation. Particular attention is given to the emission by atmospheric gases, clouds, and rain as described by the radiative transfer function. Finally, the operation and performance characteristics of radiometer receivers are discussed, particularly for measurement precision, calibration techniques, and imaging considerations.

  7. Projecting non-diffracting waves with intermediate-plane holography.

    PubMed

    Mondal, Argha; Yevick, Aaron; Blackburn, Lauren C; Kanellakopoulos, Nikitas; Grier, David G

    2018-02-19

    We introduce intermediate-plane holography, which substantially improves the ability of holographic trapping systems to project propagation-invariant modes of light using phase-only diffractive optical elements. Translating the mode-forming hologram to an intermediate plane in the optical train can reduce the need to encode amplitude variations in the field, and therefore complements well-established techniques for encoding complex-valued transfer functions into phase-only holograms. Compared to standard holographic trapping implementations, intermediate-plane holograms greatly improve diffraction efficiency and mode purity of propagation-invariant modes, and so increase their useful non-diffracting range. We demonstrate this technique through experimental realizations of accelerating modes and long-range tractor beams.

  8. [Telescience : Feasibility studies, definition and a fair answer to the scientific brain drain].

    PubMed

    Craemer, E M; Bassa, B; Jacobi, C; Becher, H; Meyding-Lamadé, U

    2017-02-01

    What is telescience? Is it feasible to transfer academic information with the help of telematics to educate and teach young scientists over large distances? The term telescience has so far not been defined but covers a variety of possibilities, which could be successfully implemented worldwide. This article gives examples and highlights the feasibility analysis of telescience. We have carried out feasibility analyses for neurological functional diagnostics, an epidemiological cross-sectional study as well as a laboratory study for detection of thrombocyte function during dengue fever with the help of telemedicine. The basis for all these projects was a telemedical transcontinental cooperation over a distance of 12,000 km. All performed studies demonstrated the feasibility. With the help of telematics the laboratory techniques, planning, conduction and interpretation of results as well as publication skills can be transferred. Telescience is feasible. Our studies showed that telescience is a very promising option to transfer knowledge, which will help to enable professional expertise to be transferred directly to the region/country without a brain drain. All too often young motivated scientists are enticed to move to well-known institutions, which involves the danger of a brain drain. Brain drain can be avoided in favor of local implementation of scientific projects. Our results illustrate that it is feasible to educate and guide scientists with the help of telematics infrastructures.

  9. Graphene wrapped multiwalled carbon nanotubes dispersed nanofluids for heat transfer applications

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jyothirmayee Aravind, S. S.; Ramaprabhu, S.

    2012-12-01

    A two step method is employed for the preparation of graphene wrapped multiwalled carbon nanotubes (MWNT) dispersed nanofluids. Graphene wrapped MWNT composite is prepared by simple chemical vapor deposition technique and further purified prior to the synthesis of nanofluids. The functionalization of MWNT with the poly electrolyte, graphene drives out the need for surfactants or long term harsh chemical treatments as in the case of pristine carbon materials based nanofluids. The enhancement in thermal transport properties of surfactant free graphene wrapped MWNT composite in de-ionized (DI) water and ethylene glycol (EG) base fluids than that of pristine carbon nanomaterial based nanofluids indicates the potential usage of the hybrid composite based nanofluids in heat transfer applications. An enhancement in thermal conductivity of 11.3% and 13.7% has been attained with 0.04% volume fraction of hybrid composite based DI water and EG nanofluids at 25 °C. The nanocomposite possesses extreme stability in a variety of aqueous solvents without any surfactant. Electrical conductivity of the nanofluids analyzed as a function of volume fraction of nanoparticles and temperature shows a positive effect. Further, the analysis of forced convective heat transfer coefficients of the nanofluids flowing through a stain less steel tube shows significant enhancement in heat transfer, attributed to good aspect ratio of graphene wrapped MWNT and synergistic effect of high thermally conducting graphene and MWNT.

  10. The relationship between recollection, knowledge transfer, and student attitudes towards chemistry

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Odeleye, Oluwatobi Omobonike

    Certain foundational concepts, including acid-base theory, chemical bonding and intermolecular forces (IMFs), appear throughout the undergraduate chemistry curriculum. The level of understanding of these foundational concepts influences the ability of students to recognize the relationships between sub-disciplines in chemistry. The purpose of this study was to investigate the relationship between student attitudes towards chemistry and their abilities to recollect and transfer knowledge of IMFs, a foundational concept, to their daily lives as well as to other classes. Data were collected using surveys, interviews and classroom observations, and analyzed using qualitative methods. The data show that while most students were able to function at lower levels of thinking by providing a definition of IMFs, majority were unable to function at higher levels of thinking as evidenced by their inability to apply their knowledge of IMFs to their daily lives and other classes. The results of this study suggest a positive relationship between students' abilities to recollect knowledge and their abilities to transfer that knowledge. The results also suggest positive relationships between recollection abilities of students and their attitudes towards chemistry as well as their transfer abilities and attitudes towards chemistry. Recommendations from this study include modifications of pedagogical techniques in ways that facilitate higher-level thinking and emphasize how chemistry applies not only to daily life, but also to other courses.

  11. A computationally efficient technique to model depth, orientation and alignment via ray tracing in acoustic power transfer systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Christensen, David B.; Basaeri, Hamid; Roundy, Shad

    2017-12-01

    In acoustic power transfer systems, a receiver is displaced from a transmitter by an axial depth, a lateral offset (alignment), and a rotation angle (orientation). In systems where the receiver’s position is not fixed, such as a receiver implanted in biological tissue, slight variations in depth, orientation, or alignment can cause significant variations in the received voltage and power. To address this concern, this paper presents a computationally efficient technique to model the effects of depth, orientation, and alignment via ray tracing (DOART) on received voltage and power in acoustic power transfer systems. DOART combines transducer circuit equivalent models, a modified version of Huygens principle, and ray tracing to simulate pressure wave propagation and reflection between a transmitter and a receiver in a homogeneous medium. A reflected grid method is introduced to calculate propagation distances, reflection coefficients, and initial vectors between a point on the transmitter and a point on the receiver for an arbitrary number of reflections. DOART convergence and simulation time per data point is discussed as a function of the number of reflections and elements chosen. Finally, experimental data is compared to DOART simulation data in terms of magnitude and shape of the received voltage signal.

  12. Investigations on the Influence of Parameters During Electron Beam Surface Hardening Using the Flash Technique

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Grafe, S.; Hengst, P.; Buchwalder, A.; Zenker, R.

    2018-06-01

    The electron beam hardening (EBH) process is one of today’s most innovative industrial technologies. Due to the almost inertia-free deflection of the EB (up to 100 kHz), the energy transfer function can be adapted locally to the component geometry and/or loading conditions. The current state-of-the-art technology is that of EBH with continuous workpiece feed. Due to the large range of parameters, the potentials and limitations of EBH using the flash technique (without workpiece feed) have not been investigated sufficiently to date. The aim of this research was to generate surface isothermal energy transfer within the flash field. This paper examines the effects of selected process parameters on the EBH surface layer microstructure and the properties achieved when treating hardened and tempered C45E steel. When using constant point distribution within the flash field and a constant beam current, surface isothermal energy input was not generated. However, by increasing the deflection frequency, point density and beam current, a more homogeneous EBH surface layer microstructure could be achieved, along with higher surface hardness and greater surface hardening depths. Furthermore, using temperature-controlled power regulation, surface isothermal energy transfer could be realised over a larger area in the centre of the sample.

  13. Evaluation of the Time and Frequency Transfer Capabilities of a Network of GNSS Receivers Located in Timing Laboratories

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2009-11-01

    metrology, different techniques are used for time and frequency transfer, basically TWSTFT (Two-Way Satellite Time and Frequency Transfer), GPS CV (Common...traditional GPS/GLONASS CV/AV receivers and TWSTFT equipment. Time and frequency transfer using GPS code and carrier-phase is an important...or mixing GPS geodetic results with other independent techniques, such as the TWSTFT . 41 st Annual Precise Time and Time Interval (PTTI

  14. Integrated control and health monitoring capacitive displacement sensor development task. Orbit transfer rocket engine technology program

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Collamore, Frank N.

    1989-01-01

    The development of a miniature multifunction turbomachinery shaft displacement sensor using state-of-the-art non-contract capacitive sensing technology is described. Axial displacement, radial displacement, and speed are sensed using a single probe within the envelope normally required for a single function. A survey of displacement sensing technology is summarized including inductive, capacitive, optical and ultrasonic techniques. The design and operation of an experimental triple function sensor is described. Test results are included showing calibration tests and simultaneous dynamic testing of multiple functions. Recommendations for design changes are made to improve low temperature performance, reliability, and for design of a flight type signal conditioning unit.

  15. Influence of different materials and techniques to transfer molding in multiple implants.

    PubMed

    Faria, Júlio C B; Cruz, Fernando L G; Silva-Concílio, Laís R; Neves, Ana C C

    2012-01-01

    The aim of this study was to compare different materials and techniques used in transfer molding of multiple implants, by evaluating the space between implants and superstructure. Four external hexagon implants were fixed in a master template and the same on a superstructure. Transfer molding of implants were done using the direct and indirect techniques, with transfers united or not, using the union chemically activated acrylic resin (QA) and other groups polymerized acrylic resin (FT), and sectioned and not split. The casts were made with polyether and models divided into 8 groups (n = 5). The space between the superstructure and the master implants was measured with a microscope and the data was analyzed statistically by Student's t test (p < 0.05). For the material of union there was no significant difference, except when the groups were compared with the resin Duralay QA (G4) and the resin Duolay FT (G8) and groups using resins Duolay QA (G5) and Duolay FT (G7) for the union of the transfers. When comparing the groups who had the union between the transfers and sectioned again united with those in which the union was not severed there was no statistically significant difference. QA resin was superior to the FT with respect to the union of transfers. Techniques with united transfers or not were similar.

  16. ARMAX-Based Transfer Function Model Identification Using Wide-Area Measurement for Adaptive and Coordinated Damping Control

    DOE PAGES

    Liu, Hesen; Zhu, Lin; Pan, Zhuohong; ...

    2015-09-14

    One of the main drawbacks of the existing oscillation damping controllers that are designed based on offline dynamic models is adaptivity to the power system operating condition. With the increasing availability of wide-area measurements and the rapid development of system identification techniques, it is possible to identify a measurement-based transfer function model online that can be used to tune the oscillation damping controller. Such a model could capture all dominant oscillation modes for adaptive and coordinated oscillation damping control. our paper describes a comprehensive approach to identify a low-order transfer function model of a power system using a multi-input multi-outputmore » (MIMO) autoregressive moving average exogenous (ARMAX) model. This methodology consists of five steps: 1) input selection; 2) output selection; 3) identification trigger; 4) model estimation; and 5) model validation. The proposed method is validated by using ambient data and ring-down data in the 16-machine 68-bus Northeast Power Coordinating Council system. Our results demonstrate that the measurement-based model using MIMO ARMAX can capture all the dominant oscillation modes. Compared with the MIMO subspace state space model, the MIMO ARMAX model has equivalent accuracy but lower order and improved computational efficiency. The proposed model can be applied for adaptive and coordinated oscillation damping control.« less

  17. Structural dynamics of catalytic RNA highlighted by fluorescence resonance energy transfer.

    PubMed

    Walter, N G

    2001-09-01

    RNA performs a multitude of essential cellular functions involving the maintenance, transfer, and processing of genetic information. The reason probably is twofold: (a) Life started as a prebiotic RNA World, in which RNA served as the genetic information carrier and catalyzed all chemical reactions required for its proliferation and (b) some of the RNA World functions were conserved throughout evolution because neither DNA nor protein is as adept in fulfilling them. A particular advantage of RNA is its high propensity to form alternative structures as required in subsequent steps of a reaction pathway. Here I describe fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) as a method to monitor a crucial conformational transition on the reaction pathway of the hairpin ribozyme, a small catalytic RNA motif from a self-replicating plant virus satellite RNA and well-studied paradigm of RNA folding. Steady-state FRET measurements in solution allow one to measure the kinetics and requirements of docking of its two independently folding domains; time-resolved FRET reveals the relative thermodynamic stability of the undocked (extended, inactive) and docked (active) ribozyme conformations; while single-molecule FRET experiments will highlight the dynamics of RNA at the individual molecule level. Similar domain docking events are expected to be at the heart of many biological functions of RNA, and the described FRET techniques promise to be adaptable to most of the involved RNA systems. Copyright 2001 Academic Press.

  18. Repeated measurements of transfer factor in rabbits: an animal model suitable for evaluation of short-term exposure.

    PubMed

    Dahlqvist, M; Lagerstrand, L; Nilsen, A

    1994-01-01

    Acute temporary changes in lung function may be of use as a biological exposure indicator. However, studies of humans occupationally exposed to complex airborne irritants are often expensive and time demanding. Therefore, an animal model could be a valuable complement. A rabbit model has been evaluated where transfer factor was measured twice during the same day, and with the rabbit awake and available for exposure, in between. Anaesthesia and intubation in 22 rabbits (2.6 [0.2] kg [Mean (SD)]) were immediately followed by two measurements of transfer factor and alveolar volume. Transfer factor was estimated by the single breath CO-technique used in humans. The samples were analysed for CO and He on a gas chromatograph. After one pair of measurements the rabbit was allowed to wake up and after 5 h the duplicate measurements were repeated. The mean values of transfer factor, alveolar volume and transfer constant were 0.50 (0.09) mmol min-1 kPa-1, 127 (8) ml and 3.9 (0.6) mmol min-1 kPa-1 l-1, respectively. The intraindividual coefficients of variation were 7.3%, 5.3% and 6.7%, respectively. Five hours later when the duplicate measurements were repeated, transfer factor, alveolar volume and transfer constant were unchanged still. The results suggest that relatively small changes in transfer factor may be detected without losing power, and thus that this model could be used as a biological exposure indicator.

  19. Observational Studies of Parameters Influencing Air-sea Gas Exchange

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Schimpf, U.; Frew, N. M.; Bock, E. J.; Hara, T.; Garbe, C. S.; Jaehne, B.

    A physically-based modeling of the air-sea gas transfer that can be used to predict the gas transfer rates with sufficient accuracy as a function of micrometeorological parameters is still lacking. State of the art are still simple gas transfer rate/wind speed relationships. Previous measurements from Coastal Ocean Experiment in the Atlantic revealed positive correlations between mean square slope, near surface turbulent dis- sipation, and wind stress. It also demonstrated a strong negative correlation between mean square slope and the fluorescence of surface-enriched colored dissolved organic matter. Using heat as a proxy tracer for gases the exchange process at the air/water interface and the micro turbulence at the water surface can be investigated. The anal- ysis of infrared image sequences allow the determination of the net heat flux at the ocean surface, the temperature gradient across the air/sea interface and thus the heat transfer velocity and gas transfer velocity respectively. Laboratory studies were carried out in the new Heidelberg wind-wave facility AELOTRON. Direct measurements of the Schmidt number exponent were done in conjunction with classical mass balance methods to estimate the transfer velocity. The laboratory results allowed to validate the basic assumptions of the so called controlled flux technique by applying differ- ent tracers for the gas exchange in a large Schmidt number regime. Thus a modeling of the Schmidt number exponent is able to fill the gap between laboratory and field measurements field. Both, the results from the laboratory and the field measurements should be able to give a further understanding of the mechanisms controlling the trans- port processes across the aqueous boundary layer and to relate the forcing functions to parameters measured by remote sensing.

  20. Outcome of triple-tendon transfer, an Eden-Lange variant, to reconstruct trapezius paralysis.

    PubMed

    Elhassan, Bassem T; Wagner, Eric R

    2015-08-01

    This study describes the technique and evaluates the outcome of the triple-tendon (T3) transfer, an Eden-Lange variant, to the scapula to stabilize the scapulothoracic articulation in the treatment of symptomatic trapezius paralysis. T3 transfers were performed in 22 patients with a history of persistent trapezius paralysis secondary to spinal accessory nerve injury. The indications for surgery included shoulder pain and weakness and limited range of motion of the shoulder. The T3 transfer included transfer of the levator scapulae to the lateral aspect of the spine of the scapula, the rhomboid minor to the spine of the scapula just medial to the levator scapulae insertion, and the rhomboid major to the medial spine of the scapula, including all muscles bony insertions. At an average follow-up of 35 months, winging was corrected in all patients, with improvement of shoulder asymmetry. All patients had significant improvement of pain (P < .01) and range of motion, including active shoulder abduction that improved from an average of 71° preoperatively to 118° postoperatively (P < .02) and shoulder flexion from an average of 102° to 150° (P < .01). There were also significant improvements in aggregate Constant Shoulder Score (P < .01), subjective shoulder value (P < .01), and Disabilities of the Arm, Shoulder and Hand score (P < .01). All patients were very satisfied with the outcome of surgery. This study shows that the T3 transfer is effective in stabilizing the scapulothoracic articulation and restoring the function of the trapezius, and thus, in improving pain and shoulder function in patients with symptomatic trapezius paralysis. Copyright © 2015 Journal of Shoulder and Elbow Surgery Board of Trustees. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  1. Mechanical Properties of Nanostructured Materials Determined Through Molecular Modeling Techniques

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Clancy, Thomas C.; Gates, Thomas S.

    2005-01-01

    The potential for gains in material properties over conventional materials has motivated an effort to develop novel nanostructured materials for aerospace applications. These novel materials typically consist of a polymer matrix reinforced with particles on the nanometer length scale. In this study, molecular modeling is used to construct fully atomistic models of a carbon nanotube embedded in an epoxy polymer matrix. Functionalization of the nanotube which consists of the introduction of direct chemical bonding between the polymer matrix and the nanotube, hence providing a load transfer mechanism, is systematically varied. The relative effectiveness of functionalization in a nanostructured material may depend on a variety of factors related to the details of the chemical bonding and the polymer structure at the nanotube-polymer interface. The objective of this modeling is to determine what influence the details of functionalization of the carbon nanotube with the polymer matrix has on the resulting mechanical properties. By considering a range of degree of functionalization, the structure-property relationships of these materials is examined and mechanical properties of these models are calculated using standard techniques.

  2. Development of Vector Parabolic Equation Technique for Propagation in Urban and Tunnel Environments

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2010-09-01

    relativistic quantum mechanics J. Phys. A: Math. Gen. 16 1869–84 [8] Nottale L 1995 Scale relativity, fractal space- time and quantum mechanics Quantum...proportional to the “ time ” elapsed. By performing various approximations to the transfer function, several approximate absorbing boundary condi- tions...The public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 1 hour per response, including the time for reviewing

  3. EM Propagation & Atmospheric Effects Assessment

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2008-09-30

    The split-step Fourier parabolic equation ( SSPE ) algorithm provides the complex amplitude and phase (group delay) of the continuous wave (CW) signal...the APM is based on the SSPE , we are implementing the more efficient Fourier synthesis technique to determine the transfer function. To this end a...needed in order to sample H(f) via the SSPE , and indeed with the proper parameters chosen, the two pulses can be resolved in the time window shown in

  4. Reconstruction of mammalian oocytes by germinal vesicle transfer: A systematic review

    PubMed Central

    Darbandi, Sara; Darbandi, Mahsa; Khorram Khorshid, Hamid Reza; Shirazi, Abolfazl; Sadeghi, Mohammad Reza; Agarwal, Ashok; Al-Hasani, Safaa; Naderi, Mohammad Mehdi; Ayaz, Ahmet; Akhondi, Mohammad Mehdi

    2017-01-01

    Nuclear transfer procedures have been recently applied for clinical and research targets as a novel assisted reproductive technique and were used for increasing the oocyte activity during its growth and maturation. In this review, we summarized the nuclear transfer technique for germinal vesicle stage oocytes to reconstruct the maturation of them. Our study covered publications between 1966 and August 2017. In result utilized germinal vesicle transfer techniques, fusion, and fertilization survival rate on five different mammalian species are discussed, regarding their potential clinical application. It seems that with a study on this method, there is real hope for effective treatments of old oocytes or oocytes containing mitochondrial problems in the near future. PMID:29387825

  5. MICRO- AND NANOSCALE MEASUREMENT METHODS FOR PHASE CHANGE HEAT TRANSFER ON PLANAR AND STRUCTURED SURFACES

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Buongiorno, J; Cahill, DG; Hidrovo, CH

    2014-07-23

    In this opinion piece, we discuss recent advances in experimental methods for characterizing phase change heat transfer. We begin with a survey of techniques for high-resolution measurements of temperature and heat flux at the solid surface and in the working fluid. Next, we focus on diagnostic tools for boiling heat transfer and describe techniques for visualizing the temperature and velocity fields, as well as measurements at the single bubble level. Finally, we discuss techniques to probe the kinetics of vapor formation within a few molecular layers of the interface. We conclude with our outlook for future progress in experimental methodsmore » for phase change heat transfer.« less

  6. A general transfer-function approach to noise filtering in open-loop quantum control

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Viola, Lorenza

    2015-03-01

    Hamiltonian engineering via unitary open-loop quantum control provides a versatile and experimentally validated framework for manipulating a broad class of non-Markovian open quantum systems of interest, with applications ranging from dynamical decoupling and dynamically corrected quantum gates, to noise spectroscopy and quantum simulation. In this context, transfer-function techniques directly motivated by control engineering have proved invaluable for obtaining a transparent picture of the controlled dynamics in the frequency domain and for quantitatively analyzing performance. In this talk, I will show how to identify a computationally tractable set of ``fundamental filter functions,'' out of which arbitrary filter functions may be assembled up to arbitrary high order in principle. Besides avoiding the infinite recursive hierarchy of filter functions that arises in general control scenarios, this fundamental set suffices to characterize the error suppression capabilities of the control protocol in both the time and frequency domain. I will show, in particular, how the resulting notion of ``filtering order'' reveals conceptually distinct, albeit complementary, features of the controlled dynamics as compared to the ``cancellation order,'' traditionally defined in the Magnus sense. Implications for current quantum control experiments will be discussed. Work supported by the U.S. Army Research Office under Contract No. W911NF-14-1-0682.

  7. Testate amoeba transfer function performance along localised hydrological gradients.

    PubMed

    Tsyganov, Andrey N; Mityaeva, Olga A; Mazei, Yuri A; Payne, Richard J

    2016-09-01

    Testate amoeba transfer functions are widely used for reconstruction of palaeo-hydrological regime in peatlands. However, the limitations of this approach have become apparent with increasing attention to validation and assessing sources of uncertainty. This paper investigates effects of peatland type and sampling depth on the performance of a transfer function using an independent test-set from four Sphagnum-dominated sites in European Russia (Penza Region). We focus on transfer function performance along localised hydrological gradients, which is a useful analogue for predictive ability through time. The performance of the transfer function with the independent test-set was generally weaker than for the leave-one-out or bootstrap cross-validations. However, the transfer function was robust for the reconstruction of relative changes in water-table depth, provided the presence of good modern analogues and overlap in water-table depth ranges. When applied to subsurface samples, the performance of the transfer function was reduced due to selective decomposition, the presence of deep-dwelling taxa or vertical transfer of shells. Our results stress the importance of thorough testing of transfer functions, and highlight the role of taphonomic processes in determining results. Further studies of stratification, taxonomy and taphonomy of testate amoebae will be needed to improve the robustness of transfer function output. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier GmbH. All rights reserved.

  8. Transferable and flexible thin film devices for engineering applications

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mutyala, Madhu Santosh K.; Zhou, Jingzhou; Li, Xiaochun

    2014-05-01

    Thin film devices can be of significance for manufacturing, energy conversion systems, solid state electronics, wireless applications, etc. However, these thin film sensors/devices are normally fabricated on rigid silicon substrates, thus neither flexible nor transferrable for engineering applications. This paper reports an innovative approach to transfer polyimide (PI) embedded thin film devices, which were fabricated on glass, to thin metal foils. Thin film thermocouples (TFTCs) were fabricated on a thin PI film, which was spin coated and cured on a glass substrate. Another layer of PI film was then spin coated again on TFTC/PI and cured to obtain the embedded TFTCs. Assisted by oxygen plasma surface coarsening of the PI film on the glass substrate, the PI embedded TFTC was successfully transferred from the glass substrate to a flexible copper foil. To demonstrate the functionality of the flexible embedded thin film sensors, they were transferred to the sonotrode tip of an ultrasonic metal welding machine for in situ process monitoring. The dynamic temperatures near the sonotrode tip were effectively measured under various ultrasonic vibration amplitudes. This technique of transferring polymer embedded electronic devices onto metal foils yield great potentials for numerous engineering applications.

  9. Applications of free-electron lasers to measurements of energy transfer in biopolymers and materials

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Edwards, Glenn S.; Johnson, J. B.; Kozub, John A.; Tribble, Jerri A.; Wagner, Katrina

    1992-08-01

    Free-electron lasers (FELs) provide tunable, pulsed radiation in the infrared. Using the FEL as a pump beam, we are investigating the mechanisms for energy transfer between localized vibrational modes and between vibrational modes and lattice or phonon modes. Either a laser-Raman system or a Fourier transform infrared (FTIR) spectrometer will serve as the probe beam, with the attribute of placing the burden of detection on two conventional spectroscopic techniques that circumvent the limited response of infrared detectors. More specifically, the Raman effect inelastically shifts an exciting laser line, typically a visible frequency, by the energy of the vibrational mode; however, the shifted Raman lines also lie in the visible, allowing for detection with highly efficient visible detectors. With regards to FTIR spectroscopy, the multiplex advantage yields a distinct benefit for infrared detector response. Our group is investigating intramolecular and intermolecular energy transfer processes in both biopolymers and more traditional materials. For example, alkali halides contain a number of defect types that effectively transfer energy in an intermolecular process. Similarly, the functioning of biopolymers depends on efficient intramolecular energy transfer. Understanding these mechanisms will enhance our ability to modify biopolymers and materials with applications to biology, medecine, and materials science.

  10. Exploring learning content and knowledge transfer in baccalaureate nursing students using a hybrid mental health practice experience.

    PubMed

    Booth, Richard G; Scerbo, Christina Ko; Sinclair, Barbara; Hancock, Michele; Reid, David; Denomy, Eileen

    2017-04-01

    Little research has been completed exploring knowledge development and transfer from and between simulated and clinical practice settings in nurse education. This study sought to explore the content learned, and the knowledge transferred, in a hybrid mental health clinical course consisting of simulated and clinical setting experiences. A qualitative, interpretive descriptive study design. Clinical practice consisted of six 10-hour shifts in a clinical setting combined with six two-hour simulations. 12 baccalaureate nursing students enrolled in a compressed time frame program at a large, urban, Canadian university participated. Document analysis and a focus group were used to draw thematic representations of content and knowledge transfer between clinical environments (i.e., simulated and clinical settings) using the constant comparative data analysis technique. Four major themes arose: (a) professional nursing behaviors; (b) understanding of the mental health nursing role; (c) confidence gained in interview skills; and, (d) unexpected learning. Nurse educators should further explore the intermingling of simulation and clinical practice in terms of knowledge development and transfer with the goal of preparing students to function within the mental health nursing specialty. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  11. Transfer function characteristics of super resolving systems

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Milster, Tom D.; Curtis, Craig H.

    1992-01-01

    Signal quality in an optical storage device greatly depends on the optical system transfer function used to write and read data patterns. The problem is similar to analysis of scanning optical microscopes. Hopkins and Braat have analyzed write-once-read-many (WORM) optical data storage devices. Herein, transfer function analysis of magnetooptic (MO) data storage devices is discussed with respect to improving transfer-function characteristics. Several authors have described improving the transfer function as super resolution. However, none have thoroughly analyzed the MO optical system and effects of the medium. Both the optical system transfer function and effects of the medium of this development are discussed.

  12. Electronic nanobiosensors based on two-dimensional materials

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ping, Jinglei

    Atomically-thick two-dimensional (2D) nanomaterials have tremendous potential to be applied as transduction elements in biosensors and bioelectronics. We developed scalable methods for synthesis and large-area transfer of two-dimensional nanomaterials, particularly graphene and metal dichalcogenides (so called ``MX2'' materials). We also developed versatile fabrication methods for large arrays of field-effect transistors (FETs) and micro-electrodes with these nanomaterials based on either conventional photolithography or innovative approaches that minimize contamination of the 2D layer. By functionalizing the FETs with a computationally redesigned water-soluble mu-opioid receptor, we created selective and sensitive biosensors suitable for detection of the drug target naltrexone and the neuropeptide enkephalin at pg/mL concentrations. We also constructed DNA-functionalized biosensors and nano-particle decorated biosensors by applying related bio-nano integration techniques. Our methodology paves the way for multiplexed nanosensor arrays with all-electronic readout suitable for inexpensive point-of-care diagnostics, drug-development and biomedical research. With graphene field-effect transistors, we investigated the graphene/solution interface and developed a quantitative model for the effect of ionic screening on the graphene carrier density based on theories of the electric double layer. Finally, we have developed a technique for measuring low-level Faradaic charge-transfer current (fA) across the graphene/solution interface via real-time charge monitoring of graphene microelectrodes in ionic solution. This technique enables the development of flexible and transparent pH sensors that are promising for in vivo applications. The author acknowledges the support from the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) and the U. S. Army Research Office under Grant Number W911NF1010093.

  13. Electron transfer across a thermal gradient

    PubMed Central

    Craven, Galen T.

    2016-01-01

    Charge transfer is a fundamental process that underlies a multitude of phenomena in chemistry and biology. Recent advances in observing and manipulating charge and heat transport at the nanoscale, and recently developed techniques for monitoring temperature at high temporal and spatial resolution, imply the need for considering electron transfer across thermal gradients. Here, a theory is developed for the rate of electron transfer and the associated heat transport between donor–acceptor pairs located at sites of different temperatures. To this end, through application of a generalized multidimensional transition state theory, the traditional Arrhenius picture of activation energy as a single point on a free energy surface is replaced with a bithermal property that is derived from statistical weighting over all configurations where the reactant and product states are equienergetic. The flow of energy associated with the electron transfer process is also examined, leading to relations between the rate of heat exchange among the donor and acceptor sites as functions of the temperature difference and the electronic driving bias. In particular, we find that an open electron transfer channel contributes to enhanced heat transport between sites even when they are in electronic equilibrium. The presented results provide a unified theory for charge transport and the associated heat conduction between sites at different temperatures. PMID:27450086

  14. Intensification of heat transfer across falling liquid films

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ruyer-Quil, Christian; Cellier, Nicolas; Stutz, Benoit; Caney, Nadia; Bandelier, Philippe; Locie Team; Legi Team

    2017-11-01

    The wavy motion of a liquid film is well known to intensify heat or mass transfers. Yet, if film thinning and wave merging are generally invoked, the physical mechanisms which enable this intensification are still unclear. We propose a systematic investigation of the impact of wavy motions on the heat transfer across 2D falling films on hot plates as a function of the inlet frequency and flow parameters. Computations over extended domains and for sufficient durations to achieve statistically established flows have been made possible by low-dimensional modeling and the development of a fast temporal solver based on graph optimizations. Heat transfer has been modeled using the weighted residual technique as a set of two evolution equations for the free-surface temperature and the wall heat flux. This new model solves the shortcomings of previous attempts, namely their inability to capture the onset of thermal boundary layers in large-amplitude waves and their limitation to low Prandtl numbers. Our study reveals that heat transfer is enhanced at the crests of the waves and that heat transfer intensification is maximum at the maximum of density of wave crests, which does not correspond to the natural wavy regime (no inlet forcing). Supports from Institut Universitaire de France and Région Auvergne-Rhones-Alpes are warmly acknowledged.

  15. Fluid dynamics and convective heat transfer in impinging jets through implementation of a high resolution liquid crystal technique

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kim, K.; Wiedner, B.; Camci, C.

    1993-01-01

    A combined convective heat transfer and fluid dynamics investigation in a turbulent round jet impinging on a flat surface is presented. The experimental study uses a high resolution liquid crystal technique for the determination of the convective heat transfer coefficients on the impingement plate. The heat transfer experiments are performed using a transient heat transfer method. The mean flow and the character of turbulent flow in the free jet is presented through five hole probe and hot wire measurements, respectively. The flow field character of the region near the impingement plate plays an important role in the amount of convective heat transfer. Detailed surveys obtained from five hole probe and hot wire measurements are provided. An extensive validation of the liquid crystal based heat transfer method against a conventional technique is also presented. After a complete documentation of the mean and turbulent flow field, the convective heat transfer coefficient distributions on the impingement plate are presented. The near wall of the impingement plate and the free jet region is treated separately. The current heat transfer distributions are compared to other studies available from the literature. The present paper contains complete sets of information on the three dimensional mean flow, turbulent velocity fluctuations, and convective heat transfer to the plate. The experiments also prove that the present nonintrusive heat transfer method is highly effective in obtaining high resolution heat transfer maps with a heat transfer coefficient uncertainty of 5.7 percent.

  16. Contact thermal shock test of ceramics

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Rogers, W. P.; Emery, A. F.

    1992-01-01

    A novel quantitative thermal shock test of ceramics is described. The technique employs contact between a metal-cooling rod and hot disk-shaped specimen. In contrast with traditional techniques, the well-defined thermal boundary condition allows for accurate analyses of heat transfer, stress, and fracture. Uniform equibiaxial tensile stresses are induced in the center of the test specimen. Transient specimen temperature and acoustic emission are monitored continuously during the thermal stress cycle. The technique is demonstrated with soda-lime glass specimens. Experimental results are compared with theoretical predictions based on a finite-element method thermal stress analysis combined with a statistical model of fracture. Material strength parameters are determined using concentric ring flexure tests. Good agreement is found between experimental results and theoretical predictions of failure probability as a function of time and initial specimen temperature.

  17. Structural power flow measurement

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Falter, K.J.; Keltie, R.F.

    Previous investigations of structural power flow through beam-like structures resulted in some unexplained anomalies in the calculated data. In order to develop structural power flow measurement as a viable technique for machine tool design, the causes of these anomalies needed to be found. Once found, techniques for eliminating the errors could be developed. Error sources were found in the experimental apparatus itself as well as in the instrumentation. Although flexural waves are the carriers of power in the experimental apparatus, at some frequencies longitudinal waves were excited which were picked up by the accelerometers and altered power measurements. Errors weremore » found in the phase and gain response of the sensors and amplifiers used for measurement. A transfer function correction technique was employed to compensate for these instrumentation errors.« less

  18. Salvage of mangled upper extremity using the Masquelet technique in a child: A case report

    PubMed Central

    Alassaf, Nabil; Alhoukail, Amro; Alsahli, Abdullah; Althubaiti, Ghazi

    2017-01-01

    Aim: To report our experience with the Masquelet concept in a pediatric upper extremity following an open injury to the elbow. Methods: A case report and literature review. Results: An 11-year-old boy was transferred to our institution after a motor vehicle collision. There was a primary loss of the ulnohumeral articulation and the surrounding soft tissues as well as the ulnar nerve. Reconstruction used the Masquelet-induced membrane technique and a soft tissue flap. At the 30-month follow-up, the extremity was pain free and functional. Conclusion: This case highlights the value of the Masquelet technique in pediatric extremity injuries, where there is a loss of a major articular segment, as well as significant soft tissue compromise. PMID:29201370

  19. Evaluation of substitution monopole models for tire noise sound synthesis

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Berckmans, D.; Kindt, P.; Sas, P.; Desmet, W.

    2010-01-01

    Due to the considerable efforts in engine noise reduction, tire noise has become one of the major sources of passenger car noise nowadays and the demand for accurate prediction models is high. A rolling tire is therefore experimentally characterized by means of the substitution monopole technique, suiting a general sound synthesis approach with a focus on perceived sound quality. The running tire is substituted by a monopole distribution covering the static tire. All monopoles have mutual phase relationships and a well-defined volume velocity distribution which is derived by means of the airborne source quantification technique; i.e. by combining static transfer function measurements with operating indicator pressure measurements close to the rolling tire. Models with varying numbers/locations of monopoles are discussed and the application of different regularization techniques is evaluated.

  20. 3D Sound Techniques for Sound Source Elevation in a Loudspeaker Listening Environment

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kim, Yong Guk; Jo, Sungdong; Kim, Hong Kook; Jang, Sei-Jin; Lee, Seok-Pil

    In this paper, we propose several 3D sound techniques for sound source elevation in stereo loudspeaker listening environments. The proposed method integrates a head-related transfer function (HRTF) for sound positioning and early reflection for adding reverberant circumstance. In addition, spectral notch filtering and directional band boosting techniques are also included for increasing elevation perception capability. In order to evaluate the elevation performance of the proposed method, subjective listening tests are conducted using several kinds of sound sources such as white noise, sound effects, speech, and music samples. It is shown from the tests that the degrees of perceived elevation by the proposed method are around the 17º to 21º when the stereo loudspeakers are located on the horizontal plane.

  1. Improved modeling of turbulent forced convection heat transfer in straight ducts

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Rokni, M.; Sunden, B.

    1999-08-01

    This investigation concerns numerical calculation of turbulent forced convective heat transfer and fluid flow in their fully developed state at low Reynolds number. The authors have developed a low Reynolds number version of the nonlinear {kappa}-{epsilon} model combined with the heat flux models of simple eddy diffusivity (SED), low Reynolds number version of generalized gradient diffusion hypothesis (GGDH), and wealth {proportional_to} earning {times} time (WET) in general three-dimensional geometries. The numerical approach is based on the finite volume technique with a nonstaggered grid arrangement and the SIMPLEC algorithm. Results have been obtained with the nonlinear {kappa}-{epsilon} model, combined with themore » Lam-Bremhorst and the Abe-Kondoh-Nagano damping functions for low Reynolds numbers.« less

  2. Detection of Heteromers Formed by Cannabinoid CB1, Dopamine D2, and Adenosine A2A G-Protein-Coupled Receptors by Combining Bimolecular Fluorescence Complementation and Bioluminescence Energy Transfer

    PubMed Central

    Navarro, Gemma; Carriba, Paulina; Gandí, Jorge; Ciruela, Francisco; Casadó, Vicent; Cortés, Antoni; Mallol, Josefa; Canela, Enric I.; Lluis, Carmen; Franco, Rafael

    2008-01-01

    Functional interactions in signaling occur between dopamine D2 (D2R) and cannabinoid CB1 (CB1R) receptors, between CB1R and adenosine A2A (A2AR) receptors, and between D2R and A2AR. Furthermore, direct molecular interactions have been reported for the pairs CB1R-D2R, A2AR-D2R, and CB1R-A2AR. Here a combination of bimolecular fluorescence complementation and bioluminescence energy transfer techniques was used to identify the occurrence of D2R-CB1R-A2AR hetero-oligomers in living cells. PMID:18956124

  3. A method to model latent heat for transient analysis using NASTRAN

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Harder, R. L.

    1982-01-01

    A sample heat transfer analysis is demonstrated which includes the heat of fusion. The method can be used to analyze a system with nonconstant specific heat. The enthalpy is introduced as an independent degree of freedom at each node. The user input consists of a curve of temperature as a function of enthalpy, which may include a constant temperature phase change. The basic NASTRAN heat transfer capability is used to model the effects of latent heat with existing direct matrix output and nonlinear load data cards. Although some user care is required, the numerical stability of the integration is quite good when the given recommendations are followed. The theoretical equations used and the NASTRAN techniques are shown.

  4. Relocation of the disulfonic stilbene sites of AE1 (band 3) on the basis of fluorescence energy transfer measurements.

    PubMed

    Knauf, Philip A; Law, Foon-Yee; Leung, Tze-Wah Vivian; Atherton, Stephen J

    2004-09-28

    Previous fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) measurements, using BIDS (4-benzamido-4'-isothiocyanostilbene-2,2'-disulfonate) as a label for the disulfonic stilbene site and FM (fluorescein-5-maleimide) as a label for the cytoplasmic SH groups on band 3 (AE1), combined with data showing that the cytoplasmic SH groups lie about 40 A from the cytoplasmic surface of the lipid bilayer, would place the BIDS sites very near the membrane's inner surface, a location that seems to be inconsistent with current models of AE1 structure and mechanism. We reinvestigated the BIDS-FM distance, using laser single photon counting techniques as well as steady-state fluorescence of AE1, in its native membrane environment. Both techniques agree that there is very little energy transfer from BIDS to FM. The mean energy transfer (E), based on three-exponential fits to the fluorescence decay data, is 2.5 +/- 0.7% (SEM, N = 12). Steady-state fluorescence measurements also indicate <3% energy transfer from BIDS to FM. These data indicate that the BIDS sites are probably over 63 A from the cytoplasmic SH groups, placing them near the middle or the external half of the lipid bilayer. This relocation of the BIDS sites fits with other evidence that the disulfonic stilbene sites are located farther toward the external membrane surface than Glu-681, a residue near the inner membrane surface whose modification affects the pH dependence and anion selectivity of band 3. The involvement of two relatively distant parts of the AE1 protein in transport function suggests that the transport mechanism requires coordinated large-scale conformational changes in the band 3 protein.

  5. Heat Transfer Search Algorithm for Non-convex Economic Dispatch Problems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hazra, Abhik; Das, Saborni; Basu, Mousumi

    2018-06-01

    This paper presents Heat Transfer Search (HTS) algorithm for the non-linear economic dispatch problem. HTS algorithm is based on the law of thermodynamics and heat transfer. The proficiency of the suggested technique has been disclosed on three dissimilar complicated economic dispatch problems with valve point effect; prohibited operating zone; and multiple fuels with valve point effect. Test results acquired from the suggested technique for the economic dispatch problem have been fitted to that acquired from other stated evolutionary techniques. It has been observed that the suggested HTS carry out superior solutions.

  6. Heat Transfer Search Algorithm for Non-convex Economic Dispatch Problems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hazra, Abhik; Das, Saborni; Basu, Mousumi

    2018-03-01

    This paper presents Heat Transfer Search (HTS) algorithm for the non-linear economic dispatch problem. HTS algorithm is based on the law of thermodynamics and heat transfer. The proficiency of the suggested technique has been disclosed on three dissimilar complicated economic dispatch problems with valve point effect; prohibited operating zone; and multiple fuels with valve point effect. Test results acquired from the suggested technique for the economic dispatch problem have been fitted to that acquired from other stated evolutionary techniques. It has been observed that the suggested HTS carry out superior solutions.

  7. Function Transfer in Human Operant Experiments: The Role of Stimulus Pairings

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Tonneau, Francois; Gonzalez, Carmen

    2004-01-01

    Although function transfer often has been studied in complex operant procedures (such as matching to sample), whether operant reinforcement actually produces function transfer in such settings has not been established. The present experiments, with high school students as subjects, suggest that stimulus pairings can promote function transfer in…

  8. Relevance of ERTS to the State of Ohio

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Sweet, D. C. (Principal Investigator)

    1973-01-01

    The author has identified the following significant results. A significant result was the fabrication of an image transfer and comparison device. To avoid problems and high costs encountered in manual drafting methods, Battelle staff members have fabricated an inexpensive, yet effective, technique for transferring ERTS-1 analysis displays from the Spatial Data 32-Color Viewer to maps and/or aircraft imagery. In brief, the image transfer-comparison device consists of a 2-way mirror which functions similar to a zoom transfer scope. However, the device permits multiuser viewing and real time photographic recording (35-mm and Polaroid) of enhanced ERTS-1 imagery superimposed over maps and aircraft photography. Thirty-five mm, 70 mm, and 4 in. x 5 in. photographs are taken of 80% of the TV screen of the Spatial Data Density Slicing Viewer. The resulting black and white and color imagery is then used in transparent overlays, viewgraphs, 35-mm and 70-mm transparencies, and paper prints for reports and publications. Annotations can be added on the TV screen or on the finished product.

  9. Direct transfer of wafer-scale graphene films

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kim, Maria; Shah, Ali; Li, Changfeng; Mustonen, Petri; Susoma, Jannatul; Manoocheri, Farshid; Riikonen, Juha; Lipsanen, Harri

    2017-09-01

    Flexible electronics serve as the ubiquitous platform for the next-generation life science, environmental monitoring, display, and energy conversion applications. Outstanding multi-functional mechanical, thermal, electrical, and chemical properties of graphene combined with transparency and flexibility solidifies it as ideal for these applications. Although chemical vapor deposition (CVD) enables cost-effective fabrication of high-quality large-area graphene films, one critical bottleneck is an efficient and reproducible transfer of graphene to flexible substrates. We explore and describe a direct transfer method of 6-inch monolayer CVD graphene onto transparent and flexible substrate based on direct vapor phase deposition of conformal parylene on as-grown graphene/copper (Cu) film. The method is straightforward, scalable, cost-effective and reproducible. The transferred film showed high uniformity, lack of mechanical defects and sheet resistance for doped graphene as low as 18 Ω/sq and 96.5% transparency at 550 nm while withstanding high strain. To underline that the introduced technique is capable of delivering graphene films for next-generation flexible applications we demonstrate a wearable capacitive controller, a heater, and a self-powered triboelectric sensor.

  10. An interface for simulating radiative transfer in and around volcanic plumes with the Monte Carlo radiative transfer model McArtim

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Kern, Christoph

    2016-03-23

    This report describes two software tools that, when used as front ends for the three-dimensional backward Monte Carlo atmospheric-radiative-transfer model (RTM) McArtim, facilitate the generation of lookup tables of volcanic-plume optical-transmittance characteristics in the ultraviolet/visible-spectral region. In particular, the differential optical depth and derivatives thereof (that is, weighting functions), with regard to a change in SO2 column density or aerosol optical thickness, can be simulated for a specific measurement geometry and a representative range of plume conditions. These tables are required for the retrieval of SO2 column density in volcanic plumes, using the simulated radiative-transfer/differential optical-absorption spectroscopic (SRT-DOAS) approach outlined by Kern and others (2012). This report, together with the software tools published online, is intended to make this sophisticated SRT-DOAS technique available to volcanologists and gas geochemists in an operational environment, without the need for an indepth treatment of the underlying principles or the low-level interface of the RTM McArtim.

  11. Environmental value transfer: an application for the South East Queensland waterways.

    PubMed

    Robinson, J J

    2002-01-01

    Economic valuations of the environmental resources provided by the waterways of South East Queensland are required for the evaluation of proposed environmental management strategies. Due to time and funding constraints it is unlikely that the environmental resources for each tributary of the river system will be subject to individual and explicit valuation. This paper reviews the literature about the validity of environmental benefit transfer, identifying the protocol for undertaking such a study. It then describes a study designed to transfer the estimated value of water quality improvements for the Bremer River to other waterways in South East Queensland. The study addresses some of the shortcomings of stated preference techniques to value the environment, including improving the quality of the information provided to survey respondents and the reliability of their responses by adopting a citizens' jury approach to the valuation exercise. In addition, the study is expected to provide the results in a form that will facilitate the estimation of a demand function for water quality improvements that will be meaningful for environmental value transfer to other sites with similar water quality issues.

  12. Tumor-targeting CTL expressing a single-chain Fv specific for VEGFR2.

    PubMed

    Kanagawa, Naoko; Yanagawa, Tatsuya; Mukai, Yohei; Yoshioka, Yasuo; Okada, Naoki; Nakagawa, Shinsaku

    2010-03-26

    Cytotoxic T lymphocytes (CTL) are critical effector cells in tumor immunity. Adoptive transfer therapy with in vitro-expanded tumor-specific CTL is a promising approach for preventing cancer metastasis and recurrence. Transferred CTL are not effective in clinical trials, however, due to inadequate tumor-infiltration. Therefore, the development of functionally modified CTL, such as tumor-targeting CTL, is widely desired. Here, we designed the tumor-targeting CTL expressing a single-chain antibody fragment (scFv-CTL) specific for vascular endothelial growth factor receptor 2 (VEGFR2/flk1) by transducing the CTL with a retroviral vector. The scFv-CTL bound to VEGFR2/flk1-expressing cells and retained their cytotoxic activity against tumor cells. In addition, adoptive transfer of scFv-CTL into tumor-bearing mice effectively suppressed tumor growth due to the augmented accumulation of the transferred CTL in the tumor tissue. These findings indicate that the creation of CTL capable of targeting tumor vascular endothelial cells by scFv-expression technique is considerably promising for improvement of efficacy in adoptive immunotherapy. Copyright (c) 2010 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  13. Arthroscopic-assisted latissimus dorsi transfer for subscapularis deficiency.

    PubMed

    Kany, Jean; Guinand, Régis; Croutzet, Pierre; Valenti, Philippe; Werthel, Jean David; Grimberg, Jean

    2016-04-01

    Few salvage procedures have been described in case of irreparable subscapularis tear and with variable outcomes. Latissimus dorsi transfer has been widely proposed as a transfer for irreparable posterio-superior rotator cuff tear with good outcomes. The anatomic feasibility of the latissimus dorsi to reconstruct the antero-superior irreparable rotator cuff tear has been suggested, but no clinical study has ever been published. We hypothesized that it was possible to use an arthroscopic-assisted latissimus dorsi transfer to reconstruct the subscapularis function. Five patients were enrolled. A 5-7-cm axillary incision was performed to release the latissimus dorsi tendon from its humeral insertion, the teres major muscle and the apex of the scapula. Afterwards, under arthroscopic control, a 7-mm-diameter tunnel was drilled at the anterior and superior part of the humeral head with an oblique inferior and posterior direction. The tubularized latissimus dorsi tendon was introduced into the tunnel and fixed with a ZipLoop on the posterior humeral cortex. The authors show overall good experience with this technique. Level IV-a, case series.

  14. SAM-based cell transfer to photopatterned hydrogels for microengineering vascular-like structures.

    PubMed

    Sadr, Nasser; Zhu, Mojun; Osaki, Tatsuya; Kakegawa, Takahiro; Yang, Yunzhi; Moretti, Matteo; Fukuda, Junji; Khademhosseini, Ali

    2011-10-01

    A major challenge in tissue engineering is to reproduce the native 3D microvascular architecture fundamental for in vivo functions. Current approaches still lack a network of perfusable vessels with native 3D structural organization. Here we present a new method combining self-assembled monolayer (SAM)-based cell transfer and gelatin methacrylate hydrogel photopatterning techniques for microengineering vascular structures. Human umbilical vein cell (HUVEC) transfer from oligopeptide SAM-coated surfaces to the hydrogel revealed two SAM desorption mechanisms: photoinduced and electrochemically triggered. The former, occurs concomitantly to hydrogel photocrosslinking, and resulted in efficient (>97%) monolayer transfer. The latter, prompted by additional potential application, preserved cell morphology and maintained high transfer efficiency of VE-cadherin positive monolayers over longer culture periods. This approach was also applied to transfer HUVECs to 3D geometrically defined vascular-like structures in hydrogels, which were then maintained in perfusion culture for 15 days. As a step toward more complex constructs, a cell-laden hydrogel layer was photopatterned around the endothelialized channel to mimic the vascular smooth muscle structure of distal arterioles. This study shows that the coupling of the SAM-based cell transfer and hydrogel photocrosslinking could potentially open up new avenues in engineering more complex, vascularized tissue constructs for regenerative medicine and tissue engineering applications. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  15. Method and program product for determining a radiance field in an optical environment

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Reinersman, Phillip N. (Inventor); Carder, Kendall L. (Inventor)

    2007-01-01

    A hybrid method is presented by which Monte Carlo techniques are combined with iterative relaxation techniques to solve the Radiative Transfer Equation in arbitrary one-, two- or three-dimensional optical environments. The optical environments are first divided into contiguous regions, or elements, with Monte Carlo techniques then being employed to determine the optical response function of each type of element. The elements are combined, and the iterative relaxation techniques are used to determine simultaneously the radiance field on the boundary and throughout the interior of the modeled environment. This hybrid model is capable of providing estimates of the under-water light field needed to expedite inspection of ship hulls and port facilities. It is also capable of providing estimates of the subaerial light field for structured, absorbing or non-absorbing environments such as shadows of mountain ranges within and without absorption spectral bands such as water vapor or CO.sub.2 bands.

  16. Non-destructive testing of ceramic materials using mid-infrared ultrashort-pulse laser

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sun, S. C.; Qi, Hong; An, X. Y.; Ren, Y. T.; Qiao, Y. B.; Ruan, Liming M.

    2018-04-01

    The non-destructive testing (NDT) of ceramic materials using mid-infrared ultrashort-pulse laser is investigated in this study. The discrete ordinate method is applied to solve the transient radiative transfer equation in 2D semitransparent medium and the emerging radiative intensity on boundary serves as input for the inverse analysis. The sequential quadratic programming algorithm is employed as the inverse technique to optimize objective function, in which the gradient of objective function with respect to reconstruction parameters is calculated using the adjoint model. Two reticulated porous ceramics including partially stabilized zirconia and oxide-bonded silicon carbide are tested. The retrieval results show that the main characteristics of defects such as optical properties, geometric shapes and positions can be accurately reconstructed by the present model. The proposed technique is effective and robust in NDT of ceramics even with measurement errors.

  17. Oscillator Noise Analysis

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Demir, Alper

    2005-08-01

    Oscillators are key components of many kinds of systems, particularly electronic and opto-electronic systems. Undesired perturbations, i.e. noise, that exist in practical systems adversely affect the spectral and timing properties of the signals generated by oscillators resulting in phase noise and timing jitter. These are key performance limiting factors, being major contributors to bit-error-rate (BER) of RF and optical communication systems, and creating synchronization problems in clocked and sampled-data electronic systems. In noise analysis for oscillators, the key is figuring out how the various disturbances and noise sources in the oscillator end up as phase fluctuations. In doing so, one first computes transfer functions from the noise sources to the oscillator phase, or the sensitivity of the oscillator phase to these noise sources. In this paper, we first provide a discussion explaining the origins and the proper definition of this transfer or sensitivity function, followed by a critical review of the various numerical techniques for its computation that have been proposed by various authors over the past fifteen years.

  18. Input-output Transfer Function Analysis of a Photometer Circuit Based on an Operational Amplifier.

    PubMed

    Hernandez, Wilmar

    2008-01-09

    In this paper an input-output transfer function analysis based on the frequencyresponse of a photometer circuit based on operational amplifier (op amp) is carried out. Opamps are universally used in monitoring photodetectors and there are a variety of amplifierconnections for this purpose. However, the electronic circuits that are usually used to carryout the signal treatment in photometer circuits introduce some limitations in theperformance of the photometers that influence the selection of the op amps and otherelectronic devices. For example, the bandwidth, slew-rate, noise, input impedance and gain,among other characteristics of the op amp, are often the performance limiting factors ofphotometer circuits. For this reason, in this paper a comparative analysis between twophotodiode amplifier circuits is carried out. One circuit is based on a conventional currentto-voltage converter connection and the other circuit is based on a robust current-to-voltageconverter connection. The results are satisfactory and show that the photodiode amplifierperformance can be improved by using robust control techniques.

  19. Optical analysis of electro-optical systems by MTF calculus

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Barbarini, Elisa Signoreto; Dos Santos, Daniel, Jr.; Stefani, Mário Antonio; Yasuoka, Fátima Maria Mitsue; Castro Neto, Jarbas C.; Rodrigues, Evandro Luís Linhari

    2011-08-01

    One of the widely used methods for performance analysis of an optical system is the determination of the Modulation Transfer Function (MTF). The MTF represents a quantitative and direct measure of image quality, and, besides being an objective test, it can be used on concatenated optical system. This paper presents the application of software called SMTF (software modulation transfer function), built in C++ and Open CV platforms for MTF calculation on electro-optical system. Through this technique, it is possible to develop specific method to measure the real time performance of a digital fundus camera, an infrared sensor and an ophthalmological surgery microscope. Each optical instrument mentioned has a particular device to measure the MTF response, which is being developed. Then the MTF information assists the analysis of the optical system alignment, and also defines its resolution limit by the MTF graphic. The result obtained from the implemented software is compared with the theoretical MTF curve from the analyzed systems.

  20. Charge-transfer-based terbium MOF nanoparticles as fluorescent pH sensor for extreme acidity.

    PubMed

    Qi, Zewan; Chen, Yang

    2017-01-15

    Newly emerged metal organic frameworks (MOFs) have aroused the great interest in designing functional materials by means of its flexible structure and component. In this study, we used lanthanide Tb 3+ ions and small molecular ligands to design and assemble a kind of pH-sensitive MOF nanoparticle based on intramolecular-charge-transfer effect. This kind of made-to-order MOF nanoparticle for H + is highly specific and sensitive and could be used to fluorescently indicate pH value of strong acidic solution via preset mechanism through luminescence of Tb 3+ . The long luminescence lifetime of Tb 3+ allows eliminating concomitant non-specific fluorescence by time-revised fluorescence techniques, processing an advantage in sensing H + in biological media with strong autofluorescence. Our method showed a great potential of MOF structures in designing and constructing sensitive sensing materials for specific analytes directly via the assembly of functional ions/ligands. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  1. Human heart rate variability relation is unchanged during motion sickness

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Mullen, T. J.; Berger, R. D.; Oman, C. M.; Cohen, R. J.

    1998-01-01

    In a study of 18 human subjects, we applied a new technique, estimation of the transfer function between instantaneous lung volume (ILV) and instantaneous heart rate (HR), to assess autonomic activity during motion sickness. Two control recordings of ILV and electrocardiogram (ECG) were made prior to the development of motion sickness. During the first, subjects were seated motionless, and during the second they were seated rotating sinusoidally about an earth vertical axis. Subjects then wore prism goggles that reverse the left-right visual field and performed manual tasks until they developed moderate motion sickness. Finally, ILV and ECG were recorded while subjects maintained a relatively constant level of sickness by intermittent eye closure during rotation with the goggles. Based on analyses of ILV to HR transfer functions from the three conditions, we were unable to demonstrate a change in autonomic control of heart rate due to rotation alone or due to motion sickness. These findings do not support the notion that moderate motion sickness is manifested as a generalized autonomic response.

  2. Comprehensive approach to functional palatomaxillary reconstruction using regional and free tissue transfer: Report of reconstructive and prosthodontic outcomes of 140 patients.

    PubMed

    Urken, Mark L; Roche, Ansley M; Kiplagat, Kimberly J; Dewey, Eliza H; Lazarus, Cathy; Likhterov, Ilya; Buchbinder, Daniel; Okay, Devin J

    2018-03-14

    Palatomaxillary defects were historically restored with a prosthetic obturator; however, advances in local and free tissue transfer has provided a viable alternative for appropriately selected patients with palatomaxillary defects. A retrospective chart review of patients who underwent palatomaxillary reconstruction by the lead author between 1998 and 2016 was conducted. Patients who were restored with a palatal obturator were excluded. One hundred forty patients were reconstructed with a total of 159 local, regional, and free flaps with a 96.7% success rate. Seventy-four patients (52.8%) underwent prosthodontic rehabilitation, with 183 implants placed and an 86% success rate. Palatomaxillary reconstruction applying a systematic approach, using a multitude of techniques, is a safe and effective way to restore patients without compromising the ability to maintain surveillance. Prosthodontic rehabilitation can be achieved in a high percentage of patients using dental implants, leading to optimal aesthetic and functional results. © 2018 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

  3. Chirped-pulse coherent-OTDR with predistortion

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Xiong, Ji; Jiang, Jialin; Wu, Yue; Chen, Yongxiang; Xie, Lianlian; Fu, Yun; Wang, Zinan

    2018-03-01

    In this paper, a novel method for generating high-quality chirped pulses with IQ modulator is studied theoretically and experimentally, which is a crucial building block for high-performance coherent optical time-domain reflectometry (COTDR). In order to compensate the nonlinearity of the modulator transfer function, we present a predistortion technique for chirped-pulse coherent optical time-domain reflectometry (CP-COTDR), the arcsin predistortion method and the single sideband with a suppressed carrier analog modulation used to generate the high quality chirped optical pulse. The high order sidebands, due to the large amplitude of the modulation signal and the nonlinear transfer function of the IQ modulator, can be relieved by the predistortion process, which means the power and the quality of the generated chirped pulse has been improved. In the experiment, this method increases the peak power of the chirped pulse by 4.2 dB compared to the case without predistortion process, as for the CP-COTDR system, this method increases the signal-to-noise ratio of the demodulated phase variation by 6.3 dB.

  4. Reduced order modeling of head related transfer functions for virtual acoustic displays

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Willhite, Joel A.; Frampton, Kenneth D.; Grantham, D. Wesley

    2003-04-01

    The purpose of this work is to improve the computational efficiency in acoustic virtual applications by creating and testing reduced order models of the head related transfer functions used in localizing sound sources. State space models of varying order were generated from zero-elevation Head Related Impulse Responses (HRIRs) using Kungs Single Value Decomposition (SVD) technique. The inputs to the models are the desired azimuths of the virtual sound sources (from minus 90 deg to plus 90 deg, in 10 deg increments) and the outputs are the left and right ear impulse responses. Trials were conducted in an anechoic chamber in which subjects were exposed to real sounds that were emitted by individual speakers across a numbered speaker array, phantom sources generated from the original HRIRs, and phantom sound sources generated with the different reduced order state space models. The error in the perceived direction of the phantom sources generated from the reduced order models was compared to errors in localization using the original HRIRs.

  5. A proposed study of multiple scattering through clouds up to 1 THz

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Gerace, G. C.; Smith, E. K.

    1992-01-01

    A rigorous computation of the electromagnetic field scattered from an atmospheric liquid water cloud is proposed. The recent development of a fast recursive algorithm (Chew algorithm) for computing the fields scattered from numerous scatterers now makes a rigorous computation feasible. A method is presented for adapting this algorithm to a general case where there are an extremely large number of scatterers. It is also proposed to extend a new binary PAM channel coding technique (El-Khamy coding) to multiple levels with non-square pulse shapes. The Chew algorithm can be used to compute the transfer function of a cloud channel. Then the transfer function can be used to design an optimum El-Khamy code. In principle, these concepts can be applied directly to the realistic case of a time-varying cloud (adaptive channel coding and adaptive equalization). A brief review is included of some preliminary work on cloud dispersive effects on digital communication signals and on cloud liquid water spectra and correlations.

  6. Modified superposition: A simple time series approach to closed-loop manual controller identification

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Biezad, D. J.; Schmidt, D. K.; Leban, F.; Mashiko, S.

    1986-01-01

    Single-channel pilot manual control output in closed-tracking tasks is modeled in terms of linear discrete transfer functions which are parsimonious and guaranteed stable. The transfer functions are found by applying a modified super-position time series generation technique. A Levinson-Durbin algorithm is used to determine the filter which prewhitens the input and a projective (least squares) fit of pulse response estimates is used to guarantee identified model stability. Results from two case studies are compared to previous findings, where the source of data are relatively short data records, approximately 25 seconds long. Time delay effects and pilot seasonalities are discussed and analyzed. It is concluded that single-channel time series controller modeling is feasible on short records, and that it is important for the analyst to determine a criterion for best time domain fit which allows association of model parameter values, such as pure time delay, with actual physical and physiological constraints. The purpose of the modeling is thus paramount.

  7. PMMA-Etching-Free Transfer of Wafer-scale Chemical Vapor Deposition Two-dimensional Atomic Crystal by a Water Soluble Polyvinyl Alcohol Polymer Method

    PubMed Central

    Van Ngoc, Huynh; Qian, Yongteng; Han, Suk Kil; Kang, Dae Joon

    2016-01-01

    We have explored a facile technique to transfer large area 2-Dimensional (2D) materials grown by chemical vapor deposition method onto various substrates by adding a water-soluble Polyvinyl Alcohol (PVA) layer between the polymethyl-methacrylate (PMMA) and the 2D material film. This technique not only allows the effective transfer to an arbitrary target substrate with a high degree of freedom, but also avoids PMMA etching thereby maintaining the high quality of the transferred 2D materials with minimum contamination. We applied this method to transfer various 2D materials grown on different rigid substrates of general interest, such as graphene on copper foil, h-BN on platinum and MoS2 on SiO2/Si. This facile transfer technique has great potential for future research towards the application of 2D materials in high performance optical, mechanical and electronic devices. PMID:27616038

  8. Versatile transfer of aligned carbon nanotubes with polydimethylsiloxane as the intermediate

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhu, Yanwu; Lim, Xiaodai; Chea Sim, Mong; Teck Lim, Chwee; Haur Sow, Chorng

    2008-08-01

    A simple technique to transfer aligned multi-walled carbon nanotubes (MWCNTs) is demonstrated in this work. With polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) as the transfer medium, as-grown or patterned MWCNT arrays are directly transferred onto a wide variety of Pt-coated substrates such as glossy paper, cloth, polymers, glass slides, and metal foils at low temperatures. The surface of the transferred CNTs is cleaner with better alignment, compared with the as-grown one. Furthermore, the transferred CNTs show strong adhesion and good electric contact with the target substrates. A maximal current density of ~104 A cm-2 has been achieved from the CNT interconnects prepared with this technique. Because of the lower density and open-ended structures, improved field emission performance has been obtained from CNTs transferred on polymers, based on which flexible emitter devices can be fabricated. In addition, the surface of transferred CNTs becomes more hydrophilic, with an averaged contact angle of 93.4 ± 5.8°, in contrast to the super-hydrophobic as-grown CNT surface (contact angle 151.6 ± 5.5°). With versatile properties and flexible applications, the technique provides a simple and cost-effective way towards future nanodevices based on CNTs.

  9. Second principle approach to the analysis of unsteady flow and heat transfer in a tube with arc-shaped corrugation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pagliarini, G.; Vocale, P.; Mocerino, A.; Rainieri, S.

    2017-01-01

    Passive convective heat transfer enhancement techniques are well known and widespread tool for increasing the efficiency of heat transfer equipment. In spite of the ability of the first principle approach to forecast the macroscopic effects of the passive techniques for heat transfer enhancement, namely the increase of both the overall heat exchanged and the head losses, a first principle analysis based on energy, momentum and mass local conservation equations is hardly able to give a comprehensive explanation of how local modifications in the boundary layers contribute to the overall effect. A deeper insight on the heat transfer enhancement mechanisms can be instead obtained within a second principle approach, through the analysis of the local exergy dissipation phenomena which are related to heat transfer and fluid flow. To this aim, the analysis based on the second principle approach implemented through a careful consideration of the local entropy generation rate seems the most suitable, since it allows to identify more precisely the cause of the loss of efficiency in the heat transfer process, thus providing a useful guide in the choice of the most suitable heat transfer enhancement techniques.

  10. Artificial Mitochondria Transfer: Current Challenges, Advances, and Future Applications

    PubMed Central

    Aponte, Pedro M.

    2017-01-01

    The objective of this review is to outline existing artificial mitochondria transfer techniques and to describe the future steps necessary to develop new therapeutic applications in medicine. Inspired by the symbiotic origin of mitochondria and by the cell's capacity to transfer these organelles to damaged neighbors, many researchers have developed procedures to artificially transfer mitochondria from one cell to another. The techniques currently in use today range from simple coincubations of isolated mitochondria and recipient cells to the use of physical approaches to induce integration. These methods mimic natural mitochondria transfer. In order to use mitochondrial transfer in medicine, we must answer key questions about how to replicate aspects of natural transport processes to improve current artificial transfer methods. Another priority is to determine the optimum quantity and cell/tissue source of the mitochondria in order to induce cell reprogramming or tissue repair, in both in vitro and in vivo applications. Additionally, it is important that the field explores how artificial mitochondria transfer techniques can be used to treat different diseases and how to navigate the ethical issues in such procedures. Without a doubt, mitochondria are more than mere cell power plants, as we continue to discover their potential to be used in medicine. PMID:28751917

  11. First-and Second-Order Displacement Transfer Functions for Structural Shape Calculations Using Analytically Predicted Surface Strains

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ko, William L.; Fleischer, Van Tran

    2012-01-01

    New first- and second-order displacement transfer functions have been developed for deformed shape calculations of nonuniform cross-sectional beam structures such as aircraft wings. The displacement transfer functions are expressed explicitly in terms of beam geometrical parameters and surface strains (uniaxial bending strains) obtained at equally spaced strain stations along the surface of the beam structure. By inputting the measured or analytically calculated surface strains into the displacement transfer functions, one could calculate local slopes, deflections, and cross-sectional twist angles of the nonuniform beam structure for mapping the overall structural deformed shapes for visual display. The accuracy of deformed shape calculations by the first- and second-order displacement transfer functions are determined by comparing these values to the analytically predicted values obtained from finite element analyses. This comparison shows that the new displacement transfer functions could quite accurately calculate the deformed shapes of tapered cantilever tubular beams with different tapered angles. The accuracy of the present displacement transfer functions also are compared to those of the previously developed displacement transfer functions.

  12. Single-Molecule Interfacial Electron Transfer

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Lu, H. Peter

    This project is focused on the use of single-molecule high spatial and temporal resolved techniques to study molecular dynamics in condensed phase and at interfaces, especially, the complex reaction dynamics associated with electron and energy transfer rate processes. The complexity and inhomogeneity of the interfacial ET dynamics often present a major challenge for a molecular level comprehension of the intrinsically complex systems, which calls for both higher spatial and temporal resolutions at ultimate single-molecule and single-particle sensitivities. Combined single-molecule spectroscopy and electrochemical atomic force microscopy approaches are unique for heterogeneous and complex interfacial electron transfer systems because the static andmore » dynamic inhomogeneities can be identified and characterized by studying one molecule at a specific nanoscale surface site at a time. The goal of our project is to integrate and apply these spectroscopic imaging and topographic scanning techniques to measure the energy flow and electron flow between molecules and substrate surfaces as a function of surface site geometry and molecular structure. We have been primarily focusing on studying interfacial electron transfer under ambient condition and electrolyte solution involving both single crystal and colloidal TiO 2 and related substrates. The resulting molecular level understanding of the fundamental interfacial electron transfer processes will be important for developing efficient light harvesting systems and broadly applicable to problems in fundamental chemistry and physics. We have made significant advancement on deciphering the underlying mechanism of the complex and inhomogeneous interfacial electron transfer dynamics in dyesensitized TiO 2 nanoparticle systems that strongly involves with and regulated by molecule-surface interactions. We have studied interfacial electron transfer on TiO 2 nanoparticle surfaces by using ultrafast single-molecule spectroscopy and electrochemical AFM metal tip scanning microscopy, focusing on understanding the interfacial electron transfer dynamics at specific nanoscale electron transfer sites with high-spatially and temporally resolved topographic-and-spectroscopic characterization at individual molecule basis, characterizing single-molecule rate processes, reaction driving force, and molecule-substrate electronic coupling. One of the most significant characteristics of our new approach is that we are able to interrogate the complex interfacial electron transfer dynamics by actively pin-point energetic manipulation of the surface interaction and electronic couplings, beyond the conventional excitation and observation.« less

  13. The solution of radiative transfer problems in molecular bands without the LTE assumption by accelerated lambda iteration methods

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kutepov, A. A.; Kunze, D.; Hummer, D. G.; Rybicki, G. B.

    1991-01-01

    An iterative method based on the use of approximate transfer operators, which was designed initially to solve multilevel NLTE line formation problems in stellar atmospheres, is adapted and applied to the solution of the NLTE molecular band radiative transfer in planetary atmospheres. The matrices to be constructed and inverted are much smaller than those used in the traditional Curtis matrix technique, which makes possible the treatment of more realistic problems using relatively small computers. This technique converges much more rapidly than straightforward iteration between the transfer equation and the equations of statistical equilibrium. A test application of this new technique to the solution of NLTE radiative transfer problems for optically thick and thin bands (the 4.3 micron CO2 band in the Venusian atmosphere and the 4.7 and 2.3 micron CO bands in the earth's atmosphere) is described.

  14. Nonparametric Transfer Function Models

    PubMed Central

    Liu, Jun M.; Chen, Rong; Yao, Qiwei

    2009-01-01

    In this paper a class of nonparametric transfer function models is proposed to model nonlinear relationships between ‘input’ and ‘output’ time series. The transfer function is smooth with unknown functional forms, and the noise is assumed to be a stationary autoregressive-moving average (ARMA) process. The nonparametric transfer function is estimated jointly with the ARMA parameters. By modeling the correlation in the noise, the transfer function can be estimated more efficiently. The parsimonious ARMA structure improves the estimation efficiency in finite samples. The asymptotic properties of the estimators are investigated. The finite-sample properties are illustrated through simulations and one empirical example. PMID:20628584

  15. [Development of Patient Transfer Techniques based on Postural-stability Principles for the Care Helpers in Nursing Homes and Evaluation of Effectiveness].

    PubMed

    Ma, Ryewon; Jung, Dukyoo

    2016-02-01

    This study was done to develop a postural-stability patient transfer technique for care helpers in nursing homes and to evaluate its effectiveness. Four types of patient transfer techniques (Lifting towards the head board of the bed, turning to the lateral position, sitting upright on the bed, transferring from wheel chair to bed) were practiced in accordance with the following three methods; Care helpers habitually used transfer methods (Method 1), patient transfer methods according to care helper standard textbooks (Method 2), and a method developed by the author ensuring postural-stability (Method 3). The care helpers' muscle activity and four joint angles were measured. The collected data were analyzed using the program SPSS Statistic 21.0. To differentiate the muscle activity and joint angle, the Friedman test was executed and the post-hoc analysis was conducted using the Wilcoxon Signed Rank test. Muscle activity was significantly lower during Method 3 compared to Methods 1 and 2. In addition, the joint angle was significantly lower for the knee and shoulder joint angle while performing Method 3 compared to Methods 1 and 2. Findings indicate that using postural-stability patient transfer techniques can contribute to the prevention of musculoskeletal disease which care helpers suffer from due to physically demanding patient care in nursing homes.

  16. Development of Multiobjective Optimization Techniques for Sonic Boom Minimization

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Chattopadhyay, Aditi; Rajadas, John Narayan; Pagaldipti, Naryanan S.

    1996-01-01

    A discrete, semi-analytical sensitivity analysis procedure has been developed for calculating aerodynamic design sensitivities. The sensitivities of the flow variables and the grid coordinates are numerically calculated using direct differentiation of the respective discretized governing equations. The sensitivity analysis techniques are adapted within a parabolized Navier Stokes equations solver. Aerodynamic design sensitivities for high speed wing-body configurations are calculated using the semi-analytical sensitivity analysis procedures. Representative results obtained compare well with those obtained using the finite difference approach and establish the computational efficiency and accuracy of the semi-analytical procedures. Multidisciplinary design optimization procedures have been developed for aerospace applications namely, gas turbine blades and high speed wing-body configurations. In complex applications, the coupled optimization problems are decomposed into sublevels using multilevel decomposition techniques. In cases with multiple objective functions, formal multiobjective formulation such as the Kreisselmeier-Steinhauser function approach and the modified global criteria approach have been used. Nonlinear programming techniques for continuous design variables and a hybrid optimization technique, based on a simulated annealing algorithm, for discrete design variables have been used for solving the optimization problems. The optimization procedure for gas turbine blades improves the aerodynamic and heat transfer characteristics of the blades. The two-dimensional, blade-to-blade aerodynamic analysis is performed using a panel code. The blade heat transfer analysis is performed using an in-house developed finite element procedure. The optimization procedure yields blade shapes with significantly improved velocity and temperature distributions. The multidisciplinary design optimization procedures for high speed wing-body configurations simultaneously improve the aerodynamic, the sonic boom and the structural characteristics of the aircraft. The flow solution is obtained using a comprehensive parabolized Navier Stokes solver. Sonic boom analysis is performed using an extrapolation procedure. The aircraft wing load carrying member is modeled as either an isotropic or a composite box beam. The isotropic box beam is analyzed using thin wall theory. The composite box beam is analyzed using a finite element procedure. The developed optimization procedures yield significant improvements in all the performance criteria and provide interesting design trade-offs. The semi-analytical sensitivity analysis techniques offer significant computational savings and allow the use of comprehensive analysis procedures within design optimization studies.

  17. Precise time technology for selected Air Force systems: Present status and future requirements

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Yannoni, N. F.

    1981-01-01

    Precise time and time interval (PTTI) technology is becoming increasingly significant to Air Force operations as digital techniques find expanded utility in military missions. Timing has a key role in the function as well as in navigation. A survey of the PTTI needs of several Air Force systems is presented. Current technology supporting these needs was reviewed and new requirements are emphasized for systems as they transfer from initial development to final operational deployment.

  18. International Conference on Optical Computing Held in Edinburgh, Scotland on August 22-25, 1994. Technical Digest

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1994-08-24

    Kusuda, T. Kishimoto and Y. Mitsuhashi, Nippon Sheet Glass Co. Ltd., lbaraki, Japan. A vertical and horizontal integration technique of free-space...transparent electrode on a piece of cover glass drives the liquid crystal into the desired state. Data are transferred to the SLM over 32 parallel...shows that the shift registers and clock generation circuits function as designed. A cover- glass was fixed over the pixel array, spaced with polyimide

  19. Modeling single event induced crosstalk in nanometer technologies

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Boorla, Vijay K.

    Radiation effects become more important in combinational logic circuits with newer technologies. When a high energetic particle strikes at the sensitive region within the combinational logic circuit a voltage pulse called Single Event Transient is created. Recently, researchers reported Single Event Crosstalk because of increasing coupling effects. In this work, the closed form expression for SE crosstalk noise is formulated for the first time. For all calculations, 4-pi model is used in this work. The crosstalk model uses a reduced transfer function between aggressor coupling node and victim node to reduce information loss. Aggressor coupling node waveform is obtained and then applied to transfer function between the coupling node and the victim output to obtain victim noise voltage. This work includes both effect of passive aggressor loading on victim and victim loading on aggressor by considering resistive shielding effect. Noise peak expressions derived in this work show very good results in comparison to HSPICE results. Results show that average error for noise peak is 3.794% while allowing for very fast analysis. Once the SE crosstalk noise is calculated, one can hire mitigation techniques such as driver sizing. A standard DTMOS technique along with sizing is proposed in this work to mitigate SE crosstalk. This combined approach can saves in some areas compared to driver sizing alone. Key Words: Crosstalk Noise, Closed Form Modeling, Standard DTMOS

  20. Spectroscopic studies of STZ-induced methylated-DNA in both in vivo and in vitro conditions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bathaie, S. Z.; Sedghgoo, F.; Jafarnejad, A.; Farzami, B.; Khayatian, M.

    2008-12-01

    Alkylating agents after formation of DNA adduct not only posses their harmful role on living cells but also can transfer this information to the next generation. Different techniques have been introduced to study the alkylated DNA, most of which are specific and designed for investigation of specific target DNA. But the exact differences between spectroscopic and functional properties of alkylated DNA are not seen in the literature. In the present study DNA was methylated using streptozotocin (STZ) by both in vitro and in vivo protocols, then methylated-DNA was investigated by various techniques. Our results show that (1) the binding of ethidium bromide as an intercalating dye decreases to methylated-DNA in comparison with normal DNA, (2) CD spectra of methylated-DNA show changes including a decrease in the positive band at 275 nm and a shift from 258 nm crossover to a longer wavelength, which is caused by reduction of water around it, due to the presence of additional hydrophobic methyl groups, (3) the stability of methylated-DNA against DTAB as a denaturant is decreased and (4) the enzyme-like activity of methylated-DNA in an electron transfer reaction is reduced. In conclusion, additional methyl groups not only protrude water around DNA, but also cause the loss of hydrogen bonding, loosening of conformation, preventing desired interactions and thus normal function of DNA.

  1. Electroless-plating technique for fabricating thin-wall convective heat-transfer models

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Avery, D. E.; Ballard, G. K.; Wilson, M. L.

    1984-01-01

    A technique for fabricating uniform thin-wall metallic heat-transfer models and which simulates a Shuttle thermal protection system tile is described. Two 6- by 6- by 2.5-in. tiles were fabricated to obtain local heat transfer rates. The fabrication process is not limited to any particular geometry and results in a seamless thin-wall heat-transfer model which uses a one-wire thermocouple to obtain local cold-wall heat-transfer rates. The tile is relatively fragile because of the brittle nature of the material and the structural weakness of the flat-sided configuration; however, a method was developed and used for repairing a cracked tile.

  2. Advanced techniques and technology for efficient data storage, access, and transfer

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Rice, Robert F.; Miller, Warner

    1991-01-01

    Advanced techniques for efficiently representing most forms of data are being implemented in practical hardware and software form through the joint efforts of three NASA centers. These techniques adapt to local statistical variations to continually provide near optimum code efficiency when representing data without error. Demonstrated in several earlier space applications, these techniques are the basis of initial NASA data compression standards specifications. Since the techniques clearly apply to most NASA science data, NASA invested in the development of both hardware and software implementations for general use. This investment includes high-speed single-chip very large scale integration (VLSI) coding and decoding modules as well as machine-transferrable software routines. The hardware chips were tested in the laboratory at data rates as high as 700 Mbits/s. A coding module's definition includes a predictive preprocessing stage and a powerful adaptive coding stage. The function of the preprocessor is to optimally process incoming data into a standard form data source that the second stage can handle.The built-in preprocessor of the VLSI coder chips is ideal for high-speed sampled data applications such as imaging and high-quality audio, but additionally, the second stage adaptive coder can be used separately with any source that can be externally preprocessed into the 'standard form'. This generic functionality assures that the applicability of these techniques and their recent high-speed implementations should be equally broad outside of NASA.

  3. Closed-loop spontaneous baroreflex transfer function is inappropriate for system identification of neural arc but partly accurate for peripheral arc: predictability analysis

    PubMed Central

    Kamiya, Atsunori; Kawada, Toru; Shimizu, Shuji; Sugimachi, Masaru

    2011-01-01

    Abstract Although the dynamic characteristics of the baroreflex system have been described by baroreflex transfer functions obtained from open-loop analysis, the predictability of time-series output dynamics from input signals, which should confirm the accuracy of system identification, remains to be elucidated. Moreover, despite theoretical concerns over closed-loop system identification, the accuracy and the predictability of the closed-loop spontaneous baroreflex transfer function have not been evaluated compared with the open-loop transfer function. Using urethane and α-chloralose anaesthetized, vagotomized and aortic-denervated rabbits (n = 10), we identified open-loop baroreflex transfer functions by recording renal sympathetic nerve activity (SNA) while varying the vascularly isolated intracarotid sinus pressure (CSP) according to a binary random (white-noise) sequence (operating pressure ± 20 mmHg), and using a simplified equation to calculate closed-loop-spontaneous baroreflex transfer function while matching CSP with systemic arterial pressure (AP). Our results showed that the open-loop baroreflex transfer functions for the neural and peripheral arcs predicted the time-series SNA and AP outputs from measured CSP and SNA inputs, with r2 of 0.8 ± 0.1 and 0.8 ± 0.1, respectively. In contrast, the closed-loop-spontaneous baroreflex transfer function for the neural arc was markedly different from the open-loop transfer function (enhanced gain increase and a phase lead), and did not predict the time-series SNA dynamics (r2; 0.1 ± 0.1). However, the closed-loop-spontaneous baroreflex transfer function of the peripheral arc partially matched the open-loop transfer function in gain and phase functions, and had limited but reasonable predictability of the time-series AP dynamics (r2, 0.7 ± 0.1). A numerical simulation suggested that a noise predominantly in the neural arc under resting conditions might be a possible mechanism responsible for our findings. Furthermore, the predictabilities of the neural arc transfer functions obtained in open-loop and closed-loop conditions were validated by closed-loop pharmacological (phenylephrine and nitroprusside infusions) pressure interventions. Time-series SNA responses to drug-induced AP changes predicted by the open-loop transfer function matched closely the measured responses (r2, 0.9 ± 0.1), whereas SNA responses predicted by closed-loop-spontaneous transfer function deviated greatly and were the inverse of measured responses (r, −0.8 ± 0.2). These results indicate that although the spontaneous baroreflex transfer function obtained by closed-loop analysis has been believed to represent the neural arc function, it is inappropriate for system identification of the neural arc but is essentially appropriate for the peripheral arc under resting conditions, when compared with open-loop analysis. PMID:21486839

  4. Real time estimation of ship motions using Kalman filtering techniques

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Triantafyllou, M. S.; Bodson, M.; Athans, M.

    1983-01-01

    The estimation of the heave, pitch, roll, sway, and yaw motions of a DD-963 destroyer is studied, using Kalman filtering techniques, for application in VTOL aircraft landing. The governing equations are obtained from hydrodynamic considerations in the form of linear differential equations with frequency dependent coefficients. In addition, nonminimum phase characteristics are obtained due to the spatial integration of the water wave forces. The resulting transfer matrix function is irrational and nonminimum phase. The conditions for a finite-dimensional approximation are considered and the impact of the various parameters is assessed. A detailed numerical application for a DD-963 destroyer is presented and simulations of the estimations obtained from Kalman filters are discussed.

  5. Terahertz bandwidth photonic Hilbert transformers based on synthesized planar Bragg grating fabrication.

    PubMed

    Sima, Chaotan; Gates, J C; Holmes, C; Mennea, P L; Zervas, M N; Smith, P G R

    2013-09-01

    Terahertz bandwidth photonic Hilbert transformers are proposed and experimentally demonstrated. The integrated device is fabricated via a direct UV grating writing technique in a silica-on-silicon platform. The photonic Hilbert transformer operates at bandwidths of up to 2 THz (~16 nm) in the telecom band, a 10-fold greater bandwidth than any previously reported experimental approaches. Achieving this performance requires detailed knowledge of the system transfer function of the direct UV grating writing technique; this allows improved linearity and yields terahertz bandwidth Bragg gratings with improved spectral quality. By incorporating a flat-top reflector and Hilbert grating with a waveguide coupler, an ultrawideband all-optical single-sideband filter is demonstrated.

  6. Solar panel acceptance testing using a pulsed solar simulator

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hershey, T. L.

    1977-01-01

    Utilizing specific parameters as area of an individual cell, number in series and parallel, and established coefficient of current and voltage temperature dependence, a solar array irradiated with one solar constant at AMO and at ambient temperature can be characterized by a current-voltage curve for different intensities, temperatures, and even different configurations. Calibration techniques include: uniformity in area, depth and time, absolute and transfer irradiance standards, dynamic and functional check out procedures. Typical data are given for individual cell (2x2 cm) to complete flat solar array (5x5 feet) with 2660 cells and on cylindrical test items with up to 10,000 cells. The time and energy saving of such testing techniques are emphasized.

  7. Minimally invasive aortic valve replacement in high risk patient groups

    PubMed Central

    Lewis, Harriet; Benedetto, Umberto; Caputo, Massimo; Angelini, Gianni; Vohra, Hunaid A.

    2017-01-01

    Minimally invasive aortic valve replacement (AVR) aims to preserve the sternal integrity and improve postoperative outcomes. In low risk patients, this technique can be achieved with comparable mortality to the conventional approach and there is evidence of possible reduction in intensive care and hospital length of stay, transfusion requirement, renal dysfunction, improved respiratory function and increased patient satisfaction. In this review, we aim to asses if these benefits can be transferred to the high risk patient groups. We therefore, discuss the available evidence for the following high risk groups: elderly patients, re-operative surgery, poor lung function, pulmonary hypertension, obesity, concomitant procedures and high risk score cohorts. PMID:28740685

  8. Mechanistic Probes of Zeolitic Imidazolate Framework for Photocatalytic Application

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Pattengale, Brian; Yang, Sizhuo; Lee, Sungsik

    2017-11-07

    In this work, we report a zeolitic imidazolate framework (ZIF-67) with remarkable activity for hydrogen evolution reaction (HER) of 40,500 μmol H2/g MOF, which is, to the best of our knowledge, the highest activity achieved by any MOF system. This result necessitated assessment of its atomic-scale mechanistic function for HER using advanced spectroscopy techniques including time-resolved optical (OTA) and in situ X-ray absorption (XAS) spectroscopy. Through the correlation of OTA results with catalytic performance, we demonstrated that the electron transfer (ET) rather than energy transfer (ENT) pathway between photosensitizer and ZIF-67 is the key factor that controls the efficiency ofmore » HER activity, as HER activity that undergoes ET pathway is 3 orders of magnitude higher than that of ENT process. Using in situ XAS, we unraveled the spectral features for key intermediate species which are likely responsible for the rate determining process under turn over conditions. This work represents an original approach to study porous ZIF materials at the molecular level using advanced spectroscopic techniques, providing unprecedented insights into the photoactive nature of ZIF frameworks.« less

  9. Using Field-Particle Correlations to Diagnose the Collisionless Damping of Plasma Turbulence

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Howes, Gregory; Klein, Kristropher

    2016-10-01

    Plasma turbulence occurs ubiquitously throughout the heliosphere, yet our understanding of how turbulence governs energy transport and plasma heating remains incomplete, constituting a grand challenge problem in heliophysics. In weakly collisional heliospheric plasmas, such as the solar corona and solar wind, damping of the turbulent fluctuations occurs due to collisionless interactions between the electromagnetic fields and the individual plasma particles. A particular challenge in diagnosing this energy transfer is that spacecraft measurements are typically limited to a single point in space. Here we present an innovative field-particle correlation technique that can be used with single-point measurements to estimate the energization of the plasma particles due to the damping of the electromagnetic fields, providing vital new information about this how energy transfer is distributed as a function of particle velocity. This technique has the promise to transform our ability to diagnose the kinetic plasma physical mechanisms responsible for not only the damping of turbulence, but also the energy conversion in both collisionless magnetic reconnection and particle acceleration. The work has been supported by NSF CAREER Award AGS-1054061, NSF AGS-1331355, and DOE DE-SC0014599.

  10. Self-consistent calculations for the electronic structure of a vacancy in copper. A solution of the embedding problem

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zeller, R.; Braspenning, P. J.

    1982-06-01

    The charge density and the local density of states for a vacancy in Cu and for the first shell of Cu neighbours are calculated by the KKR-Green's function technique. The muffin-tin potentials for the vacancy and the neighbour shell atoms are determined self-consistently in the local density approximation of density functional theory. By the use of the proper host Green's function the embedding of this cluster of 13 perturbed muffin-tins into the infinite array of bulk Cu muffin-tin potentials is described rigorously, thus representing a solution of the embedding problem. The calculations demonstrate a rather large charge transfer of 1.1 electrons from the first neighbour shell to the vacancy.

  11. Finite state modeling of aeroelastic systems

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Vepa, R.

    1977-01-01

    A general theory of finite state modeling of aerodynamic loads on thin airfoils and lifting surfaces performing completely arbitrary, small, time-dependent motions in an airstream is developed and presented. The nature of the behavior of the unsteady airloads in the frequency domain is explained, using as raw materials any of the unsteady linearized theories that have been mechanized for simple harmonic oscillations. Each desired aerodynamic transfer function is approximated by means of an appropriate Pade approximant, that is, a rational function of finite degree polynomials in the Laplace transform variable. The modeling technique is applied to several two dimensional and three dimensional airfoils. Circular, elliptic, rectangular and tapered planforms are considered as examples. Identical functions are also obtained for control surfaces for two and three dimensional airfoils.

  12. Inter-satellite links: A versatile tool for geodesy and planetary and interplanetary navigation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Schlicht, Anja; Hugentobler, Urs; Hauk, Markus; Murböck, Michael; Pail, Roland

    2016-07-01

    With the use of low-low satellite-to-satellite tracking gravity field recovery made a big step forward. Based on this technique the Gravity Recovery And Climate Experiment (GRACE) mission delivers monthly gravity field with high precision, allowing to measure effects in Earth water storage basins and variations in ice mass in Greenland and Antarctica from space. GRACE is using a Ka-band inter-satellite ranging technique, GRACE Follow-On will in addition test optical ranging. In fundamental physics high-precision optical inter-satellite tracking will be used to detect gravitational waves in space, as a first step LISA Pathfinder was launched recently. Inter-satellite links are not only used for ranging, also data transfer in space is based on such links. ESA's European Data Relay System will be established in up-coming years to collect data from the low orbiting Sentinel satellites and transfer the high data rate to ground. The same link may be used for ranging, data transfer and time transfer, a functionality that is discussed for next generation Galileo satellites. But to exploit this synergy a common concept for all three tasks has to be developed. In this paper we show that with inter-satellite ranging techniques with µm accuracy the limited accuracy of GNSS based orbit determination of low Earth orbiters (LEO), which is due to the limitations of one-way microwave tracking (unsynchronized clocks, phase center variations and offsets of the sending and receiving antennas) can be overcome. In the ESA study GETRIS the following question is answered: How can a highly accurate and precise GEO-based two-way ranging method support GNSS tracking? The reduction of systematic errors in LEO precise orbit determination (POD) by exploiting the synergy between ranging, data- and time-transfer is assessed in a concept consisting of precise two-way GEO-LEO tracking (as used for data transfer) and an ultra-stable oscillator on-board of the geostationary satellite (GEO) synchronized from ground. We now want to get a step further and design a versatile concept for the use of this synergy in a satellite constellation based on existing and future planned ESA infrastructure and highlight the benefits in different disciplines from geodesy to interplanetary ranging, with emphasis on gravity field recovery.

  13. Ice-assisted transfer of carbon nanotube arrays.

    PubMed

    Wei, Haoming; Wei, Yang; Lin, Xiaoyang; Liu, Peng; Fan, Shoushan; Jiang, Kaili

    2015-03-11

    Decoupling the growth and the application of nanomaterials by transfer is an important issue in nanotechnology. Here, we developed an efficient transfer technique for carbon nanotube (CNT) arrays by using ice as a binder to temporarily bond the CNT array and the target substrate. Ice makes it an ultraclean transfer because the evaporation of ice ensures that no contaminants are introduced. The transferred superaligned carbon nanotube (SACNT) arrays not only keep their original appearance and initial alignment but also inherit their spinnability, which is the most desirable feature. The transfer-then-spin strategy can be employed to fabricate patterned CNT arrays, which can act as 3-dimensional electrodes in CNT thermoacoustic chips. Besides, the flip-chipped CNTs are promising field electron emitters. Furthermore, the ice-assisted transfer technique provides a cost-effective solution for mass production of SACNTs, giving CNT technologies a competitive edge, and this method may inspire new ways to transfer other nanomaterials.

  14. Laser-assisted simultaneous transfer and patterning of vertically aligned carbon nanotube arrays on polymer substrates for flexible devices.

    PubMed

    In, Jung Bin; Lee, Daeho; Fornasiero, Francesco; Noy, Aleksandr; Grigoropoulos, Costas P

    2012-09-25

    We demonstrate a laser-assisted dry transfer technique for assembling patterns of vertically aligned carbon nanotube arrays on a flexible polymeric substrate. A laser beam is applied to the interface of a nanotube array and a polycarbonate sheet in contact with one another. The absorbed laser heat promotes nanotube adhesion to the polymer in the irradiated regions and enables selective pattern transfer. A combination of the thermal transfer mechanism with rapid direct writing capability of focused laser beam irradiation allows us to achieve simultaneous material transfer and direct micropatterning in a single processing step. Furthermore, we demonstrate that malleability of the nanotube arrays transferred onto a flexible substrate enables post-transfer tailoring of electric conductance by collapsing the aligned nanotubes in different directions. This work suggests that the laser-assisted transfer technique provides an efficient route to using vertically aligned nanotubes as conductive elements in flexible device applications.

  15. Filtration-guided assembly for patterning one-dimensional nanostructures

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhang, Yaozhong; Wang, Chuan; Yeom, Junghoon

    2017-04-01

    Tremendous progress has been made in synthesizing various types of one-dimensional (1D) nanostructures (NSs), such as nanotubes and nanowires, but some technical challenges still remain in the deterministic assembly of the solution-processed 1D NSs for device integration. In this work we investigate a scalable yet inexpensive nanomaterial assembly method, namely filtration-guided assembly (FGA), to place nanomaterials into desired locations as either an individual entity or ensembles, and form functional devices. FGA not only addresses the assembly challenges but also encompasses the notion of green nanomanufacturing, maximally utilizing nanomaterials and eliminating a waste stream of nanomaterials into the environment. FGA utilizes selective filtration of 1D NSs through the open windows on the nanoporous filter membrane whose surface is patterned by a polymer mask for guiding the 1D NS deposition. The modified soft-lithographic technique called blanket transfer (BT) is employed to create the various photoresist patterns of sub-10-micron resolution on the nanoporous filter membrane like mixed cellulose acetate. We use single-walled carbon nanotubes (SWCNTs) as a model 1D NS and demonstrate the fabrication of an array pattern of homogeneous 1D NS network films over an area of 20 cm2 within 10 min. The FGA-patterned SWCNT network films are transferred onto the substrate using the adhesive-based transfer technique, and show the highly uniform film thickness and resistance measurements across the entire substrate. Finally, the electrical performance of the back-gated transistors made from the FGA and transfer method of 95% pure SWCNTs is demonstrated.

  16. Filtration-guided assembly for patterning one-dimensional nanostructures.

    PubMed

    Zhang, Yaozhong; Wang, Chuan; Yeom, Junghoon

    2017-04-07

    Tremendous progress has been made in synthesizing various types of one-dimensional (1D) nanostructures (NSs), such as nanotubes and nanowires, but some technical challenges still remain in the deterministic assembly of the solution-processed 1D NSs for device integration. In this work we investigate a scalable yet inexpensive nanomaterial assembly method, namely filtration-guided assembly (FGA), to place nanomaterials into desired locations as either an individual entity or ensembles, and form functional devices. FGA not only addresses the assembly challenges but also encompasses the notion of green nanomanufacturing, maximally utilizing nanomaterials and eliminating a waste stream of nanomaterials into the environment. FGA utilizes selective filtration of 1D NSs through the open windows on the nanoporous filter membrane whose surface is patterned by a polymer mask for guiding the 1D NS deposition. The modified soft-lithographic technique called blanket transfer (BT) is employed to create the various photoresist patterns of sub-10-micron resolution on the nanoporous filter membrane like mixed cellulose acetate. We use single-walled carbon nanotubes (SWCNTs) as a model 1D NS and demonstrate the fabrication of an array pattern of homogeneous 1D NS network films over an area of 20 cm 2 within 10 min. The FGA-patterned SWCNT network films are transferred onto the substrate using the adhesive-based transfer technique, and show the highly uniform film thickness and resistance measurements across the entire substrate. Finally, the electrical performance of the back-gated transistors made from the FGA and transfer method of 95% pure SWCNTs is demonstrated.

  17. Transfer of function and prior derived-relations testing.

    PubMed

    Doughty, Adam H; Best, Lauren

    2017-10-01

    This experiment assessed transfer of function through equivalence relations with and without prior derived-stimulus-relations (DSR) testing. In a DSR-Testing Group, eight college students learned A-B and A-C discriminations in baseline. They then derived the B-C and C-B equivalence relations before being exposed to a transfer-of-function manipulation and test. Eight participants in a No-DSR Testing Group were exposed to the transfer-of-function manipulation and test immediately after learning the baseline discriminations (i.e., B-C and C-B testing were omitted). In the transfer-of-function manipulation, participants learned to respond differently in the presence of B1 and B2 to avoid money loss. In the transfer-of-function test, responding in the presence of C1 and C2 was measured in the absence of differential consequences. Transfer of function occurred reliably only in the DSR-Testing Group (i.e., participants responding to C1 and C2 in the manner they learned to respond to B1 and B2, respectively). These findings support the notion that prior DSR testing can be critical to observing transfer of function. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  18. System and method of active vibration control for an electro-mechanically cooled device

    DOEpatents

    Lavietes, Anthony D.; Mauger, Joseph; Anderson, Eric H.

    2000-01-01

    A system and method of active vibration control of an electro-mechanically cooled device is disclosed. A cryogenic cooling system is located within an environment. The cooling system is characterized by a vibration transfer function, which requires vibration transfer function coefficients. A vibration controller generates the vibration transfer function coefficients in response to various triggering events. The environments may differ by mounting apparatus, by proximity to vibration generating devices, or by temperature. The triggering event may be powering on the cooling system, reaching an operating temperature, or a reset action. A counterbalance responds to a drive signal generated by the vibration controller, based on the vibration signal and the vibration transfer function, which adjusts vibrations. The method first places a cryogenic cooling system within a first environment and then generates a first set of vibration transfer function coefficients, for a vibration transfer function of the cooling system. Next, the cryogenic cooling system is placed within a second environment and a second set of vibration transfer function coefficients are generated. Then, a counterbalance is driven, based on the vibration transfer function, to reduce vibrations received by a vibration sensitive element.

  19. Temperature dependence of phonons in photosynthesis proteins

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Xu, Mengyang; Myles, Dean; Blankenship, Robert; Markelz, Andrea

    Protein long range vibrations are essential to biological function. For many proteins, these vibrations steer functional conformational changes. For photoharvesting proteins, the structural vibrations play an additional critical role in energy transfer to the reaction center by both phonon assisted energy transfer and energy dissipation. The characterization of these vibrations to understand how they are optimized to balance photoharvesting and photoprotection is challenging. To date this characterization has mainly relied on fluorescence line narrowing measurements at cryogenic temperatures. However, protein dynamics has a strong temperature dependence, with an apparent turn on in anharmonicity between 180-220 K. If this transition affects intramolecular vibrations, the low temperature measurements will not represent the phonon spectrum at biological temperatures. Here we use the new technique of anisotropic terahertz microscopy (ATM) to measure the intramolecular vibrations of FMO complex. ATM is uniquely capable of isolating protein vibrations from isotropic background. We find resonances both red and blue shift with temperature above the dynamical transition. The results indicate that the characterization of vibrations must be performed at biologically relevant temperatures to properly understand the energy overlap with the excitation energy transfer. This work was supported by NSF:DBI 1556359, BioXFEL seed Grant funding from NSF:DBI 1231306, DOE: DE-SC0016317, and the Bruce Holm University at Buffalo Research Foundation Grant.

  20. Transfer Function Identification Using Orthogonal Fourier Transform Modeling Functions

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Morelli, Eugene A.

    2013-01-01

    A method for transfer function identification, including both model structure determination and parameter estimation, was developed and demonstrated. The approach uses orthogonal modeling functions generated from frequency domain data obtained by Fourier transformation of time series data. The method was applied to simulation data to identify continuous-time transfer function models and unsteady aerodynamic models. Model fit error, estimated model parameters, and the associated uncertainties were used to show the effectiveness of the method for identifying accurate transfer function models from noisy data.

  1. A three-dimensional study of the musculotendinous and neurovascular architecture of the gracilis muscle: application to functional muscle transfer.

    PubMed

    Fattah, A Y; Ravichandiran, K; Zuker, R M; Agur, A M R

    2013-09-01

    Muscle transfer is used to restore function typically using a single vector of contraction. Although its use with two independently functional muscular units has been employed, in order to refine this concept we endeavoured to detail the intramuscular anatomy of gracilis, a muscle commonly used for transfer. A novel method to capture intramuscular fibre bundle and neurovascular arrangement was used to create a three-dimensional (3D) digital model that allowed for accurate representation of the relationships between all the intramuscular structures to facilitate flap planning. Twenty gracilis muscles were harvested from 15 cadavers. All components of the muscle were digitised using a Microscribe G2 Digitiser. The data were exported to the 3D animation software Autodesk(®) Maya(®) 2012 whereupon it was rendered into a 3D model that can be exported as static images or videos. Neurovascular anatomy and muscle architecture were analysed from these models, and fibre bundle length, pennation angle and physiological cross-sectional area were calculated from digitised data. The muscle is composed of a variable number of distinct longitudinal segments with muscle fibres spiralling onto the tendon. The main artery to the muscle has three main intramuscular patterns of distribution. The venae comitantes drain discrete zones without intramuscular macroscopic anastomoses. The minor pedicles form an anastomotic chain along the anterior border of the muscle and all vessels were biased to the deep surface. The nerve is related to the vessels in a variable manner and both run between longitudinal muscular compartments. The digitisation technique may be used to advance knowledge of intramuscular architecture and it demonstrated that the gracilis muscle is comprised of four to seven muscular compartments, each representing a functional unit that may theoretically be differentially activated and could be harnessed for more sophisticated muscle transfers. Copyright © 2013 British Association of Plastic, Reconstructive and Aesthetic Surgeons. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  2. Multiconfiguration Pair-Density Functional Theory Outperforms Kohn-Sham Density Functional Theory and Multireference Perturbation Theory for Ground-State and Excited-State Charge Transfer.

    PubMed

    Ghosh, Soumen; Sonnenberger, Andrew L; Hoyer, Chad E; Truhlar, Donald G; Gagliardi, Laura

    2015-08-11

    The correct description of charge transfer in ground and excited states is very important for molecular interactions, photochemistry, electrochemistry, and charge transport, but it is very challenging for Kohn-Sham (KS) density functional theory (DFT). KS-DFT exchange-correlation functionals without nonlocal exchange fail to describe both ground- and excited-state charge transfer properly. We have recently proposed a theory called multiconfiguration pair-density functional theory (MC-PDFT), which is based on a combination of multiconfiguration wave function theory with a new type of density functional called an on-top density functional. Here we have used MC-PDFT to study challenging ground- and excited-state charge-transfer processes by using on-top density functionals obtained by translating KS exchange-correlation functionals. For ground-state charge transfer, MC-PDFT performs better than either the PBE exchange-correlation functional or CASPT2 wave function theory. For excited-state charge transfer, MC-PDFT (unlike KS-DFT) shows qualitatively correct behavior at long-range with great improvement in predicted excitation energies.

  3. Heat transfer rate distributions on McDonnell-Douglas booster determined by phase change technique for nominal Mach number of 8

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Matthews, R. K.; Martindale, W. R.; Warmbrod, J. D.

    1972-01-01

    The results of a wind tunnel test program to determine aerodynamic heat transfer distributions on the McDonnell Douglas Booster configuration are presented. Heat-transfer rates were determined by the phase-change paint technique on 0.009-scale Stycast models using Tempilaq as the surface temperature indicator. The nominal test conditions were; Mach 8, length Reynolds numbers 5 million and 7.3 million, and angles of attack of 40, 50, and 60 deg. At the higher Reynolds number, data were obtained with and without boundary layer trips. Model details, test conditions, and reduced heat-transfer data are presented. Data reduction of the phase-change paint photographs was performed by utilizing a new technique which is described.

  4. Generation of optimal artificial neural networks using a pattern search algorithm: application to approximation of chemical systems.

    PubMed

    Ihme, Matthias; Marsden, Alison L; Pitsch, Heinz

    2008-02-01

    A pattern search optimization method is applied to the generation of optimal artificial neural networks (ANNs). Optimization is performed using a mixed variable extension to the generalized pattern search method. This method offers the advantage that categorical variables, such as neural transfer functions and nodal connectivities, can be used as parameters in optimization. When used together with a surrogate, the resulting algorithm is highly efficient for expensive objective functions. Results demonstrate the effectiveness of this method in optimizing an ANN for the number of neurons, the type of transfer function, and the connectivity among neurons. The optimization method is applied to a chemistry approximation of practical relevance. In this application, temperature and a chemical source term are approximated as functions of two independent parameters using optimal ANNs. Comparison of the performance of optimal ANNs with conventional tabulation methods demonstrates equivalent accuracy by considerable savings in memory storage. The architecture of the optimal ANN for the approximation of the chemical source term consists of a fully connected feedforward network having four nonlinear hidden layers and 117 synaptic weights. An equivalent representation of the chemical source term using tabulation techniques would require a 500 x 500 grid point discretization of the parameter space.

  5. Significance of Thermal Fluvial Incision and Bedrock Transfer due to Ice Advection on Greenland Ice Sheet Topography

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Crozier, J. A.; Karlstrom, L.; Yang, K.

    2017-12-01

    Ice sheet surface topography reflects a complicated combination of processes that act directly upon the surface and that are products of ice advection. Using recently-available high resolution ice velocity, imagery, ice surface elevation, and bedrock elevation data sets, we seek to determine the domain of significance of two important processes - thermal fluvial incision and transfer of bedrock topography through the ice sheet - on controlling surface topography in the ablation zone. Evaluating such controls is important for understanding how melting of the GIS surface during the melt season may be directly imprinted in topography through supraglacial drainage networks, and indirectly imprinted through its contribution to basal sliding that affects bedrock transfer. We use methods developed by (Karlstrom and Yang, 2016) to identify supraglacial stream networks on the GIS, and use high resolution surface digital elevation models as well as gridded ice velocity and melt rate models to quantify surface processes. We implement a numerically efficient Fourier domain bedrock transfer function (Gudmundsson, 2003) to predict surface topography due to ice advection over bedrock topography obtained from radar. Despite a number of simplifying assumptions, the bedrock transfer function predicts the observed ice sheet surface in most regions of the GIS with ˜90% accuracy, regardless of the presence or absence of supraglacial drainage networks. This supports the hypothesis that bedrock is the most significant driver of ice surface topography on wavelengths similar to ice thickness. Ice surface topographic asymmetry on the GIS is common, with slopes in the direction of ice flow steeper than those faced opposite to ice flow, consistent with bedrock transfer theory. At smaller wavelengths, topography consistent with fluvial erosion by surface hydrologic features is evident. We quantify the effect of ice advection versus fluvial thermal erosion on supraglacial longitudinal stream profiles, as a function of location on the GIS (hence ice thickness and background melt rate) using spectral techniques to quantify longitudinal stream profiles. This work should provide a predictive guide for which processes are responsible for ice sheet topography scales from several m (DEM resolution) up to several ice thicknesses.

  6. Correlation of Tumor Immunohistochemistry with Dynamic Contrast-Enhanced and DSC-MRI Parameters in Patients with Gliomas.

    PubMed

    Nguyen, T B; Cron, G O; Bezzina, K; Perdrizet, K; Torres, C H; Chakraborty, S; Woulfe, J; Jansen, G H; Thornhill, R E; Zanette, B; Cameron, I G

    2016-12-01

    Tumor CBV is a prognostic and predictive marker for patients with gliomas. Tumor CBV can be measured noninvasively with different MR imaging techniques; however, it is not clear which of these techniques most closely reflects histologically-measured tumor CBV. Our aim was to investigate the correlations between dynamic contrast-enhanced and DSC-MR imaging parameters and immunohistochemistry in patients with gliomas. Forty-three patients with a new diagnosis of glioma underwent a preoperative MR imaging examination with dynamic contrast-enhanced and DSC sequences. Unnormalized and normalized cerebral blood volume was obtained from DSC MR imaging. Two sets of plasma volume and volume transfer constant maps were obtained from dynamic contrast-enhanced MR imaging. Plasma volume obtained from the phase-derived vascular input function and bookend T1 mapping (Vp_Φ) and volume transfer constant obtained from phase-derived vascular input function and bookend T1 mapping (K trans _Φ) were determined. Plasma volume obtained from magnitude-derived vascular input function (Vp_SI) and volume transfer constant obtained from magnitude-derived vascular input function (K trans _SI) were acquired, without T1 mapping. Using CD34 staining, we measured microvessel density and microvessel area within 3 representative areas of the resected tumor specimen. The Mann-Whitney U test was used to test for differences according to grade and degree of enhancement. The Spearman correlation was performed to determine the relationship between dynamic contrast-enhanced and DSC parameters and histopathologic measurements. Microvessel area, microvessel density, dynamic contrast-enhanced, and DSC-MR imaging parameters varied according to the grade and degree of enhancement (P < .05). A strong correlation was found between microvessel area and Vp_Φ and between microvessel area and unnormalized blood volume (r s ≥ 0.61). A moderate correlation was found between microvessel area and normalized blood volume, microvessel area and Vp_SI, microvessel area and K trans _Φ, microvessel area and K trans _SI, microvessel density and Vp_Φ, microvessel density and unnormalized blood volume, and microvessel density and normalized blood volume (0.44 ≤ r s ≤ 0.57). A weaker correlation was found between microvessel density and K trans _Φ and between microvessel density and K trans _SI (r s ≤ 0.41). With dynamic contrast-enhanced MR imaging, use of a phase-derived vascular input function and bookend T1 mapping improves the correlation between immunohistochemistry and plasma volume, but not between immunohistochemistry and the volume transfer constant. With DSC-MR imaging, normalization of tumor CBV could decrease the correlation with microvessel area. © 2016 by American Journal of Neuroradiology.

  7. Visibility Modeling and Forecasting for Abu Dhabi using Time Series Analysis Method

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Eibedingil, I. G.; Abula, B.; Afshari, A.; Temimi, M.

    2015-12-01

    Land-Atmosphere interactions-their strength, directionality and evolution-are one of the main sources of uncertainty in contemporary climate modeling. A particularly crucial role in sustaining and modulating land-atmosphere interaction is the one of aerosols and dusts. Aerosols are tiny particles suspended in the air ranging from a few nanometers to a few hundred micrometers in diameter. Furthermore, the amount of dust and fog in the atmosphere is an important measure of visibility, which is another dimension of land-atmosphere interactions. Visibility affects all form of traffic, aviation, land and sailing. Being able to predict the change of visibility in the air in advance enables relevant authorities to take necessary actions before the disaster falls. Time Series Analysis (TAS) method is an emerging technique for modeling and forecasting the behavior of land-atmosphere interactions, including visibility. This research assess the dynamics and evolution of visibility around Abu Dhabi International Airport (+24.4320 latitude, +54.6510 longitude, and 27m elevation) using mean daily visibility and mean daily wind speed. TAS has been first used to model and forecast the visibility, and then the Transfer Function Model has been applied, considering the wind speed as an exogenous variable. By considering the Akaike Information Criterion (AIC) and Mean Absolute Percentage Error (MAPE) as a statistical criteria, two forecasting models namely univarite time series model and transfer function model, were developed to forecast the visibility around Abu Dhabi International Airport for three weeks. Transfer function model improved the MAPE of the forecast significantly.

  8. Solving the inverse scattering problem in reflection-mode dynamic speckle-field phase microscopy (Conference Presentation)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhou, Renjie; So, Peter T. C.; Yaqoob, Zahid; Jin, Di; Hosseini, Poorya; Kuang, Cuifang; Singh, Vijay Raj; Kim, Yang-Hyo; Dasari, Ramachandra R.

    2017-02-01

    Most of the quantitative phase microscopy systems are unable to provide depth-resolved information for measuring complex biological structures. Optical diffraction tomography provides a non-trivial solution to it by 3D reconstructing the object with multiple measurements through different ways of realization. Previously, our lab developed a reflection-mode dynamic speckle-field phase microscopy (DSPM) technique, which can be used to perform depth resolved measurements in a single shot. Thus, this system is suitable for measuring dynamics in a layer of interest in the sample. DSPM can be also used for tomographic imaging, which promises to solve the long-existing "missing cone" problem in 3D imaging. However, the 3D imaging theory for this type of system has not been developed in the literature. Recently, we have developed an inverse scattering model to rigorously describe the imaging physics in DSPM. Our model is based on the diffraction tomography theory and the speckle statistics. Using our model, we first precisely calculated the defocus response and the depth resolution in our system. Then, we further calculated the 3D coherence transfer function to link the 3D object structural information with the axially scanned imaging data. From this transfer function, we found that in the reflection mode excellent sectioning effect exists in the low lateral spatial frequency region, thus allowing us to solve the "missing cone" problem. Currently, we are working on using this coherence transfer function to reconstruct layered structures and complex cells.

  9. Preparation of polystyrene brush film by radical chain-transfer polymerization and micromechanical properties

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhao, Jing; Chen, Miao; An, Yanqing; Liu, Jianxi; Yan, Fengyuan

    2008-12-01

    A radical chain-transfer polymerization technique has been applied to graft-polymerize brushes of polystyrene (PSt) on single-crystal silicon substrates. 3-Mercapto-propyltrimethoxysilane (MPTMS), as a chain-transfer agent for grafting, was immobilized on the silicon surface by a self-assembling process. The structure and morphology of the graft-functionalized silicon surfaces were characterized by the means of contact-angle measurement, ellipsometric thickness measurement, Fourier transformation infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy, and atomic force microscopy (AFM). The nanotribological and micromechanical properties of the as-prepared polymer brush films were investigated by frictional force microscopy (FFM), force-volume analysis and scratch test. The results indicate that the friction properties of the grafted polymer films can be improved significantly by the treatment of toluene, and the chemically bonded polystyrene film exhibits superior scratch resistance behavior compared with the spin-coated polystyrene film. The resultant polystyrene brush film is expected to develop as a potential lubrication coating for microelectromechanical systems (MEMS).

  10. Synthesis, structural, spectroscopic and optical studies of charge transfer complex salts.

    PubMed

    Manikandan, Maruthappan; Mahalingam, Thaiyan; Hayakawa, Yasuhiro; Ravi, Ganesan

    2013-01-15

    New charge transfer molecular complex adducts of picric acid (C6H3N3O7) with triethylamine (C6H15N) and dimethylformamide (HCON(CH3)2) were synthesized successfully for the first time. Chemical composition and stoichiometry of the synthesized complex salts were verified by CHN elemental analysis. Solubility of the complex salts have been determined by gravimetric method and single crystals of two new salts were grown by low temperature solution growth technique. Crystal system, crystalline nature and cell parameters of the grown crystals were determined by single crystal X-ray diffraction (SXRD) and powder X-ray diffraction (PXRD) analyses. The formations of the charge-transfer complex, functional groups and the modes of vibrations have been confirmed by Fourier transform infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy. In order to know the linear and nonlinear optical suitability for device fabrication, UV-Vis (UV) spectral analysis and relative second harmonic generation (SHG) efficiency test were performed for the grown crystals. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  11. Nuclear transfer to study the nuclear reprogramming of human stem cells.

    PubMed

    Saito, Shigeo; Sawai, Ken; Murayama, Yoshinobu; Fukuda, Keiichi; Yokoyama, Kazunari

    2008-01-01

    Research of stem cells will enable us to understand the development and function of tissues and organs in mammals. The ability to induce regeneration of new tissues from embryonic stem (ES) cells derived from cloned blastocysts via nuclear transfer can be expected in the not-too-distant future. The fact that there is no way except nuclear cloning for the return of differentiated cells to undifferentiated cells remains an interesting problem to be solved. We describe protocols for the production of cloned calves from bovine ES cells to study nuclear reprogramming ability of stem cells. The frequency of term pregnancies for blastocysts from ES cells is higher than those of early pregnancies and maintained pregnancies after nuclear transfer with bovine somatic cells. We also describe protocols for gene introduction into bovine ES cells in vitro, particularly the human leukocyte antigens (HLA). Bovine ES cells provide a powerful tool for the generation of transgenic clonal offspring. This technique, when perfected for humans, may be critical for neural stem cell transplantation.

  12. Synthesis, structural, spectroscopic and optical studies of charge transfer complex salts

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Manikandan, Maruthappan; Mahalingam, Thaiyan; Hayakawa, Yasuhiro; Ravi, Ganesan

    2013-01-01

    New charge transfer molecular complex adducts of picric acid (C6H3N3O7) with triethylamine (C6H15N) and dimethylformamide (HCON(CH3)2) were synthesized successfully for the first time. Chemical composition and stoichiometry of the synthesized complex salts were verified by CHN elemental analysis. Solubility of the complex salts have been determined by gravimetric method and single crystals of two new salts were grown by low temperature solution growth technique. Crystal system, crystalline nature and cell parameters of the grown crystals were determined by single crystal X-ray diffraction (SXRD) and powder X-ray diffraction (PXRD) analyses. The formations of the charge-transfer complex, functional groups and the modes of vibrations have been confirmed by Fourier transform infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy. In order to know the linear and nonlinear optical suitability for device fabrication, UV-Vis (UV) spectral analysis and relative second harmonic generation (SHG) efficiency test were performed for the grown crystals.

  13. Analysis of simplified heat transfer models for thermal property determination of nano-film by TDTR method

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wang, Xinwei; Chen, Zhe; Sun, Fangyuan; Zhang, Hang; Jiang, Yuyan; Tang, Dawei

    2018-03-01

    Heat transfer in nanostructures is of critical importance for a wide range of applications such as functional materials and thermal management of electronics. Time-domain thermoreflectance (TDTR) has been proved to be a reliable measurement technique for the thermal property determinations of nanoscale structures. However, it is difficult to determine more than three thermal properties at the same time. Heat transfer model simplifications can reduce the fitting variables and provide an alternative way for thermal property determination. In this paper, two simplified models are investigated and analyzed by the transform matrix method and simulations. TDTR measurements are performed on Al-SiO2-Si samples with different SiO2 thickness. Both theoretical and experimental results show that the simplified tri-layer model (STM) is reliable and suitable for thin film samples with a wide range of thickness. Furthermore, the STM can also extract the intrinsic thermal conductivity and interfacial thermal resistance from serial samples with different thickness.

  14. Noninvasive amide proton transfer magnetic resonance imaging in evaluating the grading and cellularity of gliomas.

    PubMed

    Bai, Yan; Lin, Yusong; Zhang, Wei; Kong, Lingfei; Wang, Lifu; Zuo, Panli; Vallines, Ignacio; Schmitt, Benjamin; Tian, Jie; Song, Xiaolei; Zhou, Jinyuan; Wang, Meiyun

    2017-01-24

    Using noninvasive magnetic resonance imaging techniques to accurately evaluate the grading and cellularity of gliomas is beneficial for improving the patient outcomes. Amide proton transfer imaging is a noninvasive molecular magnetic resonance imaging technique based on chemical exchange saturation transfer mechanism that detects endogenous mobile proteins and peptides in biological tissues. Between August 2012 and November 2015, a total number of 44 patients with pathologically proven gliomas were included in this study. We compared the capability of amide proton transfer magnetic resonance imaging with that of noninvasive diffusion-weighted imaging and noninvasive 3-dimensional pseudo-continuous arterial spin imaging in evaluating the grading and cellularity of gliomas. Our results reveal that amide proton transfer magnetic resonance imaging is a superior imaging technique to diffusion-weighted imaging and 3-dimensional pseudo-continuous arterial spin imaging in the grading of gliomas. In addition, our results showed that the Ki-67 index correlated better with the amide proton transfer-weighted signal intensity than with the apparent diffusion coefficient value or the cerebral blood flow value in the gliomas. Amide proton transfer magnetic resonance imaging is a promising method for predicting the grading and cellularity of gliomas.

  15. Optimization of actuator arrays for aircraft interior noise control

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Cabell, R. H.; Lester, H. C.; Mathur, G. P.; Tran, B. N.

    1993-01-01

    A numerical procedure for grouping actuators in order to reduce the number of degrees of freedom in an active noise control system is evaluated using experimental data. Piezoceramic actuators for reducing aircraft interior noise are arranged into groups using a nonlinear optimization routine and clustering algorithm. An actuator group is created when two or more actuators are driven with the same control input. This procedure is suitable for active control applications where actuators are already mounted on a structure. The feasibility of this technique is demonstrated using measured data from the aft cabin of a Douglas DC-9 fuselage. The measured data include transfer functions between 34 piezoceramic actuators and 29 interior microphones and microphone responses due to the primary noise produced by external speakers. Control inputs for the grouped actuators were calculated so that a cost function, defined as a quadratic pressure term and a penalty term, was a minimum. The measured transfer functions and microphone responses are checked by comparing calculated noise reductions with measured noise reductions for four frequencies. The grouping procedure is then used to determine actuator groups that improve overall interior noise reductions by 5.3 to 15 dB, compared to the baseline experimental configuration.

  16. IGF-I and GH: potential use in gene doping.

    PubMed

    Harridge, Stephen D R; Velloso, Cristiana P

    2009-08-01

    Gene doping is the term given to the potential misuse of gene therapy for the purposes of enhancing athletic performance. Insulin like growth factor-I (IGF-I), the prime target of growth hormone action, is one candidate gene for improving performance. In recent years a number of transgenic and somatic gene transfer studies on animals have shown that upregulation of IGF-I stimulates muscle growth and improves function. This increase in muscle IGF-I is not reflected in measurable increases in circulating IGF-I. Whilst the responses obtained in the animal studies would appear to give clear benefits for performance, the transfer of such techniques to humans still presents many technical challenges. Further challenges will also be faced by the anti doping authorities in detecting the endogenously produced products of enhanced gene expression.

  17. Solvent controlled intramolecular electron transfer in mixtures of 1-butyl-3-methylimidizolium tetrafluoroborate and acetonitrile

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Rumble, Christopher A.; Maroncelli, Mark

    2018-05-01

    Time-resolved emission techniques were used to study the excited-state intramolecular electron transfer of 9-(4-biphenyl)-10-methylacridinium (BPAc+) in mixtures of 1-butyl-3-methylimidizolium tetrafluoroborate ([Im41][BF4])+ acetonitrile (ACN), a mixture previously shown to be of nearly constant polarity and nearly ideal mixing behavior. Reaction times (τrxn) track solvation times (τsolv) as a function of mixture composition over a range of more than 3 orders of magnitude in τsolv. This same correlation extends to a variety of neat dipolar solvents and ionic liquids. Reaction times are ˜2-fold larger than τsolv over most of the range studied but appear to reach a limiting value of ˜3 ps in the fastest solvents.

  18. Analytical transmissibility based transfer path analysis for multi-energy-domain systems using four-pole parameter theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mashayekhi, Mohammad Jalali; Behdinan, Kamran

    2017-10-01

    The increasing demand to minimize undesired vibration and noise levels in several high-tech industries has generated a renewed interest in vibration transfer path analysis. Analyzing vibration transfer paths within a system is of crucial importance in designing an effective vibration isolation strategy. Most of the existing vibration transfer path analysis techniques are empirical which are suitable for diagnosis and troubleshooting purpose. The lack of an analytical transfer path analysis to be used in the design stage is the main motivation behind this research. In this paper an analytical transfer path analysis based on the four-pole theory is proposed for multi-energy-domain systems. Bond graph modeling technique which is an effective approach to model multi-energy-domain systems is used to develop the system model. In this paper an electro-mechanical system is used as a benchmark example to elucidate the effectiveness of the proposed technique. An algorithm to obtain the equivalent four-pole representation of a dynamical systems based on the corresponding bond graph model is also presented in this paper.

  19. Promoting Transfer of Learning: Connecting General Education Courses

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Benander, Ruth; Lightner, Robin

    2005-01-01

    General education programs rely on students transferring learning from one context to another. This transfer cannot be taken for granted. Faculty must see individual courses as elements of a larger experience and focus on specific techniques promoting transfer. Classroom experiences serve to illustrate the elements of transfer that require…

  20. Implant Impression Techniques for the Edentulous Jaw: A Summary of Three Studies.

    PubMed

    Stimmelmayr, Michael; Beuer, Florian; Edelhoff, Daniel; Güth, Jan-Frederik

    2016-02-01

    Precise implant-supported restorations require accurate impressions. Transfer, pick-up, and splinted pick-up are commonly used techniques. Several in vitro studies have compared these impression techniques; however, all studies used mechanical evaluation methods. The purpose of this study was to compare the discrepancies of these impression techniques digitally in vitro and in vivo. Four dental implants were inserted in ten polymer mandibular models bilaterally in the regions of the first molars and canines. Three different impressions were made of each model and the models (original and stone casts) were scanned and digitized. Clinically, four implants were inserted in ten edentulous jaws; transfer and splinted pick-up impressions were made. With inspection software, discrepancies between the different impressions were calculated. The mean discrepancies in the in vitro study of the original polymer model to stone casts were 124 ± 34 μm for the transfer type, 116 ± 46 μm for the pick-up type, and 80 ± 25 μm for the splinted pick-up type, resulting in a mean discrepancy between the transfer and splinted pick-up type of 44 μm (124 - 80 μm). Clinically, the mean discrepancy between these two impression techniques was 280 μm. The differing results between the transfer and splinted pick-up techniques of in vitro and in vivo data showed the need for clinical data; however, splinted pick-up impressions seemed to produce the most precise results. © 2015 by the American College of Prosthodontists.

  1. Reconstructing temperatures from lake sediments in northern Europe: what do the biological proxies really tell us?

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cunningham, Laura; Holmes, Naomi; Bigler, Christian; Dadal, Anna; Bergman, Jonas; Eriksson, Lars; Brooks, Stephen; Langdon, Pete; Caseldine, Chris

    2010-05-01

    Over the past two decades considerable effort has been devoted to quantitatively reconstructing temperatures from biological proxies preserved in lake sediments, via transfer functions. Such transfer functions typically consist of modern sediment samples, collected over a broad environmental gradient. Correlations between the biological communities and environmental parameters observed over these broad gradients are assumed to be equally valid temporally. The predictive ability of such spatially based transfer functions has traditionally been assessed by comparisons of measured and inferred temperatures within the calibration sets, with little validation against historical data. Although statistical techniques such as bootstrapping may improve error estimation, this approach remains partly a circular argument. This raises the question of how reliable such reconstructions are for inferring past changes in temperature? In order to address this question, we used transfer functions to reconstruct July temperatures from diatoms and chironomids from several locations across northern Europe. The transfer functions used showed good internal calibration statistics (r2 = 0.66 - 0.91). The diatom and chironomid inferred July air temperatures were compared to local observational records. As the sediment records were non-annual, all data were first smoothed using a 15 yr moving average filter. None of the five biologically-inferred temperature records were correlated with the local meteorological records. Furthermore, diatom inferred temperatures did not agree with chironomid inferred temperatures from the same cores from the same sites. In an attempt to understand this poor performance the biological proxy data was compressed using principal component analysis (PCA), and the PCA axes compared to the local meteorological data. These analyses clearly demonstrated that July temperatures were not correlated with the biological data at these locations. Some correlations were observed between the biological proxies and autumn and spring temperatures, although this varied slightly between sites and proxies. For example, chironomid data from Iceland was most strongly correlated with temperatures in February, March and April whilst in northern Sweden, the chironomid data was most strongly correlated with temperatures in March, April and May. It is suggested that the biological data at these sites may be responding to changes in the length of the ice-free period or hydrological regimes (including snow melt), rather than temperature per se. Our findings demonstrate the need to validate inferred temperatures against local meteorological data. Where such validation cannot be undertaken, inferred temperature reconstructions should be treated cautiously.

  2. Transfer of micro and nano-photonic silicon nanomembrane waveguide devices on flexible substrates.

    PubMed

    Ghaffari, Afshin; Hosseini, Amir; Xu, Xiaochuan; Kwong, David; Subbaraman, Harish; Chen, Ray T

    2010-09-13

    This paper demonstrates transfer of optical devices without extra un-patterned silicon onto low-cost, flexible plastic substrates using single-crystal silicon nanomembranes. Employing this transfer technique, stacking two layers of silicon nanomembranes with photonic crystal waveguide in the first layer and multi mode interference couplers in the second layer is shown, respectively. This technique is promising to realize high density integration of multilayer hybrid structures on flexible substrates.

  3. An improved data transfer and storage technique for hybrid computation

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hansing, A. M.

    1972-01-01

    Improved technique was developed for transferring and storing data at faster than real time speeds on hybrid computer. Predominant advantage is combined use of electronic relays, track and store units, and analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog conversion units of hybrid computer.

  4. Advances in upper limb stroke rehabilitation: a technology push.

    PubMed

    Loureiro, Rui C V; Harwin, William S; Nagai, Kiyoshi; Johnson, Michelle

    2011-10-01

    Strokes affect thousands of people worldwide leaving sufferers with severe disabilities affecting their daily activities. In recent years, new rehabilitation techniques have emerged such as constraint-induced therapy, biofeedback therapy and robot-aided therapy. In particular, robotic techniques allow precise recording of movements and application of forces to the affected limb, making it a valuable tool for motor rehabilitation. In addition, robot-aided therapy can utilise visual cues conveyed on a computer screen to convert repetitive movement practice into an engaging task such as a game. Visual cues can also be used to control the information sent to the patient about exercise performance and to potentially address psychosomatic variables influencing therapy. This paper overviews the current state-of-the-art on upper limb robot-mediated therapy with a focal point on the technical requirements of robotic therapy devices leading to the development of upper limb rehabilitation techniques that facilitate reach-to-touch, fine motor control, whole-arm movements and promote rehabilitation beyond hospital stay. The reviewed literature suggest that while there is evidence supporting the use of this technology to reduce functional impairment, besides the technological push, the challenge ahead lies on provision of effective assessment of outcome and modalities that have a stronger impact transferring functional gains into functional independence.

  5. Quantitative Analysis of the Effective Functional Structure in Yeast Glycolysis

    PubMed Central

    De la Fuente, Ildefonso M.; Cortes, Jesus M.

    2012-01-01

    The understanding of the effective functionality that governs the enzymatic self-organized processes in cellular conditions is a crucial topic in the post-genomic era. In recent studies, Transfer Entropy has been proposed as a rigorous, robust and self-consistent method for the causal quantification of the functional information flow among nonlinear processes. Here, in order to quantify the functional connectivity for the glycolytic enzymes in dissipative conditions we have analyzed different catalytic patterns using the technique of Transfer Entropy. The data were obtained by means of a yeast glycolytic model formed by three delay differential equations where the enzymatic rate equations of the irreversible stages have been explicitly considered. These enzymatic activity functions were previously modeled and tested experimentally by other different groups. The results show the emergence of a new kind of dynamical functional structure, characterized by changing connectivity flows and a metabolic invariant that constrains the activity of the irreversible enzymes. In addition to the classical topological structure characterized by the specific location of enzymes, substrates, products and feedback-regulatory metabolites, an effective functional structure emerges in the modeled glycolytic system, which is dynamical and characterized by notable variations of the functional interactions. The dynamical structure also exhibits a metabolic invariant which constrains the functional attributes of the enzymes. Finally, in accordance with the classical biochemical studies, our numerical analysis reveals in a quantitative manner that the enzyme phosphofructokinase is the key-core of the metabolic system, behaving for all conditions as the main source of the effective causal flows in yeast glycolysis. PMID:22393350

  6. Technology utilization office data base analysis and design

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Floyd, Stephen A.

    1993-01-01

    NASA Headquarters is placing a high priority on the transfer of NASA and NASA contractor developed technologies and expertise to the private sector and to other federal, state and local government organizations. The ultimate objective of these efforts is positive economic impact, an improved quality of life, and a more competitive U.S. posture in international markets. The Technology Utilization Office (TUO) currently serves seven states with its technology transfer efforts. Since 1989, the TUO has handled over one-thousand formal requests for NASA related technologies assistance. The technology transfer process requires promoting public awareness of NASA related soliciting requests for assistance, matching technologies to specific needs, assuring appropriate technology transfer, and monitoring and evaluating the process. Each of these activities have one very important aspect in common: the success of each is dissemination of appropriate high quality information. The purpose of the research was to establish the requirements and develop a preliminary design for a database system to increase the effectiveness and efficiency of the TUO's technology transfer function. The research was conducted following the traditional systems development life cycle methodology and was supported through the use of modern structured analysis techniques. The next section will describe the research and findings as conducted under the life cycle approach.

  7. Tests of Exoplanet Atmospheric Radiative Transfer Codes

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Harrington, Joseph; Challener, Ryan; DeLarme, Emerson; Cubillos, Patricio; Blecic, Jasmina; Foster, Austin; Garland, Justin

    2016-10-01

    Atmospheric radiative transfer codes are used both to predict planetary spectra and in retrieval algorithms to interpret data. Observational plans, theoretical models, and scientific results thus depend on the correctness of these calculations. Yet, the calculations are complex and the codes implementing them are often written without modern software-verification techniques. In the process of writing our own code, we became aware of several others with artifacts of unknown origin and even outright errors in their spectra. We present a series of tests to verify atmospheric radiative-transfer codes. These include: simple, single-line line lists that, when combined with delta-function abundance profiles, should produce a broadened line that can be verified easily; isothermal atmospheres that should produce analytically-verifiable blackbody spectra at the input temperatures; and model atmospheres with a range of complexities that can be compared to the output of other codes. We apply the tests to our own code, Bayesian Atmospheric Radiative Transfer (BART) and to several other codes. The test suite is open-source software. We propose this test suite as a standard for verifying current and future radiative transfer codes, analogous to the Held-Suarez test for general circulation models. This work was supported by NASA Planetary Atmospheres grant NX12AI69G and NASA Astrophysics Data Analysis Program grant NNX13AF38G.

  8. The recalibration of the IUE scientific instrument

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Imhoff, Catherine L.; Oliversen, Nancy A.; Nichols-Bohlin, Joy; Casatella, Angelo; Lloyd, Christopher

    1988-01-01

    The IUE instrument was recalibrated because of long time-scale changes in the scientific instrument, a better understanding of the performance of the instrument, improved sets of calibration data, and improved analysis techniques. Calibrations completed or planned include intensity transfer functions (ITF), low-dispersion absolute calibrations, high-dispersion ripple corrections and absolute calibrations, improved geometric mapping of the ITFs to spectral images, studies to improve the signal-to-noise, enhanced absolute calibrations employing corrections for time, temperature, and aperture dependence, and photometric and geometric calibrations for the FES.

  9. Resonances in piecewise potentials and Supersymmetric Quantum Mechanics (SUSY-QM) for the construction of optical potentials

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Orozco Cortés, Luis Fernando; Fernández García, Nicolás

    2014-05-01

    A method to obtain the general solution of any constant piecewise potential is presented, this is achieved by means of the analysis of the transfer matrices in each cutoff. The resonance phenomenon together with the supersymmetric quantum mechanics technique allow us to construct a wide family of complex potentials which can be used as theoretical models for optical systems. The method is applied to the particular case for which the potential function has six cutoff points.

  10. Molecular Biology: Conference on Genetic Engineering Techniques (2nd) Held in London (United Kingdom) on 20-21 November 1986.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1987-05-27

    system in Chinese t-PA to be a serine protease of 327 amino ovary hamster cells. Precise yields from acids in length. The protein appears, high-level...ham- ster or mouse cell line, allowing the differentiation of human and hamster or ________ mouse clones by hybridization with total human DNA or...appropriate lo- functional protein when transferred into cation downstream of a strong promoter in baby hamster kidney (BHK) cells or rat place of one or

  11. An Analysis of Elliptic Grid Generation Techniques Using an Implicit Euler Solver.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1986-06-09

    automatic determination of the control fu.nction, . elements of covariant metric tensor in the elliptic grid generation system , from the Cm = 1,2,3...computational fluid d’nan1-cs code. Tne code Inclues a tnree-dimensional current research is aimed primaril: at algebraic generation system based on transfinite...start the iterative solution of the f. ow, nea, transfer, and combustion proble:s. elliptic generation system . Tn13 feature also .:ven-.ts :.t be made

  12. Sensitivity studies and laboratory measurements for the laser heterodyne spectrometer experiment

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Allario, F.; Katzberg, S. J.; Larsen, J. C.

    1980-01-01

    Several experiments involving spectral scanning interferometers and gas filter correlation radiometers (ref. 2) using limb scanning solar occultation techniques under development for measurements of stratospheric trace gases from Spacelab and satellite platforms are described. An experiment to measure stratospheric trace constituents by Laser Heterodyne Spectroscopy, a summary of sensitivity analyses, and supporting laboratory measurements are presented for O3, ClO, and H2O2 in which the instrument transfer function is modeled using a detailed optical receiver design.

  13. CCD research. [design, fabrication, and applications

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Gassaway, J. D.

    1976-01-01

    The fundamental problems encountered in designing, fabricating, and applying CCD's are reviewed. Investigations are described and results and conclusions are given for the following: (1) the development of design analyses employing computer aided techniques and their application to the design of a grapped structure; (2) the role of CCD's in applications to electronic functions, in particular, signal processing; (3) extending the CCD to silicon films on sapphire (SOS); and (4) all aluminum transfer structure with low noise input-output circuits. Related work on CCD imaging devices is summarized.

  14. Reconstruction for chronic Achilles tendinopathy: comparison of flexor hallucis longus (FHL) transfer versus V-Y advancement.

    PubMed

    Staggers, Jackson R; Smith, Kenneth; de C Netto, Cesar; Naranje, Sameer; Prasad, Krishna; Shah, Ashish

    2018-04-01

    Several operative techniques exist for Achilles tendinopathy. The purpose of our study was to compare the clinical and functional outcomes of flexor hallucis longus (FHL) transfer and V-Y advancement for the treatment of chronic insertional Achilles tendinopathy. Retrospective chart review from 2010 to 2016 of patients that underwent FHL transfer or V-Y advancement for chronic insertional Achilles tendinopathy. Outcome measures were compared for these two procedures. In total, 46 patients (49 ankles) with a mean age of 55.0 (range 33-73) years. Mean follow-up time 44.7 +/- 25.5 months. FHL group had 21 patients (21 ankles) with 89% satisfaction, 14% complication rate, final VAS of 0.4, final VISA-A of 89.1, subjective strength improvement following surgery of 78%, and 94% would recommend the procedure. V-Y group had 25 patients (28 ankles) with 74% subjective satisfaction, 21% complication rate, final VAS of 1.4, final VISA-A of 78.4, subjective strength improvement following surgery of 67%, and 84% would recommend the procedure. There was no significant difference in any of the results rates between the two groups (p > .05). V-Y advancement is comparable to FHL transfer for the operative management of insertional Achilles tendinopathy. Though our results trend towards less satisfactory results following V-Y advancement, we found high satisfaction rates with similar functional outcomes and complication rates in both operative groups. We suggest considering V-Y advancement as a viable option for the primary treatment of chronic insertional Achilles tendinopathy in patients who may not be an ideal candidate for FHL transfer.

  15. Advanced MRI in Multiple Sclerosis: Current Status and Future Challenges

    PubMed Central

    Fox, Robert J.; Beall, Erik; Bhattacharyya, Pallab; Chen, Jacqueline; Sakaie, Ken

    2011-01-01

    Synopsis Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) has rapidly become a leading research tool in the study of multiple sclerosis (MS). Conventional imaging is useful in diagnosis and management of the inflammatory stages of MS, but has limitations in describing the degree of tissue injury as well as the cause of progressive disability seen in the later stages of disease. Advanced MRI techniques hold promise to fill this void. Magnetization transfer imaging is a widely available technique that can characterize demyelination and may be useful in measuring putative remyelinating therapies. Diffusion tensor imaging describes the three-dimensional diffusion of water and holds promise in characterizing neurodegeneration and putative neuroprotective therapies. Spectroscopy measures the imbalance of cellular metabolites and could help unravel the pathogenesis of neurodegeneration in MS. Functional (f) MRI can be used to understand the functional consequences of MS injury, including the impact on cortical function and compensatory mechanisms. These imaging tools hold great promise to increase our understanding of MS pathogenesis and provide greater insight into the efficacy of new MS therapies. PMID:21439446

  16. Directional spectra of ocean waves from microwave backscatter: A physical optics solution with application to the short-pulse and two-frequency measurement techniques

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Jackson, F. C.

    1979-01-01

    Two simple microwave radar techniques that are potentially capable of providing routine satellite measurements of the directional spectrum of ocean waves were developed. One technique, the short pulse technique, makes use of very short pulses to resolve ocean surface wave contrast features in the range direction; the other technique, the two frequency correlation technique makes use of coherency in the transmitted waveform to detect the large ocean wave contrast modulation as a beat or mixing frequency in the power backscattered at two closely separated microwave frequencies. A frequency domain analysis of the short pulse and two frequency systems shows that the two measurement systems are essentially duals; they each operate on the generalized (three frequency) fourth-order statistical moment of the surface transfer function in different, but symmetrical ways, and they both measure the same directional contrast modulation spectrum. A three dimensional physical optics solution for the fourth-order moment was obtained for backscatter in the near vertical, specular regime, assuming Gaussian surface statistics.

  17. [Aging explosive detection using terahertz time-domain spectroscopy].

    PubMed

    Meng, Kun; Li, Ze-ren; Liu, Qiao

    2011-05-01

    Detecting the aging situation of stock explosive is essentially meaningful to the research on the capability, security and stability of explosive. Existing aging explosive detection techniques, such as scan microscope technique, Fourier transfer infrared spectrum technique, gas chromatogram mass spectrum technique and so on, are either not able to differentiate whether the explosive is aging or not, or not able to image the structure change of the molecule. In the present paper, using the density functional theory (DFT), the absorb spectrum changes after the explosive aging were calculated, from which we can clearly find the difference of spectrum between explosive molecule and aging ones in the terahertz band. The terahertz time-domain spectrum (THz-TDS) system as well as its frequency spectrum resolution and measured range are analyzed. Combined with the existing experimental results and the essential characters of the terahertz wave, the application of THz-TDS technique to the detection of aging explosive was demonstrated from the aspects of feasibility, veracity and practicability. On the base of that, the authors advance the new method of aging explosive detection using the terahertz time-domain spectrum technique.

  18. [Reconstruction of penile function with tissue engineering techniques].

    PubMed

    Song, Lu-jie; Pan, Lian-jun; Xu, Yue-min

    2007-04-01

    Tissue engineering techniques, with their potential applied value for penile reconstruction, are of special interest for andrologists. The purpose of this review is to appraise the recent development and publications in this field. In the past few years, great efforts have been made to develop corpus cavernosum tissues by combining smooth muscle and endothelial cells seeded on biodegradable polyglycolic acid polymer (PGA) or acellular corporal collagen matrices scaffolds. Animal experiment demonstrated that the engineered corpus cavernosum achieved adequate structural and functional parameters. Engineered cartilage rods as an alternative for the current clinical standard of semirigid or inflatable penile implants could be created by seeding chondrocyte cylindrical PGA. A series of studies showed that, compared to commercially available silicone implants, the engineered rods were flexible, elastic and stable. Besides, a variety of decellularized biological materials have been used as grafts not only for substitution of tunica albuginea but also for penile enhancement, with promising results. For treating erectile dysfunction, a new approach to recovering erectile function by cell-based therapy could be the injection of functional cells into corpus cavernosum, which seemed to be promising when combined with cell manipulation by gene therapy prior to cell transfer.

  19. Consistent Parameter and Transfer Function Estimation using Context Free Grammars

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Klotz, Daniel; Herrnegger, Mathew; Schulz, Karsten

    2017-04-01

    This contribution presents a method for the inference of transfer functions for rainfall-runoff models. Here, transfer functions are defined as parametrized (functional) relationships between a set of spatial predictors (e.g. elevation, slope or soil texture) and model parameters. They are ultimately used for estimation of consistent, spatially distributed model parameters from a limited amount of lumped global parameters. Additionally, they provide a straightforward method for parameter extrapolation from one set of basins to another and can even be used to derive parameterizations for multi-scale models [see: Samaniego et al., 2010]. Yet, currently an actual knowledge of the transfer functions is often implicitly assumed. As a matter of fact, for most cases these hypothesized transfer functions can rarely be measured and often remain unknown. Therefore, this contribution presents a general method for the concurrent estimation of the structure of transfer functions and their respective (global) parameters. Note, that by consequence an estimation of the distributed parameters of the rainfall-runoff model is also undertaken. The method combines two steps to achieve this. The first generates different possible transfer functions. The second then estimates the respective global transfer function parameters. The structural estimation of the transfer functions is based on the context free grammar concept. Chomsky first introduced context free grammars in linguistics [Chomsky, 1956]. Since then, they have been widely applied in computer science. But, to the knowledge of the authors, they have so far not been used in hydrology. Therefore, the contribution gives an introduction to context free grammars and shows how they can be constructed and used for the structural inference of transfer functions. This is enabled by new methods from evolutionary computation, such as grammatical evolution [O'Neill, 2001], which make it possible to exploit the constructed grammar as a search space for equations. The parametrization of the transfer functions is then achieved through a second optimization routine. The contribution explores different aspects of the described procedure through a set of experiments. These experiments can be divided into three categories: (1) The inference of transfer functions from directly measurable parameters; (2) The estimation of global parameters for given transfer functions from runoff data; and (3) The estimation of sets of completely unknown transfer functions from runoff data. The conducted tests reveal different potentials and limits of the procedure. In concrete it is shown that example (1) and (2) work remarkably well. Example (3) is much more dependent on the setup. In general, it can be said that in that case much more data is needed to derive transfer function estimations, even for simple models and setups. References: - Chomsky, N. (1956): Three Models for the Description of Language. IT IRETr. 2(3), p 113-124 - O'Neil, M. (2001): Grammatical Evolution. IEEE ToEC, Vol.5, No. 4 - Samaniego, L.; Kumar, R.; Attinger, S. (2010): Multiscale parameter regionalization of a grid-based hydrologic model at the mesoscale. WWR, Vol. 46, W05523, doi:10.1029/2008WR007327

  20. Leveraging zinc interstitials and oxygen vacancies for sensitive biomolecule detection through selective surface functionalization

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Radha Shanmugam, Nandhinee; Muthukumar, Sriram; Chaudhry, Shajee; Prasad, Shalini

    2015-03-01

    In this study, functionally engineered EIS technique was implemented to investigate the influence of surface functionalization on sensitivity of biomolecule detection using nanostructured ZnO platform. Organic molecules with thiol and carboxylic functional groups were chosen to control biomolecule immobilization on zinc and oxygen-terminated 2D planar and 1D nanostructured ZnO surfaces. The amount of functionalization and its influence on charge perturbations at the ZnO-electrolyte interface were studied using fluorescence and EIS measurements. We observed the dependence of charge transfer on both the polarity of platform and concentration of cross-linker molecules. Such selectively modified surfaces were used for detection of cortisol, a major stress indicator. Results demonstrated preferential binding of thiol groups to Zn terminations and thus leveraging ZnO interstitials increases the sensitivity of detection over larger dynamic range with detection limit at 10fg/mL.

Top